tm2114247-12_s1 - block - 37.5470861s
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 28, 2021
Registration No. 333-257874
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
European Wax Center, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
|
7299
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
|
86-3150064
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
|
5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor
Plano, Texas 75024
(469) 264-8123
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Gavin O’Connor
Chief Legal Officer
5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor
Plano, Texas 75024
(469) 264-8123
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
|
Copies to:
|
|
|
John C. Kennedy, Esq.
Monica K. Thurmond, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
(212) 373-3000
|
|
|
Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Alison A. Haggerty, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
1271 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
(212) 906-1200
|
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
Large accelerated filer ☐
|
|
|
Accelerated filer ☐
|
|
|
Non-accelerated filer ☒
|
|
|
Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☒
|
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
|
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
|
Amount to be
Registered(2)
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price per Share
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
Amount of
Registration Fee
|
|
|
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share
|
|
|
|
12,190,000
|
|
|
|
$18.00
|
|
|
|
$219,420,000
|
|
|
|
$23,939(3)
|
|
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
Includes offering of any additional shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”
(3)
The Registrant previously paid $10,910 of the registration fee in connection with a prior filing of this Registration Statement.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, Dated July 28, 2021
10,600,000 Shares
European Wax Center, Inc.
Class A Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of European Wax Center, Inc. We are offering 9,035,102 shares of our Class A common stock. Certain selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling an additional 1,564,898 shares of our Class A common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $15.00 and $18.00 per share of Class A common stock. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “EWCZ.”
Affiliates and managed accounts of General Atlantic LLC (“General Atlantic” and, such affiliates and managed accounts, the “General Atlantic Equityholders”) will continue to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders through the combined voting power of our common stock that they will control after completion of the offering, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets.
Following the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules of the Exchange and will be exempted from certain corporate governance rules. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock,” “Management—Controlled Company” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, and as such may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” that are described on page
26 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Underwriting discount(1)
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(1)
See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 1,590,000 additional shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares of our Class A common by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on or about , 2021.
|
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
BofA Securities
|
|
|
Jefferies
|
|
|
Citigroup |
|
|
Guggenheim Securities
|
|
|
Truist Securities
|
|
|
Baird
|
|
|
Telsey Advisory Group
|
|
|
Academy Securities
|
|
|
Penserra Securities LLC
|
|
|
R. Seelaus & Co., LLC
|
|
Prospectus dated , 2021.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
|
Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of our Class A common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock and the information in any free writing prospectus that we may provide you in connection with this offering is accurate only as of the date of that free writing prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since those dates.
For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.
Through and including , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
We include in this prospectus statements regarding factors that have impacted our industry. Such statements are statements of belief and are based on industry data and forecasts that we have obtained from internal company surveys, publicly available information, industry publications and surveys and third-party studies. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. Certain market, ranking and industry data included elsewhere in this prospectus, including the size of certain markets and our size or position and the positions of our competitors within these markets, including our services relative to our competitors, are based on estimates of our management. These estimates have been derived from our management’s knowledge and experience in the market in which we operate, as well as information obtained from internal company surveys, industry publications and surveys, third-party studies and other publicly available information related to the market in which we operate. Estimates relating to the size of our addressable market included elsewhere in this prospectus based upon internal data tracking customer spending habits and customer surveys may be limited by the population and sample size studied. Unless otherwise noted, all of our market share and market position information presented in this prospectus is an approximation based on management’s knowledge. In addition, while we believe that the industry information included herein is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.
TRADEMARKS
This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities, including EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, EWC, STRUT, WAX PASS and COMFORT WAX. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information about us and this offering but does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the discussion under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.
Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus gives effect to the Reorganization Transactions described under “—The Reorganization Transactions” below. Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “European Wax Center” and the “Company” refer to European Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions. “EWC Ventures” refers to EWC Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, our accounting predecessor and a consolidated subsidiary of ours following the Reorganization Transactions.
Inspiring Confidence
We revolutionized the market for out-of-home (“OOH”) hair removal services by creating the first professionalized model exclusively focused on providing high-quality waxing experiences for guests. We take wax-based hair removal seriously because waxing is an integral part of our guests’ recurring personal-care and beauty regimens, and our guests trust us to give them an unparalleled experience. Our waxing services provide an efficient and relatively painless means of removing unwanted hair from our guests’ bodies and faces. Our mission is to ensure that every guest who walks through our doors leaves feeling unapologetically confident. A 15-minute appointment at one of our centers can transform someone’s mood, someone’s day—even their perception of themselves.
Our culture is built on four core values, creating an environment that unleashes the power of our associates to be their authentic selves and builds trust amongst our guests:
•
We care about each other
•
We delight our guests
•
We do the right thing
•
We have fun while being awesome
Our operating philosophy focuses on the 360-degree guest experience, ensuring that every time a guest visits one of our European Wax Centers, they “walk in and strut out”.
Our guest obsession combined with the simplicity and scale of our asset-light franchise platform enables us to deliver millions of trusted, efficacious, and accessible waxing services each year.
European Wax Center: “Experts in Wax and Champions of Confidence”
We are the largest and fastest-growing franchisor and operator of OOH waxing services in the United States by number of centers and system-wide sales. We delivered over 21 million waxing services in 2019 and over 13 million waxing services in 2020 generating more than $687 million and $469 million of system-wide sales, respectively, across our highly-franchised network. We have a leading portfolio of centers operating in 808 locations across 44 states as of March 27, 2021. Of these locations, 803 are franchised centers operated by franchisees and five are corporate-owned centers.
The European Wax Center brand is trusted, efficacious and accessible. Our culture is obsessed with our guest experience and we deliver a superior guest experience relative to smaller chains and independent salons. We offer guests high-quality, hygienic waxing services administered by our licensed, EWC-trained estheticians (our “wax specialists”), at our accessible and welcoming locations (our “centers”). Our technology-enabled guest interface simplifies and streamlines the guest experience with automated appointment scheduling and remote check-in capabilities, ensuring guest visits are convenient, hassle-free, and consistent across our
network of centers. Our well-known, pre-paid Wax Pass program makes payment easy and convenient, fostering loyalty and return visits. Guests view us as a non-discretionary part of their personal-care and beauty regimens, providing us with a highly predictable and growing recurring revenue model.
Our asset-light franchise platform delivers capital-efficient growth, significant cash flow generation, and resilience through economic cycles. Our centers are 99% owned and operated by our franchisees who benefit from superior unit-level economics, with mature centers generating annual cash-on-cash returns in excess of 60%. The highly consistent and recurring demand for our services and the competitive advantages provided by our scale have resulted in ten consecutive years of same-store sales and system-wide sales growth through 2019 as illustrated by the following graphs. We believe we can nearly quadruple our center count within the next 15 years to over 3,000 locations in the United States.
ANNUAL SAME-STORE SALES GROWTH
ANNUAL SYSTEM-WIDE SALES GROWTH
($ in millions)
In partnership with our franchisees, we fiercely protect our points of differentiation that attract new guests, build meaningful relationships and promote lasting retention. Our net promoter score (“NPS”) of 85 demonstrates our guests’ devotion to our brand. We are so confident in our ability to delight that we have always offered all of our guests their first wax free.
Hair removal solutions are consistently in demand, given the recurring nature of hair growth. The OOH waxing market is the fastest-growing hair removal solution in the United States, defined by a total addressable domestic market of $18 billion with annualized growth that is approximately twice as high as other hair removal alternatives. European Wax Center is the category-defining brand within this rapidly growing market and became so by professionalizing a highly fragmented sector where service consistency, hygiene, and customer trust were not historically offered. We are approximately six times larger than the next largest waxing-focused competitor by center count and approximately ten times larger by system-wide sales. Our unmatched scale enables us to drive broader brand awareness, ensures our licensed wax specialists are universally trained at the highest standards, and drives consistent financial performance across each center.
Under the stewardship of our CEO, David Berg, and the other management team members, we have prioritized building a culture of performance, success, and inclusivity. Additionally, we have intensified our focus on enhancing the guest experience and have invested significantly in our corporate infrastructure and
marketing capabilities to continue our track record of sustainable growth. The foundation for our next chapter of growth is firmly in place.
Our Recent Financial Performance
Financial Performance in 2019
During 2019, we administered more than 21 million services and grew our center count to 750. We generated more than $687 million of system-wide sales and $154 million of net revenue. Net loss was $24 million and Adjusted EBITDA was $34 million in 2019.
Performance in 2020 and During the COVID-19 Pandemic
In January and February 2020, our performance continued with the same momentum experienced in 2019, with same-store sales growth of 11.1% and 10.8%, compared to the prior year periods. At the onset of the pandemic in March 2020, however, all of our centers temporarily closed due to the implementation of certain mandated closure requirements across the United States. In response to the pandemic, our management team developed and executed a detailed response plan focused on raising our already industry-leading hygiene standards and ensuring the safety of our guests, franchisees and associates.
By May 2020, our centers began to re-open as local health and safety guidance allowed and we saw an immediate rebound in performance. While the trajectory of our same-store sales performance fluctuated during the second half of 2020 in conjunction with state-specific loosening or tightening of COVID-19 restrictions in response to subsequent waves of COVID-19, our overall recovery demonstrates our guests consistently wanted to get back to their regular waxing routines at European Wax Center. By March 2021, nearly all of our nationwide network had re-opened and we were generating system-wide sales of approximately 101% of what they had been in March 2019 suggesting a nearly complete rebound from COVID-19 impacted performance in 2020. Of our 750 centers in 2019, none were forced to close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Further, of our 52 new gross center openings in 2020, 87% of the openings came from our existing franchise base, reinforcing our network’s belief in the stability and future success of our brand. During 2020, despite the challenges from COVID-19, our platform delivered strong growth in new centers as well as resilience in revenues and profit margins. All corporate-owned centers had re-opened as of December 26, 2020.
•
Center count increased from 750 in 2019 to 796 in 2020;
•
System-wide sales decreased from $687 million in 2019 to $469 million in 2020;
•
Net revenue decreased from $154 million in 2019 to $103 million in 2020;
•
Net loss decreased from $24 million in 2019 to $21 million in 2020; and
•
Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $34 million in 2019 to $20 million in 2020.
The following graph illustrates system-wide sales for the periods presented relative to the same period in 2019.
MONTHLY SYSTEM-WIDE SALES RELATIVE TO 2019(1)
(1)
Excludes sales from centers opened during and following 2019.
Performance during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021
As conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic continued to improve, our platform delivered growth in revenue and profitability, as well as an increase in new centers during the first 13 weeks of 2021. As of March 27, 2021 nearly all of our centers had reopened, and we expect that our financial results will continue to strengthen as COVID-related capacity restrictions were lifted subsequent to March 27, 2021 and guests are able to return to our centers at full capacity levels.
•
Center count increased from 796 as of December 26, 2020 to 808 as of March 27, 2021;
•
System-wide sales remained flat from $158.0 million in the first 13 weeks of 2020 to $157.0 million in the first 13 weeks of 2021;
•
The Company’s total revenue increased from $32.8 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020 to $36.7 million for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021;
•
Net income improved from $1.0 million in the first 13 weeks of 2020 to $1.1 million in the first 13 weeks of 2021; and
•
Adjusted EBITDA increased from $11.7 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020 to $12.5 million for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021.
Our Growing Market Opportunity
Hair removal is an integral and recurring part of the personal-care and beauty regimens for most women and many men in the United States, and hair removal solutions are consistently in demand, given the recurring nature of hair growth. Consumers employ both at-home treatments as well as various OOH services for their hair removal needs, and consumers frequently find that at-home solutions are less effective, messier, more painful, and more time-consuming than OOH services administered by highly-trained specialists. OOH services include waxing, laser hair removal, sugaring, and threading. OOH laser hair removal is a semi-permanent solution that is significantly more expensive than OOH waxing and presents potential safety risks. Based on customer surveys, we believe that approximately 40% of consumers in the hair removal market would not consider laser hair removal services and 50% of consumers who have tried laser hair removal have stopped because it is too expensive. Sugaring and threading are both less effective options than OOH waxing and have not been widely adopted among consumers.
We estimate that our $18 billion total addressable domestic market includes approximately 69 million U.S. adults who are currently waxing or are interested in waxing. The OOH waxing market, in which European
Wax Center competes, is the fastest growing hair removal alternative and grew at an estimated CAGR of 8% between 2015 and 2019, compared to 3% for the total hair removal market. Growth in OOH waxing is fueled by secular trends including:
•
Increasing consumer interest in personal-care and self-expression;
•
Customer awareness of OOH waxing efficiency and efficacy relative to at-home solutions, and affordability relative to other OOH solutions;
•
OOH waxing services becoming an increasingly non-discretionary and routine part of personal-care and beauty regimens; and
•
Growing geographic reach across and interest from diverse age groups and genders.
Although European Wax Center currently represents only 4% of our addressable market, we estimate we are approximately six times larger than our closest waxing-focused competitor within OOH waxing by center count and approximately ten times larger by system-wide sales. Our market remains highly fragmented, with more than 10,000 independent waxing-focused operators that lack scale and almost 100,000 beauty salons that only provide waxing as a small part of their broader service offering. For many beauty salons and other similar operators, waxing is not their core competency, with services frequently provided in “backrooms” and without significant investment in the overall experience. This fragmentation results in a marketplace characterized by inconsistent quality, lack of technological accessibility and scheduling, and one-time transactional services that fail to instill customer trust and engagement. European Wax Center’s singular focus on waxing services and unmatched scale allow us to capitalize on this opportunity.
Our Differentiated Brand Experience
We believe our approach to OOH waxing has revolutionized the category. Our brand experience is differentiated because we are:
1.
Experts in Wax: Our service model is focused exclusively on wax-based hair removal. We obsess over every element of the waxing services we deliver for our guests:
•
Expert Line-up of Waxing Services & Products: We provide a comprehensive assortment of body and facial waxing services using our Comfort Wax formulation, which features a proprietary blend of the highest quality natural beeswax combined with other skin-soothing ingredients for the most comfortable waxing experience. We provide a line of proprietary pre- and post-service products which ensure the full benefits of the waxing experience are realized by our guests.
•
Expert Training of our Licensed Wax Specialists: Our franchisees employ over 7,000 licensed, highly-trained and knowledgeable wax specialists committed to delivering an exceptional guest experience. In addition to being licensed, every EWC wax specialist must successfully complete our proprietary training program to ensure consistency and quality of service for every guest. Our wax-focused education modules provide time-intensive training that substantially builds upon cosmetology licensing programs.
•
Expert Hygiene and Safety Standards: We adhere to the highest safety and hygiene standards in the industry. We engage third-party safety experts to review and enhance our hygiene protocols. During each guest appointment, our wax specialists wear appropriate personal protective equipment, including face masks and gloves. After each guest visit, our wax suites are sanitized and disinfected. In addition, our centers are equipped with socially-distanced seating arrangements and multiple sanitary stations, and our mobile app facilitates a contactless experience with self-check-in.
2.
Champions of Confidence and Guest Experience: According to consumer surveys, our guests feel better and more confident after a service visit at one of our centers. We have focused on enhancing the guest experience across all touchpoints within our brand:
•
Champions of Accessibility: Our growing network of 808 centers across 44 states is significantly larger than any other provider of OOH waxing services. Our Wax Pass program is portable across
our network, with guests often redeeming services across multiple European Wax Center locations, and our mobile app technology enables guests to easily book appointments on-line.
•
Champions of the In-Center Experience: Our in-center atmosphere is designed to be refined, clean and easy to use, with mobile app self-check-in available at all centers. Our iPad-equipped suites provide our wax specialists with detailed insights on each of their guests, empowering them to personalize product recommendations, for example.
•
Champions of Guest Retention and Repeat Visits: We encourage guests to schedule future visits on a regular basis and reward them for their use of our pre-paid Wax Pass program. More than 59% and 60% of our services in 2020 and 2019, respectively, were redeemed via a Wax Pass. We believe Wax Pass holders visit us more frequently, have meaningfully higher retention rates and represent our most valuable guests. Additionally, we expect to further amplify our guest experience and drive retention with the expected launch of our EWC Rewards Loyalty Program in fall 2021.
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute our success to the following strengths that we believe provide us with a competitive advantage in our industry:
Trusted National Brand that Inspires Confidence
We believe revealing beautiful skin is the first step to revealing one’s best self, and our brand stands for delivering unapologetic confidence to our guests. Waxing is an intimate experience, and our guests seek a dependable, safe, and clean setting with a professional wax specialist they trust. Our unmatched scale provides us with a nationwide footprint to serve our loyal guest base wherever they may be. Our singular commitment to delivering best-in-class service is reinforced by our marketing efforts driving national brand awareness and consideration. We are so confident in our ability to delight that we have always offered all our guests their first wax free. Our NPS score of 85 demonstrates our guests’ devotion to our brand.
Committed Franchisees Achieving Attractive and Predictable Unit-Level Economics
Our simple, yet difficult to replicate, operating model translates into an attractive return on our franchisees’ invested capital. Our high-quality franchisee base consists of more than 260 franchisees as of March 27, 2021, with more than 167 franchisees operating multiple European Wax Center locations. Our centers require a modest upfront investment cost, then rapidly achieve profitability and generate superior unit-level economics. A European Wax Center location typically reaches maturity in year five of operation, at which point a center generates on average $1.0 million in revenue and annual cash-on-cash returns in excess of 60%. We generate revenue from our franchisees through the sale of branded products as well as the payment of ongoing fees, including royalty and marketing fund contributions, which are determined by the service sales of each center. For the year ended December 26, 2020, we received revenue from our franchisees as follows: $57.0 million, or 58%, of our revenue came from product sales, $25.7 million, or 26%, of our revenue through franchisee royalty payments, $13.5 million, or 14%, of our revenue through marketing fund contributions, and $2.9 million, or 3%, of our revenue came from other sources. Our remaining revenue for the year ended December 26, 2020 was generated from corporate-owned centers.
Our centers experience a highly predictable maturation curve that is consistent across cohorts and geographies, providing our franchisees with a high degree of confidence in realizing attractive returns. We believe our value proposition has created a franchisee base that is committed to growing with our brand, with more than 79% of new centers opened in 2019 and 87% of new centers opened in 2020 coming from existing franchisees. The following graph shows the average unit volume (“AUV”) of our centers for the cohorts presented. AUV consists of the average annual sales of all centers that have been open for a trailing 52-week period or longer. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
AUV PERFORMANCE BY CENTER COHORT (2010-2019)(1)
(in thousands)
(1)
Cohort analysis includes unit-level data through March 2020 and reflects one year of performance for each period of data.
Recurring Nature of Services Combined with Scaled Footprint and Consistent Demand Drives Revenue Predictability
Hair removal is an integral part of the personal-care and beauty regimens for most women and many men in the United States. Given the recurring nature of hair growth, hair removal solutions are regularly in demand and our guests trust European Wax Center to meet their routine hair removal needs. Our national scale and exclusive focus on wax-based hair removal enables us to provide a highly consistent waxing experience across each of our centers. The reliability of our guest experience ensures consistent demand for our services, which drives uniform unit-level economics for our franchisees which in turn drives revenue predictability for European Wax Center. We further facilitate repeat visits through the use of our pre-paid Wax Pass program, which we believe promotes meaningfully higher guest retention rates.
Asset-Light Franchise Platform with Resilient Free Cash Flow Generation
Our asset-light franchise platform delivers capital-efficient growth, significant cash flow, and resilience through economic cycles. Our franchisees have benefited from strong organic tailwinds with our network delivering ten consecutive years of positive same-store sales growth through 2019. Due to the impacts of COVID-19, including the temporary closure of all of our centers, our networks experienced the first year of negative same- store sales growth in 2020, but we do not expect this to continue into 2021. In addition, given our low capital expenditures and working capital needs, we are able to drive strong free cash flow generation throughout economic cycles. In 2020, for example, through disciplined cost management, our business remained profitable on an EBITDA basis and sustained strong EBITDA margins despite the decline in system-wide sales driven by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our ability to drive robust financial performance through 2020 is a testament to the resilience of our platform, which enables us to invest in technology and digital enablement, training programs, and marketing initiatives. This is a key differentiator of our scaled platform relative to independent operators in our market, and a significant reason why we believe we are the franchisor of choice in OOH waxing.
Experienced and Passionate Management Team Investing in the Next Phase of Our Growth
We are led by a best-in-class management team and our culture of performance, success and inclusivity is established by our CEO David Berg, who previously served as the CEO of Carlson Hospitality and has extensive retail, hospitality and franchising experience. Since joining us in 2018, Mr. Berg has led the
acceleration of our center growth, the expansion of our franchisee network and our heightened cultural obsession with guest satisfaction.
The other members of our leadership team, including COO David Willis and CFO Jennifer Vanderveldt, have been assembled at European Wax Center from senior positions at leading organizations including Dunkin’ Brands, Michael’s, Sally Beauty, Luxottica, Jamba Juice, Petco, and American Eagle Outfitters. Our team has encouraged investment in tech-forward systems and corporate infrastructure to support the anticipated continued growth of our network. We believe our guests and franchisees are better connected with one another as a result of our scale advantages and we are only in the early innings of truly unlocking the potential of our unique platform.
Our Growth Strategies
We intend to deliver sustainable growth in revenue and profitability by executing on the following basic strategies:
Grow Our National Footprint Across New and Existing Markets
We believe our franchisees’ track record of successfully opening new centers and consistently generating attractive unit-level economics validates our strategy to expand our footprint and grow our capacity to serve more guests. We currently anticipate opening 50 to 60 centers in 2021, which is supported by existing commitments to open new centers and our development pipeline, which includes more than 200 open licenses as of May 31, 2021, as well as our aspiration to grow between 7% to 10% of our center count each year. Our center count grew 6% and 5% during fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019, respectively, and has grown every year since 2010, as shown in the graph below. Our thoughtful approach to growth ensures each center is appropriately staffed with the high-quality team and licensed, highly trained wax specialists that our brand has been known for since our initial opening.
HISTORICAL CENTER COUNT
We believe up to 10% of local independent salons will permanently close due to the impact of COVID-19, thereby allowing us to pick up additional market share in key markets where we are focused on growth. None of our existing markets are fully penetrated, and we believe we have a significant whitespace opportunity of approximately 3,000 locations for our standard center format across the United States. Moreover, approximately 75% of our whitespace opportunity is in markets where we already have a presence today, which provides us with a high degree of confidence for the likely receptivity and success of new openings. Beyond our immediate whitespace, we believe we have incremental opportunity to expand center growth and product distribution into alternative center formats, non-traditional locations, and international markets.
By employing insights gathered from our guest database, combined with internal analysis and external research, we can target the best markets and locations for footprint expansion. Our new centers require a modest upfront investment and follow a highly predictable maturation curve across cohorts and geographies, providing us and our franchisees with a high degree of visibility into the embedded earnings potential of newly opened centers. Historically, our centers reach maturity after five years, and as of December 26, 2020, 62% of our centers were mature. On a system-wide basis, our average mature center generates $1.0 million in AUV and $0.2 million in EBITDA in its fifth year.
Continue to Grow Our Brand Awareness and Accelerate Our Guest Acquisition
We believe that influential consumer trends will continue to expand the market for OOH waxing and that the OOH market will continue to take share from alternative hair removal solutions. Although our brand is nationally recognized, there are still significant opportunities to further drive brand awareness to attract new guests while increasing engagement of existing guests through increased visit frequency and spend. According to BrandIndex, our national unaided brand recognition is only 8%, providing us with significant opportunity to drive top-of-mind consideration and purchase behavior.
To drive brand awareness with all consumers, we employ several strategies, including:
•
Performance marketing: We deploy data-driven marketing dollars across multiple forms of media with an attractive return on advertising spend;
•
Digital content: We partner with select digital media content creators and social media influencers, thereby encouraging positive testimonials from our guests; and
•
Market densification: We are strategically densifying existing target markets with new centers thus increasing regional brand awareness and word-of-mouth referrals.
Additionally, we believe there is a specific opportunity to drive brand awareness amongst males, representing 5% of our total guests today compared to approximately 20% of the total addressable market. We believe there has been a significant increase in male interest in OOH waxing over the past five years. We intend to increase our share of male guests, with specific male-focused marketing collateral and service offerings.
Employ Strategies to Continue Driving Same-Store Sales Growth
We are continuously employing strategies to increase guest visit frequency and drive higher guest spend with the aim of accelerating our same-store sales growth, including:
•
Increase Wax Pass Adoption Rates: Our Wax Pass program provides guests with preferential pricing through either pre-paid or unlimited wax passes and provides us with a recurring and predictable revenue stream. We continue to expand and refine the program to drive increased adoption from non-member guests and we have grown the share of transactions conducted using Wax Passes to more than 59% in 2020 and 60% in 2019.
•
Expand our Share of our Guests’ Personal-Care Expenditures: The trusted relationships between guests and wax specialists results in an authentic channel through which we can increase our share of our guests’ spend on personal-care. We believe that more than 70% of guests trust their wax specialists to suggest new services or service frequency as well as products during a service visit. Over time, we believe the relationship between guest and wax specialist provides us a strong foundation to broaden our offerings across the personal-care category.
•
Increase our Transaction Attachment Rate: Approximately 15% and 11% of transactions in 2020 and 2019, respectively, resulted in purchases of retail products. In April 2021, we launched a refreshed portfolio of retail products complementing our core waxing services across all centers. We expect to drive greater attachment rates from this new product line-up through the right product innovation, attractive pricing, and expert consultative selling by our trained wax specialists. We define the term “attachment rate” as the percentage of transactions that include the purchase of a retail product to the total number of transactions. We are encouraged by initial results following the launch of our refreshed portfolio of retail products.
•
Drive Greater Guest Engagement Using Data Analytics: We are continuously developing new use cases from our guest database. As our data capabilities mature, we believe we will learn more about our guests’ preferences and behaviors, unlocking more high-quality interaction opportunities. We are in the process of expanding our advanced data analysis capabilities to improve guest visit frequency and loyalty by deploying timely and hyper-personalized communications and relevant reminders to our guests.
Expand Our Profit Margins and Generate Robust Free Cash Flow
We believe our straightforward asset-light franchise platform and our proven track record of increasing profitability will continue to drive EBITDA margin accretion and free cash flow generation as we expand our
national footprint. We have invested in building our scalable support infrastructure, and we currently have the capabilities and systems in place to drive revenue growth and profitability across our existing and planned franchise centers. Given our unmatched scale within the OOH waxing market, we can procure the highest quality products and supplies used to administer our services at lower prices than smaller independent providers of the same services. We expect to generate operating leverage given our fixed corporate cost structure, and we expect that incremental leverage, combined with our low capital expenditure and working capital needs, will allow us to generate improved operating margins and robust free cash flow.
Recent Developments
Preliminary Estimated Financial Results for the 13 Weeks Ended June 26, 2021
Our financial results for the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021 are not yet complete and will not be available until after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, set forth below are certain preliminary estimated financial results based upon our estimates and currently available information, which is subject to revision as a result of, among other things, the completion of our financial closing procedures, the completion of our financial statements for such period, and the completion of other operational procedures. Readers should exercise caution in relying on this information and should draw no inferences from this information regarding financial or operating data not provided. The information presented herein should not be considered a substitute for the financial information to be filed with the SEC in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021 once it becomes available. Our preliminary estimated financial results contained in this prospectus have been prepared in good faith by, and are the responsibility of, management based upon our internal reporting for the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021. Deloitte & Touche LLP has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the following preliminary estimated financial results. Accordingly, Deloitte & Touche LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. For additional information, see “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.
The table below presents our preliminary financial results and key business metrics for the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021:
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages and operating data)
|
|
|
June 26, 2021
(Estimated Low)
|
|
|
June 26, 2021
(Estimated High)
|
|
|
June 27, 2020
(Actual)
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,600 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,800 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,813 |
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(11,372) |
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
19,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,079) |
|
|
Number of system-wide centers (at period end)
|
|
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
System-wide sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
216,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
218,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
40,252 |
|
|
Same-store sales(1)
|
|
|
|
|
6.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
6.7% |
|
|
|
|
|
(76.3)% |
|
|
New center openings
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
Net debt(2)
|
|
|
|
|
230,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
235,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
250,533 |
|
|
(1)
Same-store sales growth for the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021 is calculated in comparison to the 13 weeks ended June 29, 2019 due to the significant decline in our sales in 2020 due to COVID-19. We believe this presents a more meaningful comparison of same-store sales.
(2)
Net debt consists of the outstanding principal amounts of debt less cash and cash equivalents.
The significant improvements in total revenue and profitability for the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021 were largely due to our results for the 13 weeks ended June 27, 2020 being severely impacted by center closures stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, we had 41 new center openings which became operational during the period from June 27, 2020 to June 26, 2021. During the first 26 weeks of 2021 we opened 21 new centers (19 centers, net of closures), compared to 26 new centers during the first 26 weeks of 2020 (24 centers, net of closures). Total operating expenses increased during the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021 compared to the 13 weeks ended June 27, 2020 largely as a result of year-over-year increases in cost of revenue and advertising expenses attributable to higher sales in the current year. In addition, payroll and benefits increased largely as a result of our reduction and temporary furlough of certain corporate employees in the
prior year and professional fees increased as a result of preparations for our initial public offering. However, operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue, for the 13 weeks ended June 26, 2021 significantly decreased over the prior year period primarily due to cost leverage.
A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
June 26, 2021
(Estimated Low)
|
|
|
June 26, 2021
(Estimated High)
|
|
|
June 27, 2020
(Actual)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(11,372) |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
4,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,485 |
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
4,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,640 |
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,600 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,300 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,847) |
|
|
Corporate headquarter relocation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Share-based compensation(2)
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
419 |
|
|
IPO-related costs(3)
|
|
|
|
|
1,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
Other compensation-related costs(4)
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
19,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,079) |
|
|
(1)
Represents costs related to employee relocation, severance and moving fees resulting from our corporate headquarter relocation.
(2)
Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense.
(3)
Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in preparation for initial public offering.
(4)
Represents costs related to reorganization driven by COVID-19 and buildup of executive leadership team.
We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the reasons described in “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” These measures are discussed in more detail in the section entitled “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
Risk Factors Summary
Participating in this offering involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy also is subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our competitive strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges and risks we face include the following:
•
our business is affected by the financial results of our franchisees;
•
if our franchisees are unable to successfully enter new markets, select appropriate sites for new centers or open new centers, our growth strategy may not succeed;
•
our success depends on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs and the active participation of franchisees in those programs;
•
nearly all of our centers are owned and operated by franchisees and, as a result, we are highly dependent upon our franchisees and subject to risks that franchisees face as operating entities, franchisees’ noncompliance with our agreements and franchisees’ actions that may harm our brand;
•
the high level of competition we face could materially and adversely affect our business;
•
our financial performance depends on our ability to anticipate and respond to market trends and changes in consumer preferences;
•
our planned growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls;
•
we are heavily dependent on computer systems and information technology and any material failure, interruption or security breach of our computer systems or technology could impair our ability to efficiently operate our business;
•
it is important for us and our franchisees to attract, train, and retain talented wax specialists and managers;
•
our and our franchisees’ centers may be unable to attract and retain guests, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition;
•
we may not be able to retain franchisees or maintain the quality of existing franchisees;
•
we depend on two key suppliers, including international suppliers, to provide our proprietary wax and one key international supplier to provide branded retail products to our franchisees;
•
changes in supply costs or decreases in our product sourcing revenue could adversely affect our results of operations;
•
we depend on our intellectual property to protect our brands; litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights may be costly;
•
we are a holding company, and our principal asset after completion of this offering will be our % equity interest in EWC Ventures, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from EWC Ventures;
•
we are controlled by the General Atlantic Equityholders, whose interests in our business may be different than yours, and certain statutory provisions afforded to stockholders are not applicable to us;
•
we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Exchange rules, and we will be permitted to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; and
•
we will be required to pay our existing owners for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.
Implications of being an Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or “JOBS Act”. As an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, among other things:
•
being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;
•
exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;
•
exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies;
•
an exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and
•
reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.
We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” at the earliest of (i) when we have $1.07 billion or more in “total annual gross revenues” during our most recently completed fiscal year, (ii) when we become a “large accelerated filer” with a market capitalization of $700 million or more or (iii) as of any date on which we have issued more
than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt over the three-year period prior to such date. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an “emerging growth company” or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. For risks related to our status as an emerging growth company, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.”
In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Exchange corporate governance standards because more than 50% of our voting common stock will be owned by the General Atlantic Equityholders. For further information on the implications of this distinction, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock,” “Management—Controlled Company” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
Our Sponsor
General Atlantic is a leading global growth equity firm providing capital and strategic support for growth companies. Drawing from more than 40 years of experience investing in over 400 global growth companies, General Atlantic partners with entrepreneurs and management teams who are building leading, high-growth businesses. As of March 31, 2021, the firm had approximately $65.8 billion in assets under management and focuses on investments across five sectors, including consumer, financial services, healthcare, life sciences and technology.
Following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions described below and this offering, the General Atlantic Equityholders, which are comprised of affiliates and managed accounts of General Atlantic, will control approximately 54.5% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock (or 52.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). As a result, the General Atlantic Equityholders will control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets.
Because the General Atlantic Equityholders will control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for Exchange-listed companies. Therefore, we will be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Organization and Structure,” “Management—Controlled Company” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
In addition, we will enter into a stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) that will provide the General Atlantic Equityholders with the right to nominate a specified number of our directors and certain consent rights, in each case subject to certain ownership thresholds. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for additional information.
New Senior Secured Credit Facility
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to refinance our existing term loan and revolving credit facility (together, the “Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility”). On July 23, 2021, we obtained a commitment from a group of financing institutions led by Bank of America, N.A, pursuant to which the financing institutions have agreed to provide a new senior secured credit facility consisting of $180.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior secured term loans and $40.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments (together, the “New Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The loans under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility will bear interest at an agreed-upon index rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 3.50% depending on our net total leverage ratio.
We will use the net proceeds borrowed under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility to pay down, refinance or otherwise retire and terminate all indebtedness under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility (as well as to pay the transaction costs related thereto) that remains outstanding after the application of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”
We expect that the agreement governing the terms of the New Senior Secured Credit Facility will contain covenants and conditions that will, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions. The terms of our New Senior Secured Credit Facility will also require us to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.
The Reorganization Transactions
Existing Structure
Prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions described below and this offering, all of EWC Ventures’ outstanding equity interests, consisting of its Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units, were owned by the following persons, to whom we refer collectively as the “EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members”:
•
an affiliate of General Atlantic, to whom we refer as the “General Atlantic Pre-IPO Member”;
•
EWC Holdings, Inc., an entity controlled by one of our founders, David Coba, which we refer to as “EWC Founder Holdco”;
•
EWC Management Holdco, LLC, an entity managed by affiliates of General Atlantic, whose equityholders consist of certain current and former members of management of EWC Ventures. We refer to this entity as “EWC Management Holdco.” Certain of the equity interests held by EWC Management Holdco are subject to vesting restrictions; and
•
certain other pre-IPO investors.
New Structure
After the pricing of this offering and prior to the closing of this offering, we will complete an internal reorganization, which we refer to as the “Reorganization Transactions.” In connection with the Reorganization Transactions and the pricing of this offering, the following transactions will occur:
•
EWC Ventures will make a distribution of $6.5 million to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members for the purpose of funding their tax obligations for periods prior to the closing of this offering;
•
we will become the sole managing member of EWC Ventures;
•
we will merge subsidiaries with and into affiliates of General Atlantic (the “Blocker Companies”), and the surviving entities will then merge with and into us. We refer to these transactions as the “Mergers.” As consideration for the Mergers, we will issue to the equity owners of the Blocker Companies (the “General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders”) shares of our Class A common stock with rights to receive payments under a Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below). The number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders will be based on the value of the EWC Ventures equity interests that we acquire, which will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of EWC Ventures and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering;
•
we will amend and restate the EWC Ventures limited liability company agreement and provide that, among other things, all of EWC Ventures’ outstanding equity interests, consisting of its Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units, will be reclassified into EWC Ventures’ non-voting common units, which we refer to as “EWC Ventures Units.” The number of EWC Ventures Units to be issued to each member of EWC Ventures will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of EWC Ventures and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering. The EWC Ventures Units received by EWC Management Holdco in respect of reclassified equity interests with vesting restrictions will either be vested or have amended vesting restrictions. See
“Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End.” Vested EWC Ventures Units will be entitled to receive distributions, if any, from EWC Ventures. Unvested EWC Ventures Units will not be entitled to receive distributions (other than tax distributions) unless and until they vest. If any unvested EWC Ventures Units are forfeited, they will be cancelled by EWC Ventures for no consideration (and we will cancel the corresponding shares of Class B common stock for no consideration);
•
we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and will be authorized to issue two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which we refer to collectively as our “common stock.” The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will each provide holders with one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of Class B common stock will not have any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) provided to holders of Class A common stock;
•
the following members of EWC Ventures after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, to whom we refer collectively as the “EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members,” will subscribe for and purchase shares of our Class B common stock at a purchase price of $0.00001 per share and in an amount equal to the number of EWC Ventures Units held by each such EWC Ventures Post-IPO Member:
•
affiliates of General Atlantic, to whom we refer collectively as the “General Atlantic Post-IPO Members” and which together with the General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders comprise the General Atlantic Equityholders;
•
EWC Founder Holdco which we refer to as the “Founder Post-IPO Member”;
•
EWC Management Holdco; and
•
certain other pre-IPO investors who held an interest in EWC Ventures.
•
subject to certain restrictions, the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will be granted the right to exchange their EWC Ventures Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock for, at our option, (i) shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (the “Share Exchange”) or (ii) cash (based on the market price of our Class A common stock) (the “Cash Exchange”). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement”; and
•
we will enter into the Stockholders Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
We will issue 9,035,102 shares of our Class A common stock to the purchasers in this offering (or 9,983,378 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $138.6 million (or approximately $153.2 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and prior to paying any offering expenses. After the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we intend (i) to contribute a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to EWC Ventures in exchange for EWC Ventures Units and cause such contributed amounts, together with cash on hand and $180.0 million of term loan proceeds under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility, to be used by EWC Ventures to purchase EWC Ventures Units from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and employees in satisfaction of the Class C Deferred Payment Obligations (as defined below), to repay all of our outstanding term and revolving loans under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility and to pay fees and expenses related to the refinancing, as well as other corporate expenses, and (ii) to use the remaining proceeds to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.
We estimate that the offering expenses (other than the underwriting discounts) will be approximately $8.1 million. All such offering expenses will be paid for or otherwise borne by EWC Ventures.
See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.
As used in this prospectus, the “Transactions” means (i) the Reorganization Transactions, (ii) the consummation of this offering and use of proceeds therefrom and (iii) the entry into the New Senior Secured Credit Facility and the use of proceeds therefrom.
The following diagram depicts our organizational structure following the Transactions (assuming an initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within our organizational structure:
*
Represents economic interest in European Wax Center, Inc. and not EWC Ventures, LLC.
(1)
The General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders and the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members will control 54.5% of the voting power of our common stock and hold 54.5% of the economic interest of the Company on a combined basis and together comprise the General Atlantic Equityholders.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will be appointed as the sole managing member of EWC Ventures pursuant to EWC Ventures’ limited liability company agreement. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of EWC Ventures and will also have a substantial financial interest in EWC Ventures, we will consolidate the financial results of EWC Ventures, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the noncontrolling interest to reflect the entitlement of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members to a portion of EWC Ventures’ net income (loss). As described in “Our Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions,” EWC Ventures will be under the control of the General Atlantic Equityholders before and after the Reorganization Transactions. As a result, we will account for the Reorganization Transactions as a reorganization of entities under common control and measure the interests of the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in the assets and liabilities of EWC Ventures at their carrying amounts at the completion of the Reorganization Transactions.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) with the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members that provides for the payment by us to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members of 85% of the benefits, if any, that we realize, or are deemed to realize (calculated
using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. There is significant existing tax basis in the assets of EWC Ventures as a result of the prior acquisition of interests in EWC Ventures by the General Atlantic Equityholders, and subsequent redemptions, exchanges or purchases of EWC Ventures Units in connection with or after this offering) are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of EWC Ventures. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to us and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Actual tax benefits realized by us may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. This payment obligation is an obligation of European Wax Center and not of EWC Ventures. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
See “Our Organizational Structure” for further details.
Corporate Information
European Wax Center, Inc., the issuer of the Class A common stock in this offering, was formed as a Delaware corporation on April 1, 2021. Our corporate headquarters are located at 5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor, Plano, Texas 75024, and our telephone number is 469-264-8123. Our website address is www.waxcenter.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
The Offering
European Wax Center, Inc.
Class A common stock outstanding before this offering
21,507,264 shares of Class A common stock.
Class A common stock offered by us
9,035,102 shares of Class A common stock (or 9,983,378 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).
Class A common stock offered by the selling
stockholders
1,564,898 shares of Class A common stock (or 2,206,622 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).
Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 1,590,000 shares of Class A common stock within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
30,542,366 shares of Class A common stock (34.7% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) (or 31,490,642 shares of Class A common stock (38.7% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). If, immediately after this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, all of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members elected to exchange their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of our Class A common stock, 63,792,479 shares of our Class A common stock would be outstanding (22.0% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) (or 63,792,479 shares of Class A common stock (24.4% of which would be owned by non-affiliates of the Company) if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full).
Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
33,250,113 shares of Class B common stock (or 32,301,837 shares of Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Shares of our Class B common stock have voting but no economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) and will be issued in an amount equal to the number of EWC Ventures Units held by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 530,000 shares of Class A common stock, or approximately 5.0% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus (not including any shares of Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain employees, directors and other persons associated with us. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserve shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.
Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share, representing an aggregate of 47.9% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (or 49.4% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full).
Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share, representing an aggregate of 52.1% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (or 50.6% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom).
All classes of our common stock generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, our Class B common stock will be held by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
Subject to certain restrictions, the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will be granted the right to exchange their EWC Ventures Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, for (i) shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or (ii) cash (based on the market price of our Class A common stock), at our option (as the managing member of EWC Ventures), subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.
When an EWC Ventures Unit, together with a share of our Class B common stock, is exchanged for a share of our Class A common stock, the corresponding share of our Class B common stock will be cancelled.
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $138.6 million (or approximately $153.2 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and prior to paying any offering expenses, based on an assumed initial offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).
We intend (i) to contribute a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to EWC Ventures in exchange for EWC Ventures Units and
cause such contributed amounts, together with cash on hand and $180.0 million of term loan proceeds under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility, to be used by EWC Ventures to purchase EWC Ventures Units from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and employees in satisfaction of the Class C Deferred Payment Obligations, to repay all of our outstanding term and revolving loans under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility and to pay fees and expenses related to the refinancing, as well as other corporate expenses, and (ii) to use the remaining proceeds to purchase EWC Ventures Units from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.
We estimate that the offering expenses (other than the underwriting discounts) will be approximately $8.1 million. All such offering expenses will be paid for or otherwise borne by EWC Ventures.
See “Use of Proceeds” for further details.
Upon completion of this offering, the General Atlantic Equityholders will collectively continue to control more than 50% of our combined voting power upon the completion of this offering, and we will be considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of Exchange rules and corporate governance standards. As a “controlled company,” we will be permitted to elect not to comply with certain Exchange corporate governance requirements. See “Management—Controlled Company.”
We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. We plan to retain any earnings for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. See “Dividend Policy.”
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Exchange under the symbol “EWCZ.”
You should read the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.
Because an affiliate of Truist Securities, Inc. is a lender under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility and will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of borrowings under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility, Truist Securities, Inc., an underwriter in this offering, is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information regarding conflicts of interest.
Unless we indicate otherwise throughout this prospectus, the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering excludes:
•
6,379,248 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to equity-based awards available for issuance under the European Wax Center 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan”), including 896,215 shares of Class A common stock underlying 541,289 restricted stock units
and 354,926 stock options we expect to grant on the date of this prospectus to certain of our directors, executive officers and employees (collectively, the “IPO Equity Grants”). See “Executive Compensation—2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan” and “—IPO Equity Grants”; and
•
33,250,113 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon the exchange of EWC Ventures Units (together with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock).
Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes (i) that the Reorganization Transactions have been consummated prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and (iii) an initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).
Any increase (decrease) in the initial public offering price would decrease (increase) the number of shares offered by us and increase (decrease) the number of shares offered by the selling stockholders. This is because any increase or decrease in the offering price will not impact the amount of net proceeds we contribute to EWC Ventures and will only impact the net proceeds received by the selling stockholders and the amount of net proceeds we use to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock directly from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members. See “Use of Proceeds.” As a result, the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering will fluctuate based on the actual initial public offering price. For illustrative purposes only, the table below shows the expected number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock at various initial public offering prices and the resulting total number of shares of common stock expected to be outstanding after this offering:
|
Assumed Initial
Public Offering Price
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Class A
Common Stock Outstanding
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Class B
Common Stock Outstanding
|
|
|
Total Shares of Common
Stock Outstanding
|
|
|
$18.50
|
|
|
30,192,014
|
|
|
33,004,731
|
|
|
63,196,745
|
|
|
$17.50
|
|
|
30,357,169
|
|
|
33,120,422
|
|
|
63,477,591
|
|
|
$16.50
|
|
|
30,542,366
|
|
|
33,250,113
|
|
|
63,792,479
|
|
|
$15.50
|
|
|
30,751,489
|
|
|
33,396,509
|
|
|
64,147,998
|
|
|
$14.50
|
|
|
30,989,499
|
|
|
33,563,055
|
|
|
64,552,554
|
|
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following table sets forth certain summary historical consolidated financial and other data of EWC Ventures for the periods beginning on and after December 30, 2018 (the first day of Fiscal 2019) and the thirteen weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020 and the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data for European Wax Center, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 26, 2020.
The summary historical consolidated financial and other data presented below as of and for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019 have been derived from EWC Ventures’ audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of March 27, 2021 and for the thirteen weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020 have been derived from EWC Ventures’ unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the unaudited interim periods. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 26, 2020 give effect to the Transactions as if each had occurred on December 29, 2019 (the first day of Fiscal 2020) for pro forma statement of operations purposes, and December 26, 2020 for pro forma balance sheet purposes.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information includes various estimates that are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had the Transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for more information.
We are a newly formed corporation, have no material assets and have not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with the Reorganization Transactions described in “Our Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions.” Upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, we will become the sole managing member of EWC Ventures. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day to day operations of EWC Ventures and will also have a substantial financial interest in EWC Ventures, we will consolidate the financial results of EWC Ventures.
The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial and other data presented below do not purport to be indicative of the results that can be expected for any future period and should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and EWC Ventures’ audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Historical
|
|
|
European Wax
Center, Inc.
Pro Forma
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 26,
2020
|
|
(in thousands, except share, per share
and operating data)
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,617 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,345 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,977 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
83,620 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,977 |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
25,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
36,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
25,674 |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
4,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,559 |
|
|
|
|
|
13,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,972 |
|
|
|
|
|
13,465 |
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,018 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
11,868 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
36,657 |
|
|
|
|
|
32,823 |
|
|
|
|
|
103,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
154,197 |
|
|
|
|
|
103,407 |
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
9,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,678 |
|
|
|
|
|
35,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
40,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
35,508 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
11,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,378 |
|
|
|
|
|
38,997 |
|
|
|
|
|
64,967 |
|
|
|
|
|
48,794 |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
4,884 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
11,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,132 |
|
|
|
|
|
11,495 |
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
|
|
5,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
15,534 |
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Historical
|
|
|
European Wax
Center, Inc.
Pro Forma
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share, per share
and operating data)
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets and non-cancellable contracts
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
|
Impairment of internally developed software
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
18,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Gain on sale of centers
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,120) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
31,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
106,626 |
|
|
|
|
|
163,045 |
|
|
|
|
|
116,423 |
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
|
|
5,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,181 |
|
|
|
|
|
(3,219) |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,848) |
|
|
|
|
|
(13,016) |
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
(4,536) |
|
|
|
|
|
(4,222) |
|
|
|
|
|
(18,276) |
|
|
|
|
|
(15,548) |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,151) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
959 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,167) |
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,033) |
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to European Wax Center, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(10,134) |
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share to Class A common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.33) |
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares of Class A common stock used in computing earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,542,366 |
|
|
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.67) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.70) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.67) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.70) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average units outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
26,323,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Historical
|
|
|
European Wax
Center, Inc.
Pro Forma
(unaudited)
|
|
(in thousands, except share, per share and
operating data)
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Thirteen
Weeks
Ended
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
$ |
617,564 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
606,900 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
576,479 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
590,994 |
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
298,922 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
288,877 |
|
|
|
|
|
262,161 |
|
|
|
|
|
231,761 |
|
|
Total debt, net
|
|
|
|
|
265,130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
265,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
225,279 |
|
|
|
|
|
175,185 |
|
|
Cash Flow Statement Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,987) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,450 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,397 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
14,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
(4,499) |
|
|
|
|
|
(29,512) |
|
|
|
|
|
(36,843) |
|
|
|
|
|
(40,694) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
(1,547) |
|
|
|
|
|
29,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
61,902 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,807 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
|
|
|
|
|
(8,033) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,644 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,456 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,814 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA(1)
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,776 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,079 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,363 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
|
|
|
12,534 |
|
|
|
|
|
11,712 |
|
|
|
|
|
20,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
34,005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of system-wide centers (at period end)
|
|
|
|
|
808 |
|
|
|
|
|
766 |
|
|
|
|
|
796 |
|
|
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System-wide sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
156,963 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
158,004 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
468,764 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
687,402 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Same-store sales(2)
|
|
|
|
|
(6.2)% |
|
|
|
|
|
(5.6)% |
|
|
|
|
|
(35.6)% |
|
|
|
|
|
9.8% |
|
|
|
New center openings
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AUV
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
Please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a further discussion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
(2)
Same-store sales decline for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 is calculated in comparison to the 13 weeks ended March 30, 2019 due to the significant decline in our sales in 2020 due to COVID-19. We believe this presents a more meaningful comparison of same-store sales.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We report our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). In addition to our GAAP financial results, we believe the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in evaluating our performance. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as substitutes for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.
EBITDA
We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA, which eliminates the impact of certain expenses that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance, provides useful information to investors to assess the performance of our business.
Adjusted EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain additional non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance of our core operations. These items include exit costs related to leases of abandoned space, IPO-related costs, non-cash equity-based compensation expense, corporate headquarters office relocation, and other one-time expenses.
Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and external users of our financial statements, such as research analysts, investors, lenders and others, to assess, among other things:
•
the financial performance of our assets without regard to the impact of financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis of our assets;
•
the viability of capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities; and
•
our operating performance as compared to those of other companies in our industry without regard to the impact of financing methods and capital structure.
We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors because, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations, it provides a comprehensive understanding of our performance than GAAP results alone. We also believe that external users of our financial statements benefit from having access to the same financial measures that management uses in evaluating the results of our business. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, our EBIDTA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
The following tables present a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Historical
|
|
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA to Adjusted
EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
959 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
4,536 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
18,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
15,548 |
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
|
|
371 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,198 |
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
4,710 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,527 |
|
|
|
|
|
17,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
13,336 |
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,776 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,079 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,363 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,686 |
|
|
Impairment of internally developed software(1)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
18,183 |
|
|
Exit costs – lease abandonment(2)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
778 |
|
|
Corporate headquarters relocation(3)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
483 |
|
|
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,097 |
|
|
Share-based compensation(4)
|
|
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,052 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,570 |
|
|
IPO-related costs(5)
|
|
|
|
|
1,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Other compensation-related costs(6)
|
|
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
|
|
577 |
|
|
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,534 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,712 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,001 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
34,005 |
|
|
(1)
Represents costs related to the abandonment of our internally developed point-of-sale software system prior to implementation of a third-party cloud-based system.
(2)
Represents exit costs related to abandoned leases resulting from our corporate headquarters relocation.
(3)
Represents costs related to employee relocation, severance and moving fees resulting from our corporate headquarter relocation.
(4)
Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense.
(5)
Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in preparation for initial public offering.
(6)
Represents costs related to reorganization driven by COVID-19 and buildup of executive leadership team.
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our Class A common stock involves substantial risks. In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before investing in our Class A common stock. Any of the risk factors we describe below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The market price of our Class A common stock could decline if one or more of these risks or uncertainties develop into actual events, causing you to lose all or part of your investment. While we believe these risks and uncertainties are especially important for you to consider, we may face other risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on our business that are not listed below. Certain statements contained in the risk factors described below are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.
Risks Relating to Our Business
Our business is affected by the financial results of our franchisees.
A substantial portion of our revenue comes from royalties generated by, and sales of wax and retail products to, our franchised centers. Accordingly, our business is impacted by the operational and financial success of our franchisees, including the franchisees’ implementation of our strategic plans and their ability to secure adequate financing. The employees of franchisees are not our employees. We provide training and support to franchisees, but the quality of franchised center operations may be diminished by a number of factors beyond our control. Consequently, franchisees may not successfully operate centers in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements or may not hire and train qualified managers and other center personnel. If they do not, our image and reputation may suffer, and revenues could decline.
Additionally, if our franchisees are impacted by weak economic conditions and are unable to secure adequate sources of financing, their financial health may worsen, our revenues may decline, and we may need to offer extended payment terms or make other concessions. Additionally, refusal on the part of franchisees to renew their franchise agreements may result in decreased payments from franchisees. Furthermore, if our franchisees are not able to obtain the financing necessary to complete planned remodel and construction projects, they may be forced to postpone or cancel such projects.
Furthermore, a bankruptcy of any multi-unit franchisee could negatively impact our ability to collect payments due under such franchisee’s agreements. In a franchisee bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee may reject its franchise agreements under the applicable bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments from such franchisee. The amount of the proceeds, if any, that may ultimately be recovered in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchisee may not be sufficient to satisfy a damage claim resulting from such rejection. See “—Nearly all of our centers are owned and operated by franchisees and, as a result, we are highly dependent upon our franchisees.”
If our franchisees are unable to successfully enter new markets, select appropriate sites for new centers or open new centers, our growth strategy may not succeed.
Our growth strategy includes entering into franchise agreements and development agreements with franchisees who will open additional centers in markets where there are either an insufficient number or relatively few or no existing centers. We rely heavily on these franchisees and developers to grow our franchise systems, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully expand or acquire critical market presence for our brands in new geographical markets in the United States. Consumer characteristics and competition in new markets may differ substantially from those in the markets where we currently operate. Additionally, we may be unable to identify qualified franchisees, develop brand recognition, successfully market our products or attract new guests in such markets and our franchisees may be unable to identify appropriate locations in such markets. See “—Our center development plans under development agreements may not be implemented effectively by franchisees” herein.
Our franchisees face many other challenges in opening additional centers, including:
•
availability of financing on acceptable terms;
•
selection and availability of and competition for suitable center locations;
•
negotiation of acceptable lease terms;
•
securing required applicable governmental permits and approvals;
•
impact of natural disasters and other acts of nature and terrorist acts or political instability;
•
availability of franchise territories not prohibited by the territorial exclusivity provisions of existing franchisees;
•
employment, training and retention of qualified personnel;
•
exposure to liabilities arising out of sellers’ prior operations of acquired centers;
•
incurrence or assumption of debt to finance acquisitions or improvements and/or the assumption of long-term, non-cancelable leases; and
•
general economic and business conditions.
Should our franchisees not succeed in opening additional centers or improving existing centers, there may be adverse impacts to our growth strategy and to our ability to generate additional profits, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
A component of our business strategy includes the construction of additional centers and the renovation and build-out of existing centers by our franchisees, and a significant portion of the growth in our franchisees’ sales and profit margins will depend on growth in comparable sales for our centers. Our franchisees face competition from other operators, retail chains, companies, and developers for desirable center locations, which may adversely affect the cost, implementation, and timing of our franchisees’ expansion plans. If our franchisees experience delays in the construction or remodeling processes, they may be unable to complete such activities at the planned cost, which could adversely affect our franchisees’ business and results of operations. Additionally, our franchisees cannot guarantee that such remodeling will increase the revenues generated by these centers or that any such increases will be sustainable. Likewise, our franchisees cannot be sure that the sites they select for additional centers will result in centers that meet sales expectations. Our franchisees’ failure to add a significant number of additional centers or grow comparable sales for our centers could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
In particular, because nearly all of the development of additional centers is likely to be funded by franchisee investment, our growth strategy is dependent on our existing and prospective franchisees’ ability to access funds to finance such development. We do not generally provide our franchisees with direct financing and therefore their ability to access borrowed funds generally depends on their independent relationships with various financial institutions. In addition, labor and material costs expended will vary by geographical location and are subject to general price increases. The timing of these improvements can affect the performance of a center, particularly if the improvements require the relevant center to be closed. If our existing and prospective franchisees are not able to obtain financing at commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of additional centers. In addition, our growth strategy may take longer to implement and may not be as successful as expected. Both of these factors could reduce our competitiveness and future sales and profit margins, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Furthermore, the ability of our franchisees to enter new markets and grow our business may not be indicative of future growth. Our various business strategies and initiatives, including our growth of franchisees, are subject to business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. The historic conversion rate of signed commitments to new franchised centers may not be indicative of the conversion rates we will experience in the future.
Our success depends on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs and the active participation of franchisees in such marketing and promotional activities.
Brand marketing and advertising significantly affect sales at our centers. Our marketing and advertising programs may not be successful, which may prevent us from attracting new guests and retaining existing guests. We rely heavily on the active participation of our franchisees for the implementation of marketing initiatives to be successful. Our inability to mandate franchisees to participate in marketing and promotional
activities or our franchisees’ inability to successfully implement these initiatives could adversely affect our business results. Also, because many of the franchisees are contractually obligated to pay advertising fees based on a percentage of their service revenues, our advertising budget depends on sales volumes at these centers. While we and certain of our franchisees have sometimes voluntarily provided additional funds for advertising in the past, we are not legally obligated to make such voluntary contributions or loan money to pay for advertising. If sales decline, we will have fewer funds available for marketing and advertising, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues, business and results of operations.
As part of our marketing efforts, we rely on traditional, social and digital advertising, as well as search engine marketing, web advertisements, social media platforms and other digital marketing to attract and retain guests. These efforts may not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenues or increased employee or guest engagement. Guests are increasingly using internet sites and social media to inform their purchasing decisions and to compare prices, product assortment, and feedback from other guests about quality, responsiveness and guest service before purchasing our services and products. If we are unable to continue to develop successful marketing and advertising strategies, especially for online and social media platforms, or if our competitors develop more effective strategies, we could lose guests and sales could decline. In addition, a variety of risks are associated with the use of social media and digital marketing, including the improper disclosure of proprietary information, negative comments about or negative incidents regarding us, exposure of personally identifiable information, fraud or out-of-date information. The inappropriate use of social media and digital marketing vehicles by us, our franchisees, our guests, employees or others could increase our costs, lead to litigation or result in negative publicity that could damage our reputation. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content, videos and/or photographs created or uploaded by their subscribers and participants, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Information posted on such platforms at any time may be adverse to our interests and/or may be inaccurate. The dissemination of negative information related to our brands could harm our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations, regardless of the information’s accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. The occurrence of any such developments could have an adverse effect on our business results and on our profits.
Franchisees could take actions that could harm our brand, including failing to comply with their franchise agreements and policies, and adversely affect our business.
Franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their centers for the contractual terms and in accordance with the standards set forth in the franchise agreements, including specified service and product quality standards and other requirements, in order to protect our brand and to optimize its performance.
However, franchisees are independent third parties that we do not control, and the franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their centers. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any franchised center rests with the franchisee. If franchisees provide substandard services, receive through the supply chain defective products or do not successfully operate centers for the contractual terms and in a manner consistent with required standards, franchise royalty payments to us will be adversely affected and our image and reputation could be harmed, which in turn could hurt our revenues, results of operations, business and financial condition.
In addition, we may be unable to successfully implement our business model, company policies, or brand development strategies that we believe are necessary for further growth if franchisees do not participate in that implementation. Our revenues, results of operations, business and financial condition could be adversely affected if a significant number of franchisees do not participate in brand strategies.
Our and our franchisees’ centers may be unable to attract and retain guests, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our target market is people seeking regular out-of-home waxing services who consider waxing services a meaningful component of their personal-care and beauty regimens. Our and our franchisees’ marketing efforts may not be successful in developing repeat guests and guest levels may materially decline over time. In addition, we experience attrition and must continually engage existing guests and attract new guests in order to maintain profitability. Some of the factors that could lead to a decline in guest retention include changing desires and behaviors of consumers or their perception of our brand, changes in discretionary spending trends and general
economic conditions, market maturity or saturation, a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at a competitive price, direct and indirect competition in our industry, and a decline in the public’s interest in waxing services or personal-care, among other factors.
Furthermore, the success of our business depends in part on our and our franchisees’ ability to grow the number of our Wax Pass holders. Our Wax Pass program drives guest loyalty and provides valuable data and insights on our core guests, without which it may be difficult for us to adapt to changing guest preferences or predict market trends. If we and our franchisees are not successful in optimizing prices or in adding new Wax Pass holders in new and existing centers, growth in program fees may suffer. Any decrease in our guest attraction or retention levels or average program fees, or increase in program costs, may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation.
There has been a substantial increase in the use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of digital communications, and the influence of social media influencers in the personal-care and beauty products industry, that allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other persons, including to our guests. Negative commentary regarding us or the products we sell may be posted on social media platforms or other electronic means at any time and may be adverse to our reputation or business. Guests value readily available information and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Any harm to us or the products we sell may be immediate without allowing us an opportunity for redress or correction.
We also use social media platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest, YouTube and TikTok accounts. In addition, we have agreements with a variety of industry influencers, and we feature industry influencers in our advertising and marketing efforts and may include them in some of our branding and we may be unable to fully control such influencers’ efforts. Further, many industry influencers use our products and feature our products through their own platforms. Actions taken by these individuals could harm our brand image, net revenues, profitability and may subject us to fines or other penalties. Our marketing efforts through social media platforms and influencers may not be successful and the availability of these platforms may make it easier for smaller competitors to compete with us.
In addition, a failure of us, our employees, our franchisees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of social media could adversely impact our brand, reputation, marketing partners, financial condition, and results of operations or subject us or our franchisees to fines or other penalties. Other risks associated with the use of social media include improper disclosure of proprietary information, exposure of personally identifiable information, fraud, hoaxes or malicious dissemination of false information.
The high level of competition we face could materially and adversely affect our business.
We compete with more than 10,000 independent waxing operators and almost 100,000 beauty salons that provide waxing as a small part of their broader service offerings. Within OOH waxing, we compete with independent waxing operators, beauty salons, beauty parlors, health clubs, spas, beauty supply stores and other independently owned companies. We also compete with other types of hair removal alternatives, including laser hair removal, sugaring, threading, as well as in-home solutions, such as shaving, chemical-based creams, epilators, at-home laser hair removal and at-home waxing. We may not be able to compete effectively in the markets in which we operate. Competitors may attempt to copy our business model, or portions thereof, which could erode our market share and brand recognition and impair our growth rate and profitability. Competitors, including companies that are larger and have greater resources than us, may compete with us to attract guests in our markets. Luxury personal-care companies may attempt to enter our market by lowering prices or creating lower price brand alternatives. Furthermore, due to the increased number of low-cost and independently owned waxing alternatives, we may face increased competition if we increase our price or if discretionary spending declines. This competition may limit our ability to attract and retain existing guests and Wax Pass holders and our ability to attract new guests and Wax Pass holders. Such increase in competition, in each case, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, we compete with other franchisors to attract and retain qualified franchisees. The inability to attract and retain qualified franchisees could impact payments under the franchise documents and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. See “—We may not be able to retain franchisees or maintain the quality of existing franchisees.”
Our ability to improve our financial performance depends on our ability to anticipate and respond to market trends and changes in consumer preferences.
Our ability to improve our financial performance depends on our ability to anticipate, gauge and react in a timely and effective manner to changes in consumer spending patterns and preferences for waxing and related personal-care services and products. We must continually work to develop, produce and market new services and products, maintain and enhance the recognition of our brand, achieve a favorable mix of services and products, and refine our approach as to how and where we market and sell our services and products. Consumer spending patterns and preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and can change rapidly depending on factors outside our control, including general economic conditions, unemployment rates, wage levels and disposable income levels. It is also possible that competitors could introduce new products and services that negatively impact consumer preference for our business model, or that consumers could prefer hair removal services, such as less costly laser hair removal options or more effective at-home hair removal options than are currently available, that do not align with our business model or compete with us. In addition, certain market trends may be short-lived. There can be no assurance that we will be able to anticipate and respond to trends timely and effectively in the market for waxing and related personal-care services and products and changing consumer demands and improve our financial results.
Furthermore, material shifts or decreases in market demand for our services and products, including as a result of changes in consumer spending patterns and preferences or incorrect forecasting of market demand, could result in us carrying inventory that cannot be used by our wax specialists or sold at anticipated prices or increased product returns by our guests. Failure to maintain proper inventory levels or increased product returns by our franchisees could result in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and cash flows.
Our planned growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.
Over the past several years, we have experienced growth in our business activities and operations, including a significant increase in the number of system-wide centers. Our past expansion has placed, and our planned future expansion may place, significant demands on our administrative, operational, financial and other resources. Any failure to manage growth effectively could seriously harm our business. To be successful, we will need to continue to implement management information systems and improve our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls. Our inability to implement and maintain such systems and controls, including to accurately report our data, could harm consumer confidence in our reporting and adversely affect our business. We will also need to train new employees and maintain close coordination among our executive, accounting, finance, legal, human resources, risk management, marketing, technology, sales and operations functions. These processes are time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention, and we may not realize a return on our investment in these processes. In addition, we believe the culture we foster at our and our franchisees’ centers is an important contributor to our success. However, as we expand we may have difficulty maintaining our culture or adapting it sufficiently to meet the needs of our operations. These risks may be heightened as our growth accelerates. In 2020, our franchisees opened 52 centers, compared to 47 centers in 2019 and 70 centers in 2018. Our failure to successfully execute on our planned expansion of centers could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we fail to retain, or effectively respond to a loss of, key executives.
The success of our business depends on the contributions of key executives and senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer, David Berg, and our Chief Financial Officer, Jennifer Vanderveldt. The departure of key executives or senior management could have a material adverse effect on our business and long-term
strategic plan. We have a succession plan that includes short-term and long-term planning elements intended to allow us to successfully continue operations should any of our key executives or senior management become unavailable to serve in their respective roles. However, there is a risk that we may not be able to implement the succession plan successfully or in a timely manner or that the succession plan will not result in the same financial performance we currently achieve under the guidance of our existing executive team. Any lack of management continuity could adversely affect our ability to successfully manage our business and execute our growth strategy, as well as result in operational and administrative inefficiencies and added costs, and may make recruiting for future management positions more difficult.
If our technology-based guest services systems do not function effectively, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.
Our guests are increasingly using tablets and smart phones to interact with us before, during, and after their visits as a means to enhance their experience. Our mobile app allows our guests to schedule their visits and facilitates a contactless experience with self-check-in. Any failure on our part to provide an attractive, effective, reliable, and user-friendly digital platform that continually meets the changing expectations of our guests could place us at a competitive disadvantage, result in the loss of sales, harm our reputation with our guests and could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. If we fail to implement changes to our mobile app in response to rapidly developing technology, fail to maintain a relevant consumer experience in understanding and interacting with our mobile app or fail to effectively respond to telecommunications disruptions, including disruptions to the operations of third-party software providers upon whom we rely, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
We are heavily dependent on computer systems and information technology and any material failure, interruption or security breach of our computer systems or technology could impair our ability to efficiently operate our business.
We and our franchised centers are dependent upon our computer systems and other information technology to properly conduct our business, including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing in our centers, management of our supply chain, collection of cash, payment of obligations and various other processes and procedures. See “—We do not own certain software that is used in operating our business” herein. Our ability to efficiently manage our business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these information technology systems. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, an interruption, problems with maintenance, upgrading or transitioning to replacement systems, fraudulent manipulation of sales reporting from our centers or a breach in security of any of these systems could result in loss of sales and franchise royalty payments, cause delays in guest service, result in the loss of data, create exposure to litigation, reduce efficiency, cause delays in operations or otherwise harm our business. Significant capital investments might be required to remediate any problems. Any security breach involving any of our point-of-sale or other systems could result in a loss of consumer confidence and potential costs associated with fraud or breaches of data security laws. Also, despite our considerable efforts to secure our computer systems and information technology, security breaches, such as unauthorized access and computer viruses, may occur, resulting in system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information.
A future security breach of our computer systems or information technology could require us to notify our guests, employees or other groups, result in adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, could materially affect our operations, financial condition and performance and could result in penalties or other costs that could adversely affect the operation of our business and results of operations.
The occurrence of cyber-incidents, or a deficiency in cybersecurity, could negatively impact our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of confidential information, and/or damage to our employee and business relationships, all of which could lead to loss and harm our business.
A cyber-incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of information resources. More specifically, a cyber-incident is an intentional attack or an unintentional event that can include an unauthorized party gaining unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information about our guests, franchisees, our company, vendors or employees. As our reliance on technology has increased, especially in light of an increase in work-from-home arrangements
due to the COVID-19 pandemic, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. The company has been subject to attempted cyber-attacks in the past and may continue to be subject to such attacks in the future. A successful cyber-attack or other cyber-incident experienced by us or our service providers could cause an interruption of our operations, could damage our relationship with franchisees, and could result in the exposure of private or confidential data, potentially resulting in litigation. In addition to maintaining insurance coverage to address cyber-incidents, we have also implemented processes, procedures and controls to help mitigate these risks. However, these measures, as well as our increased awareness of a risk of a cyber-incident, do not guarantee that our reputation and financial results will not be adversely affected by any incident or event that occurs.
Because our centers accept electronic forms of payment from our guests, our business requires the collection of guest data, including credit and debit card numbers and other personally-identifiable information in various information systems that we and our franchisees then transfer to third parties with whom we contract to provide credit card processing services. We also maintain important internal company data, such as personally-identifiable information about our employees, franchisees and guests and information relating to our operations. Our use of personally-identifiable information is regulated by federal and state laws, as well as by certain third-party agreements. As privacy and information security laws and regulations change, we may incur additional costs to ensure that we remain in compliance with those laws and regulations. If our security and information systems are compromised or if our employees or franchisees fail to comply with these laws, regulations, or contract terms, and this information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately, it could adversely affect our reputation and could disrupt our operations and result in costly litigation, judgments, or penalties resulting from violation of federal and state laws and payment card industry regulations. A cyber-incident could also require us to notify law enforcement agencies, our guests, employees or other groups, result in fines or require us to incur expenditures in connection with remediation, require us to pay increased fees to third parties, result in adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, or require us to incur other costs, any of which could adversely affect the operation of our business and results of our operations.
Changing regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and harm our brands in a manner that adversely affects our business.
The jurisdictions in which we operate are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws and regulations (“Privacy and Data Protection Laws”) that could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security related practices, including our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer and/or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. This includes increased privacy related legislative and enforcement activity at both the federal level and the state level, including the implementation of the California Consumer Protection Act (the “CCPA”), which came into effect in January 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”) which will take effect on January 1, 2023, as well as other state laws. We, our affiliated entities and our service providers may need to take measures to ensure compliance with new, evolving and existing requirements contained in the CCPA, the CPRA, and other Privacy and Data Protection Laws and to address customer concerns related to their rights under any such Privacy and Data Protection Laws. We also may need to continue to make adjustments to our compliance efforts as more clarification and guidance on the requirements of the CCPA, the CPRA and other Privacy and Data Protection Laws becomes available.
We are also subject to the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard, which is a security standard designed to protect payment card data as mandated by payment card industry entities. We rely on vendors to handle PCI matters and to ensure PCI compliance. Despite our compliance efforts, we may become subject to claims that we have violated the PCI Data Security Standard, which could subject us to substantial fines and penalties.
Our ongoing efforts to ensure our and our affiliated entities’ compliance with the CCPA, the CPRA and other existing or future Privacy and Data Protection Laws affecting customer or employee data to which we are subject could result in additional costs and operational disruptions. Our and our affiliated entities or services providers’ failure to comply with such laws could result in potentially significant regulatory investigations or government actions, litigation, operational disruptions, penalties or remediation and other costs, as well as adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits and an increase in fees payable to third parties. All of these implications could adversely affect our revenues, results of operations or business and financial condition.
Our level of indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate sufficient cash to fulfil our obligations under such indebtedness, to react to changes in our business and to incur additional indebtedness to fund future needs.
As of March 27, 2021, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, we would have had outstanding $180.0 million aggregate principal amount of borrowings under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility For the year ended December 26, 2020, we had debt service payment obligations of approximately $18.9 million. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance our current or future debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. We cannot assure you that our business will be able to generate sufficient levels of cash or that future borrowings or other financings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness and fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, our indebtedness under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility will bear interest at variable rates. Because we have variable rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our New Senior Secured Credit Facility will contain financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions that may limit our operational flexibility or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The terms of our New Senior Secured Credit Facility will include a number of covenants that limit our ability to (subject to negotiated exceptions), among other things, incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions. The terms of the New Senior Secured Credit Facility will require us to maintain a net leverage ratio that is at or below the one specified in the agreement governing the facility and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The terms of our New Senior Secured Credit Facility may restrict our current and future operations and could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs. In addition, complying with these covenants may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.
A failure by us to comply with the covenants specified in the New Senior Secured Credit Facility could result in an event of default under the agreement, which would give the lenders the right to terminate their commitments to provide additional loans under the agreement and to declare all borrowings outstanding under the agreement, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. If the debt under the agreement were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance the debt or sell sufficient assets to repay the debt, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.
Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of our common stock to make claims on our assets and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, you bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.
Our failure or our franchisees’ failure to comply with health, employment and other federal, state, local and provincial laws, rules and regulations may lead to losses and harm our brands.
We and our franchisees are subject to various federal, state, local, provincial and foreign laws and are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, guest claims, product liability claims, personal-injury claims, environmental claims, employee allegations of improper termination, harassment and discrimination, wage and hour claims and claims related to violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”), the Family and Medical Leave Act (“FMLA”) and similar state, local and municipal laws, religious freedom, the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”), the Dodd-Frank Act, the Health Care Reform Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, franchise laws, ERISA and intellectual property claims. The successful development and operation of our centers depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations. Our centers’ operations are also subject to licensing and regulation by state, local and municipal departments relating to safety standards, federal, state and municipal labor and immigration law (including applicable equal pay and minimum wage requirements, overtime pay practices, reimbursement for necessary business expense practices, classification of employees, working and safety conditions and work authorization requirements), federal, state, local and municipal laws prohibiting discrimination and other laws regulating the design and operation of facilities, such as the ADA, the Health Care Reform Act and applicable human rights and accessibility legislation, and subsequent amendments.
The operation of our franchise system is also subject to franchise laws and regulations enacted by a number of states and rules promulgated by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission. Any future legislation regulating franchise relationships may negatively affect our operations, particularly our relationships with our franchisees.
Failure to comply with new or existing franchise laws and regulations in any jurisdiction or to obtain required government approvals could result in a ban or temporary suspension on selling franchised centers, which could reduce the franchise fees we collect and corresponding profits, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
In addition to the risk of adverse legislation or regulations being enacted in the future, we cannot predict how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted. Further, we cannot predict the amount of future expenditures that may be required in order to comply with any such laws or regulations.
We and our franchisees are subject to the FLSA and similar state laws, which govern such matters as time keeping and payroll requirements, minimum wage, overtime, employee and worker classifications and other working conditions, along with the ADA, FMLA and the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, various family leave, sick leave or other paid time off mandates and a variety of other laws enacted, or rules, regulations and decisions promulgated or rendered, by federal, state, local and municipal governmental authorities that govern these and other employment matters, including labor scheduling, meal and rest periods, working conditions and safety standards. We have experienced and expect further increases in payroll expenses as a result of federal, state and municipal mandated increases in the minimum wage. In addition, our vendors may be affected by higher minimum wage standards, which may increase the price of goods and services they supply to our brands.
Companies that operate franchise systems may also be subject to claims for allegedly being a joint employer with a franchisee. In August 2015, the National Labor Relations Board (the “NLRB”) adopted a new and broader standard for determining when two or more otherwise unrelated employers may be found to be a joint employer of the same employees under the National Labor Relations Act. Under that standard, there was an increased risk that franchisors could be held liable or responsible for unfair labor practices and other violations at franchised centers under the National Labor Relations Act and subject them to other liabilities and obligations. However, on February 25, 2020 the NLRB adopted a rule that reinstated the standard that existed prior to August 2015 thereby reducing the risk that franchisors might be held liable as a joint employer under the National Labor Relations Act as well for other violations and claims referenced above. Further, on January 12, 2020, the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”) announced a final rule to revise and update the definition of joint employer under the FLSA. Under the final rule, the test for assessing whether a party can be deemed a joint employer would be based upon whether that party (i) hires or fires the employee; (ii) supervises and controls the employee’s work schedule or conditions of employment to a substantial degree; (iii) determines the employee’s rate and method of payment; and (iv) maintains the employee’s employment
records. The final rule also clarifies when additional factors may be relevant in determining whether a person is a joint employer, and identifies certain other factors that do not make joint employer status more or less likely under the FLSA, including the relationships that exist under the typical franchise business model. The final rule is effective as of March 16, 2020, and is likely to reduce a franchisor’s risk of liability that existed under the joint employer standard in effect under the FLSA prior to that date. However, a New York federal court rejected certain provisions of the DOL’s final rules in September 2020 relating to the joint employer test. The new rules promulgated by the NLRB and the DOL do not affect potential liability as a joint employer under other federal or state laws that are interpreted to require application of the standards existing prior to the adoption of the new rules in 2020 or other similar standards.
Additionally, depending upon the outcome of certain legal proceedings currently pending before a federal court in California involving the application of the wage and hour laws of California in another franchise system, franchisors may be subject to claims that their franchisees should be treated as employees and not as independent contractors under the wage and hour laws of that state and, potentially, certain other states with similar wage and hour laws. Further, the California legislature recently enacted a statute known as Assembly Bill 5 (“AB-5”), which in its current form would require “gig economy” workers to be reclassified as employees instead of independent contractors. Depending upon the application of AB-5, franchisors in certain industries could be deemed to be covered by the statute, in which event their franchisees would be deemed to be employees of the franchisors. If such misclassification claims are successful against a franchisor, the franchisor could be liable to its franchisees (and potentially their employees) based upon the rights and remedies available to employees under such laws and, thereafter, have to treat its franchisees (and their employees) as the franchisor’s employees under these laws.
We expect increases in payroll expenses as a result of federal, state and municipal mandated increases in the minimum wage, and although such increases are not expected to be material, there can be no assurance that there will not be material increases in the future. Enactment and enforcement of various federal, state, local and municipal laws, rules and regulations on immigration and labor organizations may adversely impact the availability and costs of labor in any of the countries in which we operate. Other labor shortages or increased employee turnover could also increase labor costs. In addition, vendors may be affected by higher minimum wage standards or availability of labor, which may increase the price of goods and services they supply to us. Evolving labor and employment laws, rules and regulations could also result in increased exposure on our part for labor and employment related liabilities that have historically been borne by franchisees.
Increased health care costs could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. These various laws and regulations could lead and have led to enforcement actions, fines, civil or criminal penalties or the assertion of litigation claims and damages. In addition, improper conduct by our franchisees, employees or agents could damage our reputation and lead to litigation claims, enforcement actions and regulatory actions and investigations, including, but not limited to, those arising from personal injury, loss or damage to personal property or business interruption losses, which could result in significant awards or settlements to plaintiffs and civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary fines. Such events could lead to an adverse impact on our financial condition, even if the monetary damage is mitigated by insurance coverage.
Noncompliance by us or our franchisees with any of the foregoing laws and regulations could lead to various claims and reduced profits as set forth in more detail below under “—Complaints or litigation may adversely affect our business and reputation.”
If products sold by us or our franchisees are found to be defective in labeling or content, our credibility and that of the brands we sell may be harmed, marketplace acceptance of our products may decrease, and we may be exposed to liability in excess of our products liability insurance coverage and manufacturer indemnities.
We do not control the production process for the products we sell. We may not be able to identify a defect in a product we purchase from a manufacturer before we offer such product to our franchisees or for resale. In many cases, we rely on representations of manufacturers and fillers about the products we purchase for resale regarding the composition, manufacture and safety of the products, as well as the compliance of our product labels with government regulations. Our and our franchisees sale of certain products exposes us and our franchisees to potential product liability claims, recalls or other regulatory or enforcement actions initiated by federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities or through private causes of action. Such claims, recalls or
actions could be based on allegations that, among other things, the products sold by us or our franchisees are misbranded, contain contaminants or impermissible ingredients, provide inadequate instructions regarding their use or misuse, or include inadequate warnings concerning flammability or interactions with other substances. Claims against us or our franchisees could also arise as a result of the misuse by purchasers of such products or as a result of their use in a manner different than the intended use. We and our franchisees may be required to pay for losses or injuries actually or allegedly caused by the products we sell and to recall any product we sell that is alleged to be or is found to be defective. Furthermore, such claims could have an adverse impact on our and franchisees reputation.
Any actual defects or allegations of defects in products sold by us or our franchisees could result in adverse publicity and harm our credibility or the credibility of the manufacturer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we may have indemnification rights against the manufacturers of many of the products we distribute and rights as an “additional insured” under the manufacturers’ insurance policies, it is not certain that any manufacturer or insurer will be financially solvent and capable of making payment to any party suffering loss or injury caused by products sold by us or our franchisees or if all losses would be covered by such indemnification rights or insurance policies. If we are forced to expend significant resources and time to resolve such claims or to pay material amounts to satisfy such claims, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations and financial performance has been affected by, and is expected to continue to be affected by, the COVID-19 pandemic.
The global crisis resulting from the spread of COVID-19 has disrupted, and continues to significantly disrupt, local, regional, and global economies and businesses in the locations in which we operate, as well as adversely affected workforces, guests, consumer sentiment, economies and financial markets, and has impacted our financial results. Because personal-care services were generally not deemed “essential” by federal, state and local governmental authorities in the United States, all of our centers temporarily closed during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. In accordance with applicable guidelines from governmental authorities and the Center for Disease Control, our centers reopened as stay-at-home orders lifted on a state-by-state and county-by-county basis with capacity limitations. As a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, our centers also experienced reduced guest traffic and sales volume due to changes in consumer behavior as individuals decreased spending on discretionary spending and practiced social distancing and other behavioral changes mandated by governmental authorities or independently undertaken out of an abundance of caution resulting in same-store sales in 2020 decreasing to -36%. In many of the locations in which we operate, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in an acute economic downturn and significantly increased unemployment. A sustained decline in the sales and operating results of centers as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, the acute economic downturn resulting therefrom or continued weak economic conditions could, in turn, materially and adversely affect the ability of franchisees to pay, or disrupt the timely payment of, amounts owed to us or decrease the profitability of our centers.
The COVID-19 pandemic has the potential to cause a disruption in our supply chain and may adversely impact economic conditions in the United States. These and other disruptions, as well as poor economic conditions generally, may lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our centers. In addition, the continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely affect the economies and financial markets of United States and could result in a sustained reduction in the demand for our services and products, longer payment cycles, slower adoption of new products and services and/or increased price competition, as well as a reduction of workforce at our centers. A decline in the sales and operating results of our centers could in turn materially and adversely affect our ability to pursue our growth strategy. Each of these results would reduce our future sales and profit margins, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
While COVID-19 negatively impacted our business and results of operations during fiscal year 2020, we cannot determine what portion of our financial performance during fiscal year 2020 was the result of the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Business — Our Long-Term Financial Track Record of Consistent Growth—Performance in 2020 and During the COVID-19 Pandemic.” The full extent to which COVID-19 impacts us will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and severity of the pandemic, the extent of additional outbreaks, the effectiveness or duration of measures intended to contain or mitigate the spread of COVID-19
or prevent future outbreaks, and the effect of these developments on overall demand in the waxing service and personal-care industries in the geographic regions in which we operate, all of which are highly uncertain and difficult to accurately predict. These uncertainties may increase variability in our future results of operations and adversely impact our ability to accurately forecast changes in our business performance and financial condition in future periods. If we are not able to respond to and manage the impact of such events effectively, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Adverse economic conditions or a global debt crisis could adversely affect our business.
Our financial condition and results of operations are impacted by global markets and economic conditions over which neither we nor our franchisees have control. An economic downturn may result in a reduction in the demand for our services and products, longer payment cycles, slower adoption of new products and services and/or increased price competition. Declining economic conditions may cause our guests to defer seeking waxing services or other personal-care services. As a result, poor economic conditions may lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our centers, which could in turn materially and adversely affect the ability of franchisees to pay franchise royalties or amounts owed to us, or have a material adverse impact on our ability to pursue our growth strategy. Each of these results would reduce our profits, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Changes in tax laws may adversely affect us, and the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or a court may disagree with tax positions taken by EWC Ventures or us, which may result in adverse effects on our financial condition or the value of our common stock.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly affected U.S. tax law, including by changing how the U.S. imposes tax on certain types of income of corporations and by reducing the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21%. It also imposed new limitations on a number of tax benefits, including deductions for business interest, use of net operating loss carry forwards, taxation of foreign income, and the foreign tax credit, among others. The CARES Act, enacted on March 27, 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, further amended the U.S. federal tax code, including in respect of certain changes that were made by the TCJA, generally on a temporary basis. There can be no assurance that future tax law changes will not increase the rate of the corporate income tax significantly, impose new limitations on deductions, credits or other tax benefits, or make other changes that may adversely affect our business, cash flows or financial performance. In addition, the IRS has yet to issue guidance on a number of important issues regarding the changes made by the TCJA and the CARES Act. In the absence of such guidance, we will take positions with respect to a number of unsettled issues. There is no assurance that the IRS, any other taxing authority or a court will agree with the positions taken by us, in which case tax penalties and interest may be imposed that could adversely affect our business, cash flows or financial performance.
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including: (i) changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, (ii) expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowance, (iii) expiration of or detrimental changes in research and development tax credit laws, (iv) tax effects of stock-based compensation, and (v) costs related to intercompany restructurings. We may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state tax authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
Complaints or litigation may adversely affect our business and reputation.
We may be subject to claims, including class action lawsuits, filed by our guests, franchisees, employees, suppliers, landlords, governmental authorities and others in the ordinary course of business, including as a result of violations of the laws set forth above under “—Our failure or our franchisees’ failure to comply with health, employment, and other federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations may lead to losses and harm our brands”. Significant claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and resources away from our operations, causing adverse impacts to our operating results. In addition, adverse publicity related to litigation could negatively impact the reputation of our brands, even if such litigation is not valid, or a substantial judgment against us could negatively impact the reputation of our brands, resulting in further adverse impacts to results of operations. Franchisees are subject to similar litigation risks.
In the ordinary course of business, we will be, from time to time, the subject of complaints or litigation from franchisees, which could relate to alleged breaches of contract or wrongful termination under the franchise documents. These claims may also reduce the ability of franchisees to enter into new franchise agreements with us. In addition, litigation against a franchisee or their affiliates or against a corporate-owned center by third parties, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the franchisee or corporate-owned center, including, without limitation, for allegedly being a joint employer with a franchisee, resulting in vicarious liability for acts and omissions at centers over which we have little or no control over day-to-day operations. Litigation may lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our centers and divert our management resources regardless of whether the allegations in such litigation are valid or whether we are liable.
Further, we may be subject to employee, franchisee and other claims in the future based on, among other things, discrimination, harassment, wrongful termination and wage, rest break and meal break issues, including those relating to overtime compensation. We have been subject to these types of claims in the past, and if one or more of these claims were to be successful or if there is a significant increase in the number of these claims, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.
Certain governmental authorities and private litigants have recently asserted claims against franchisors for provisions in their franchise agreements which restrict franchisees from soliciting and/or hiring the employees of other franchisees or the applicable franchisor. Claims against franchisors for such “no-poaching” clauses include allegations that these clauses violate state and federal antitrust and unfair practices laws by restricting the free movement of employees of franchisees or franchisors (including both corporate employees and the employees of corporate-owned centers), thereby depressing the wages of those employees. We have historically had no-poaching clauses in our franchise agreements. In 2018, the Attorney General of the State of Washington issued civil investigative demands to a number of franchisors seeking information concerning no-poaching clauses in their franchise agreements. In September 2018, we received a civil investigative demand requesting information concerning our use of no-poaching clauses. To resolve objections to these clauses raised by the Washington Attorney General, we entered into an Assurance of Discontinuance (“AOD”) with the state agreeing to no longer include such provision in any U.S. franchise agreement or renewal franchise agreement signed after the date of the AOD, to not enforce any such provisions in any of our existing franchise agreements and to notify our franchisees of these changes. In the case of Washington-based franchisees, we agreed to seek amendments to their franchise agreements removing the no-poaching clauses. No fines or other monetary penalties were assessed against us. Any adverse results in any cases or proceedings that may be brought against us by any governmental authorities or private litigants may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We are subject to payment-related risks.
For our and our franchisees’ sales to our guests, we and our franchisees accept a variety of payment methods, including credit cards, debit cards, electronic funds transfers and electronic payment systems. Accordingly, we are, and will continue to be, subject to significant and evolving regulations and compliance requirements, including obligations to implement enhanced authentication processes that could result in increased costs and liability, and reduce the ease of use of certain payment methods. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, as well as electronic payment systems, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. We rely on independent service providers for payment processing, including credit and debit cards. If these independent service providers become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us or if the cost of using these providers increases, our business could be harmed. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and agreements, including data security rules and agreements, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for losses incurred by card issuing banks or our guests, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, lose our ability to accept credit or debit card payments from our guests, or process electronic fund transfers or facilitate other types of payments. Any failure to comply with the foregoing rules or requirements could harm our brand, reputation, business and results of operations.
Our business is subject to seasonality.
Our results are subject to seasonality fluctuations in that services are typically in higher demand in periods leading up to holidays and the summer season. The resulting demand trend yields higher results in the second and fourth quarter of our fiscal year. In addition, our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, because of several factors, including the timing of center openings, price increases and promotions, and general economic conditions. Seasonal changes may continue to impact the demand for our waxing services and products, leading to continued fluctuations in quarterly results as a result of many factors. Timing of consumer purchases will vary each year and sales can be expected to shift from one quarter to another. In addition, unusual fluctuations in demand for our services and products could reduce our and our franchisees’ sales and profit margins, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Higher health care costs could adversely affect our results of operations.
Franchisees may, and in certain cases are required to, offer access to health care benefits to certain of their employees and we may offer access to health care benefits to certain of our employees at corporate-operated centers. Changes in legislation, including government-mandated health care benefits under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“Health Care Reform Act”) and changes in market practice may cause us and our franchisees to provide health insurance to employees on terms that differ significantly from those of existing programs, and may increase the cost of health care benefits. Additionally, some states and localities have passed state and local laws mandating the provision of certain levels of health benefits by some employers. We and our franchisees may also be subject to increased health care costs as a result of litigation requiring the payment of additional health care costs.
We continue to review any potential amendments to the Health Care Reform Act to evaluate the potential impact of any amendment on our business, and to accommodate various parts of the laws. Although we cannot currently determine with certainty what long-term impact any such potential amendment will have on us, it is expected that costs will increase over the long term, as well as for franchisees and/or third-party suppliers and service providers. There are no assurances that a combination of cost management and price increases can accommodate all of the costs associated with compliance with the Health Care Reform Act or any potential amendment to such legislation. Increased health care costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business, and financial condition.
Insurance coverage may not be adequate, and increased self-insurance and other insurance costs could adversely affect our results of operations.
We and our franchisees maintain insurance, and these insurance policies may not be adequate to protect us from liabilities that we incur in our business. Certain extraordinary hazards, for example, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other risks. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits, and policy payments made to us or our franchisees may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could lead to a decline in the sales and operating results of our centers, which could in turn have a material and adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations, business, and financial condition.
In addition, in the future, insurance premiums may increase and we and our franchisees may not be able to obtain similar levels of insurance on reasonable terms, or at all. Although we seek to manage our claims to prevent increases, such increases can occur unexpectedly and without regard to our efforts to limit them. If such increases occur, our centers may be unable to pass them along to our guests through product or service price increases, resulting in decreased profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
In the event that liability to third parties arises, to the extent losses experienced by such third parties are either not covered by the franchisee’s or our insurance or exceed the policy limits of the franchisee’s or our insurance, such parties could seek to recover their losses from us, whether or not they are legally or contractually entitled to do so, which could increase litigation costs or result in liability for us. Additionally, a substantial unsatisfied judgment could result in the bankruptcy of one or more of our operating entities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business, and financial condition.
Risks Relating to the Franchisees
Nearly all of our centers are owned and operated by franchisees and, as a result, we are highly dependent upon our franchisees.
While the franchise agreements are designed to maintain brand consistency, the high percentage of our centers owned by franchisees may expose us to risks not otherwise encountered if we had owned and controlled the centers. In particular, we are exposed to the risk of defaults or late payments by franchisees of franchisee payments. Other risks include limitations on enforcement of franchise obligations due to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; unwillingness of franchisees to support marketing programs and strategic initiatives; inability to participate in business strategy changes due to financial constraints; inability to meet rent obligations on subleases; failure to operate the centers in accordance with required standards; failure to report sales information accurately; efforts by one or more large franchisees or an organized franchise association to cause poor franchise relations; and failure to comply with quality and safety requirements that result in potential losses even when we are not legally liable for a franchisee’s actions or failure to act. Although we believe that our current relationships with franchisees are generally good, there can be no assurance that we will maintain strong franchise relationships. Our dependence on franchisees could adversely affect our business and financial condition, our reputation, and our brands.
It is important for us and our franchisees to attract, train, and retain talented wax specialists and managers.
In addition to the guest experience in our centers, guest loyalty is also dependent upon the wax specialists who serve our guests. We have developed a specialized and brand specific training program for our wax specialists. Our ability to hire, train and retain qualified, licensed wax specialists is key to a supportive guest experience that creates repeat visits. In order for our franchisees to profitably grow our business and our brand, it is important to adequately staff our centers. Because the OOH waxing industry is highly fragmented and comprised of many independent operators, the market for wax specialists is typically highly competitive. In addition, increases in minimum wage requirements may impact the number of wax specialists considering careers outside the waxing industry. In some markets, we and our franchisees have experienced a shortage of qualified wax specialists. Offering competitive wages, benefits, education and training programs are important elements to attracting and retaining qualified wax specialists. In addition, we have observed that some wax specialists are not comfortable coming back to the center environment during COVID-19. If our corporate-owned centers or franchisees are not successful in attracting, training and retaining wax specialists or in staffing our centers, our same-store sales or the performance of our franchise business could experience periods of variability or sales could decline and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Franchisees are operating entities exposed to risk.
Franchisees, as operating entities, may be natural persons or legal entities. Under certain of the franchise documents, franchisee entities are not required to be limited-purpose entities, making them potentially subject to business, credit, financial and other risks, which may be unrelated to the operations of our centers. These unrelated risks could materially and adversely affect a franchisee and its ability to make its franchisee payments in full or on a timely basis. A decrease in franchisee payments could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Changes in labor costs, other operating costs, such as commodity costs, interest rates and inflation could adversely affect our results of operations.
Increases in employee wages, benefits, and insurance and other operating costs such as commodity costs, legal claims, insurance costs and costs of borrowing could adversely affect operations and administrative expenses at our centers. A significant number of the employees at our franchisee and corporate-owned centers are paid at rates impacted by the applicable minimum wage. To the extent implemented, federal, state and local proposals that increase minimum wage requirements or mandate other employee matters could materially increase labor and other costs for our franchisees. Several states in which we operate have approved minimum wage increases that are above the federal minimum wage. As more jurisdictions implement minimum wage increases, we expect our franchisees’ labor costs will continue to increase. Operating costs are susceptible to
increases as a result of factors beyond our control, such as weather conditions, natural disasters, disease outbreaks, global demand, product recalls, inflation, civil unrest, tariffs and government regulations.
Any increase in such costs for our centers could reduce our and our franchisees’ sales and profit margins if we choose not, or are unable, to pass the increased costs to our guests. In addition, increases in interest rates may impact land and construction costs and the cost and availability of borrowed funds and leased centers, and thereby adversely affect our and our franchisees’ ability to finance the development of additional centers and maintenance of existing centers. Inflation can also cause increased commodity, labor and benefits costs which could reduce the profitability of our centers. Increases in labor costs could make it difficult to find new franchisees. Any of the foregoing increases could adversely affect our and our franchisees’ business and results of operations.
We may not be able to retain franchisees or maintain the quality of existing franchisees.
Many of our franchised centers are heavily reliant on its franchisee, many of whom are individuals who have numerous years of experience addressing a broad range of concerns and issues relevant to its business. We attempt to retain such franchisees by providing them with competitive franchising opportunities. However, we cannot guarantee the retention of any, including the top-performing, franchisees in the future, or that we will maintain the ability to attract, retain, and motivate sufficient numbers of franchisees of the same caliber, and the failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In the event a franchisee leaves our franchise and a successor franchisee is not found, or a successor franchisee that is approved is not as successful in operating the center as the former franchisee or franchisee principal, the sales of the center may be impacted and the corresponding royalty and other fees we collect.
The quality of existing franchisee operations may be diminished by factors beyond our control, including franchisees’ failure or inability to hire or retain qualified managers, wax specialists, and other personnel or franchisees experiencing financial difficulty, including those franchisees that become over-leveraged. Training of managers, wax specialists, and other personnel may be inadequate. These and other such negative factors could reduce the franchisees’ revenues, could impact payments under the franchise documents and could delay a new center’s ability to reach profitability in line with our maturation curve, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our center development plans under development agreements may not be implemented effectively by franchisees.
We rely heavily on franchisees to develop our centers. Development involves substantial risks, including the following:
•
the availability of suitable locations and terms for potential development sites;
•
the availability of prospective franchisees who meet our recruiting criteria;
•
the ability of franchisees to fulfill their commitments to build new centers in the numbers and the time frames specified in their development agreements;
•
the availability of financing, at acceptable rates and terms, to both franchisees and third-party landlords, for center development;
•
delays in obtaining construction permits and in completion of construction;
•
developed properties not achieving desired revenue or cash flow levels once opened;
•
competition for suitable development sites;
•
changes in governmental rules, regulations, and interpretations (including interpretations of the requirements of the ADA); and
•
general economic and business conditions.
There is no assurance that franchisees’ development and construction of centers will be completed, or that any such development will be completed in a timely manner. There is no assurance that present or future development plans will perform in accordance with expectations.
The opening and success of our centers depend on various factors, including the demand for our centers and the selection of appropriate franchisee candidates, the availability of suitable sites, the negotiation of acceptable lease or purchase terms for new centers, costs of construction, permit issuance and regulatory compliance, the ability to meet construction schedules, the availability of financing and other capabilities of franchisees. There is no assurance that we will be able to identify, recruit or contract with suitable franchisees in our target markets on a timely basis or at all or that selected franchisees planning the opening of centers will have the ability or sufficient access to financial resources necessary to open and operate the centers required by their agreements. It cannot be assured that franchisees will successfully participate in our strategic initiatives or operate centers in a manner consistent with our concepts and standards. If we are unable to recruit suitable franchisees or if franchisees are unable or unwilling to open new centers as planned, our growth may be slower than anticipated, which could materially adversely affect our ability to increase our revenue and our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Franchisee changes in control may cause complications.
The franchise documents prohibit “changes in control” of a franchisee without our consent. In the event we provide such consent, there is no assurance that a successor franchisee would be able to perform the former franchisee’s obligations under such franchise documents or successfully operate its franchise. In the event of the death or disability of a franchisee or the principal of a franchisee entity, the personal representative of the franchisee or principal of a franchisee entity may not find an acceptable transferee. In the event that an acceptable successor franchisee is not located, the franchisee would be in default under its franchise documents or otherwise not be able to comply with its obligations under the franchise documents and, among other things, the franchisee’s right to operate its franchise could be terminated. If a successor franchisee is not found, or a successor franchisee that is approved is not as successful in operating the center as the former franchisee or franchisee principal, the sales of the center would be impacted and could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
We may be liable for certain obligations of our franchisees.
We and our franchisees offer guests the option to purchase services in pre-paid packages, which may or may not be redeemed later and may be redeemed at a center different from the center of purchase. Our franchise system includes a clearing house process that we control, where amounts received for pre-paid services are applied to the center where the services are redeemed as opposed to where they may have been purchased. If a franchisee that has sold a pre-paid package ceases to operate, we may decide to pay amounts to franchisees at other centers where the package is redeemed to minimize any associated reputational damage. As a result, if multiple franchisees cease to operate, we may face significant payment obligations, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Franchise documents are subject to termination and non-renewal.
The franchise documents are subject to termination by us in the event of a default generally after expiration of applicable cure periods. Under certain circumstances, including unauthorized transfer or assignment of the franchise, breach of the confidentiality provisions or health and safety violations, a franchise document may be terminated by the franchisor under the franchise document upon notice without an opportunity to cure. Generally, the default provisions under the franchise documents are drafted broadly and include, among other things, any failure to meet operating standards and actions that may threaten our intellectual property.
In addition, as of December 26, 2020, 153 franchised centers have terms that will expire over the next 12 months. In such cases, the franchisees may renew the franchise term and receive a “successor” franchise agreement for one additional successive term of ten years. Such option, however, is contingent on the franchisee’s execution of our then-current form of franchise agreement (which may include increased franchise royalty rates, marketing fees and other costs or requirements), the satisfaction of certain conditions (including, among other things, compliance with the terms of the existing agreement, the payment of capital expenditures as necessary to maintain uniformity with our then-current standards, and others), compliance with any training requirements and the payment of a renewal fee. If a franchisee is unable or unwilling to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions, such franchisee’s expiring franchise agreement and the related franchisee payments
will terminate upon expiration of the term of the franchise agreement unless we decide to restructure the franchise documents in order to induce such franchisee to renew the franchise agreement.
Terminations or restructurings of franchise documents could reduce franchise payments or require us to incur expenses to solicit and qualify new franchises, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our same-store sales and quarterly financial performance may fluctuate for a variety of reasons.
Our same-store sales and quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future. A variety of factors affect our same-store sales and quarterly financial performance, including:
•
a portion of a typical new center’s sales (or sales we make over our e-commerce channels) coming from guests who previously visited our other existing centers;
•
the ability of new centers to reach profitability and maturity in line with our and our franchisees’ expectations;
•
the timing and effectiveness of our marketing and promotional activities and those of our competitors;
•
the effects of severe weather events or other natural disasters;
•
fluctuations in the cost to us of products and services we sell;
•
changes in our merchandising strategy or mix;
•
center closures in response to state or local regulations due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other health concerns; and
•
worldwide economic conditions and, in particular, the retail sales environment in the United States.
Accordingly, our results for any one fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other quarter, and may even decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our current centers may become unattractive, and attractive new centers may not be available for a reasonable price, if at all, which could adversely affect our business.
The success of any of our centers depends in substantial part on its location. There can be no assurance that our current centers will continue to be attractive as demographic patterns and trade areas change. For example, neighborhood or economic conditions where our centers are located could decline in the future, thus resulting in potentially reduced sales. In addition, rising real estate prices in some areas may restrict our ability or our franchisees’ ability to purchase or lease new desirable locations. If desirable locations cannot be obtained at reasonable prices, our ability to execute our growth strategies could be adversely affected, and we may be affected by declines in sales as a result of the deterioration of certain locations, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Opening new centers in close proximity may negatively impact our existing centers’ revenues and profitability.
As of March 27, 2021, we and our franchisees operated 808 centers in 44 states and the District of Columbia. We and our franchisees plan to open many new centers in the future, some of which will be in existing markets and may be located in close proximity to centers already in those markets. Although the franchise agreements provide franchisees with varying degrees of exclusive areas and territory exclusivity, these territories may be relatively small, and overall there is a geographic concentration of our centers in certain states, regions and cities. Opening new centers in close proximity to existing centers may attract some guests away from those existing centers, which may lead to diminished revenues and profitability for us and our franchisees rather than increased market share. In addition, as a result of new centers opening in existing markets and because older centers will represent an increasing proportion of our center base over time, our same-store sales increases may be lower in future periods than they have been historically.
Furthermore, economic conditions in particular areas may have a disproportionate impact on our business. Our centers are most concentrated in California, Texas, New York, New Jersey and Florida. No single state accounted for more than 12% of system-wide sales and the top three states represented less than 35% of system-wide sales for the year ended December 26, 2020; however, adverse economic conditions in states, regions or cities that contain a high concentration of our centers could have a material adverse impact on our sales and profit margins in the future, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Risks Relating to our Suppliers and Distributors
We depend on a limited number of key suppliers, including international suppliers, to deliver high-quality products at prices similar to historical levels.
We depend on two key suppliers, Perron Rigot, SAS and Grupo DRV—Phytolab S.L., to provide our proprietary wax to our franchisees and one key supplier, Batallure Beauty LLC, to provide branded retail products to our franchisees. Our success is dependent on, among other things, our continuing ability to offer our services and products at prices similar to historical levels. We currently have a long-term contract with only one of the wax suppliers. Our suppliers may be adversely impacted by economic weakness and uncertainty, such as increased commodity prices, increased fuel costs, tight credit markets and various other factors. In such an environment, our suppliers may seek to change the terms on which they do business with us in order to lessen the impact of any current and future economic challenges on their businesses or may cease or suspend operations. If we are forced to renegotiate the terms upon which we conduct business with our suppliers or find alternative suppliers to provide key products or services, it could adversely impact the profit margins at our and our franchised centers, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Economic weakness and uncertainty may force suppliers to seek financing in order to stabilize their businesses, restructure or cease operations completely. In addition, some of our key suppliers have significant operations overseas outside of the markets in which we operate, which could expose us to events in the countries of those suppliers’ operations, including government intervention, increased tariffs and shipping costs and foreign currency fluctuation. For instance, if products from suppliers with overseas operations become subject to tariffs, we may be unable or unwilling to offset the financial impact of these tariffs through price increases to our guests. Moreover, if a key supplier suspends or ceases operations, our remaining suppliers may not be able to cover a potential supply shortfall and meet our supply demands, and we and our franchisees may have difficulty keeping our respective centers fully supplied as a result. If we and our franchisees were forced to suspend one or more services offered to our guests, that could have a significant adverse impact on our sales and profit margins and the royalty revenue we collect from franchisees, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Changes in supply costs could adversely affect our results of operations.
The operation of our franchisees and corporate-owned centers requires large quantities of supplies for waxing and the other personal-care services we provide. Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in supply costs, and we are susceptible to increases in primary and secondary supply costs as a result of factors beyond our control. These factors include general economic conditions, significant variations in supply and demand, seasonal fluctuations, pandemics, weather conditions, fluctuations in the value of currencies in the markets in which we operate, commodity market speculation, changes in raw materials costs and government regulations. Higher supply costs could reduce our profits, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. This volatility could also cause us and our franchisees to consider changes to our product delivery strategy and result in adverse adjustments to pricing of our services.
Decreases in our product sourcing revenue could adversely affect our results of operations.
We supply our franchisees and corporate-owned centers certain products required to operate applicable centers. Our franchisees are required to purchase waxing and other European Wax Center branded products from us. While it is our expectation that we will benefit from product sourcing income and pricing
arrangements, there can be no assurance that such income and arrangements will continue, be renewed or replaced. Our failure to maintain our current product sourcing income could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profit margins, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. We currently purchase our proprietary wax that is used on-site for services at our centers from two large wax suppliers at negotiated prices based on our scale. Our failure to negotiate beneficial terms in the future could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profit margins. Decreases in the volume of our purchases by or increases in costs of products, labor or shipping could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profit margins.
Supply chain shortages and interruptions could adversely affect our business.
We and our franchisees are dependent upon frequent deliveries of wax and other personal-care supplies that meet our quality specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of wax and other personal-care supplies caused by unanticipated demand, problems in production or distribution, acts of terrorism, financial or other difficulties of suppliers, labor actions, inclement weather, natural disasters such as floods, drought and hurricanes, outbreak of disease, including coronavirus and pandemics, or other conditions could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of supplies for such products, which could lower our revenues, increase operating costs, damage brand reputation and otherwise harm our business and the businesses of our franchisees. Such shortages or interruptions could reduce our sales and profit margins and the royalty revenues we collect from franchisees which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Operational failure at one of the distribution centers that supply our centers would impact our ability to distribute products.
We rely on three distribution centers to supply our franchisees and corporate-owned centers with retail products to sell and products used during waxing services and pre- and post-treatment services. If there were a technology failure, natural disaster or other catastrophic event that caused one of the distribution centers to be inoperable, it would cause a disruption in our business and could negatively impact our revenues. Furthermore, increases in the cost of storing our products at these distribution centers or delivering products to and from these distribution centers, either as a result of operational changes or otherwise, could materially and adversely affect our profit margins.
Risks Relating to Intellectual Property
We depend on our intellectual property to protect our brands; litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights may be costly.
Our intellectual property is material to the conduct of our business. Our success depends on our and our franchisees’ continued ability to use our intellectual property and on the adequate protection and enforcement of such intellectual property. We rely on a combination of trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets and similar intellectual property rights to protect our brands. The success of our business strategy depends, in part, on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks and service marks in order to increase brand awareness and further develop our branded services and products in both existing and new markets. There can be no assurance that the steps we take to protect and maintain our rights in our intellectual property will be adequate, or that third parties will not infringe, misappropriate or violate our intellectual property. If any of our efforts to protect our intellectual property is not adequate, or if any third party infringes, misappropriates or violates our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed. As a result, if we are unable to successfully protect, maintain, or enforce our rights in our intellectual property, there could be a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Such a material adverse effect could result from, among other things, consumer confusion, dilution of the distinctiveness of our brands, or increased competition from unauthorized users of our brands, each of which may result in decreased revenues and a corresponding decline in profits. In addition, to the extent that we do, from time to time, institute litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect profits, regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce such rights.
If franchisees and other licensees do not observe the required quality and trademark usage standards, our brands may suffer reputational damage, which could in turn adversely affect our business.
We license certain intellectual property to franchisees, advertisers and other third parties. The franchise agreements and other license agreements require that each franchisee or other licensee use our trademarks in accordance with established or approved quality control guidelines and, in addition to supply agreements, subject the franchisees, other licensees and suppliers that provide products to our brands, as applicable, to specified product quality standards and other requirements in order to protect the reputation of our brands and to optimize the performance of our centers. We contractually require that our franchisees and licensees maintain the quality of our brand, however, there can be no assurance that the permitted licensees, including franchisees, advertisers and other third parties, will follow such standards and guidelines, and accordingly their acts or omissions may negatively impact the value of our intellectual property or the reputation of our brands. Noncompliance by these entities with the terms and conditions of the applicable governing franchise or other agreement that pertains to health and safety standards, quality control, product consistency, timeliness or proper marketing or other business practices, may adversely impact the goodwill of our brands. For example, franchisees and other licensees may use our trademarks improperly in communications, resulting in the weakening of the distinctiveness of our brands. Although we monitor and restrict franchisee activities through our franchise agreements, franchisees or third parties may refer to or make statements about our brands that do not make proper use of trademarks or required designations, that improperly alter trademarks or branding, or that are critical of our brands or place our brands in a context that may tarnish their reputation. Franchisees or corporate-owned centers may also produce or receive through the supply chain defective products, which may adversely impact the goodwill of our brands. There can be no assurance that the franchisees or other licensees will not take actions that could have a material adverse effect on our intellectual property.
We may fail to establish trademark rights in the United States or other foreign jurisdictions.
Our success depends on our and our franchisees’ continued ability to use our trademarks in order to capitalize on our name-recognition, increase awareness of our brands and further develop our brands in the countries in which we operate. We have registered certain trademarks and have other trademark applications pending in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Not all of the trademarks that we use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business or may do business in the future, and some trademarks may never be registered in all of these countries. Rights in trademarks are generally national in character, and are obtained on a country-by-country basis by the first person to obtain protection through use or registration in that country in connection with specified products and services. Some countries’ laws do not protect unregistered trademarks at all, or make them more difficult to enforce, and third parties may have filed for trademarks that are the same, such as for “European Wax Center,” “EWC,” “Wax Pass” and “STRUT,” or similar to our brands in countries where we have not registered our brands as trademarks. Accordingly, we may not be able to adequately protect our brands everywhere in the world and use of our brands may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution or unfair competition. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States. All of the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in the United States and in foreign countries may not be adequate.
We may become subject to third-party infringement claims or challenges to IP validity.
We may in the future become the subject of claims asserted by third parties for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property rights in areas where we or our franchisees operate or where we intend to conduct operations, including in foreign jurisdictions. Such claims, whether or not they have merit, could be time-consuming, cause delays in introducing new products or services, harm our image, our brands, our competitive position or our ability to expand our operations into other jurisdictions and lead to significant costs related to defense or settlement. As a result, any such claim could harm our business and cause a decline in our results of operations and financial condition, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
If such claims were decided against us, then we could be required to pay damages, cease offering infringing products or services on short notice, develop or adopt non-infringing products or services, rebrand our
products, services or even our businesses, and we could be required to make costly modifications to advertising and promotional materials or acquire a license to the intellectual property that is the subject of the asserted claim, which license may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. The attendant expenses that we bear could require the expenditure of additional capital, and there would be expenses associated with the defense of any infringement, misappropriation, or other third-party claims, and there could be attendant negative publicity, even if ultimately decided in our favor. In addition, third parties may assert that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable. If our rights in any of our intellectual property were invalidated or deemed unenforceable, then third parties could be permitted to engage in competing uses of such intellectual property which, in turn, could lead to a decline in center revenues and sales, and thereby negatively affect our business and results of operations.
We do not own certain software that is used in operating our business.
We utilize commercially available third-party software to run point-of-sale, information security and various other key functions. While such software can be replaced, the delay, additional costs, and possible business interruptions associated with obtaining, renewing or extending software licenses or integrating a large number of substitute software programs contemporaneously could adversely impact the operation of our centers, thereby reducing profits and materially and adversely impacting our business and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Our Organization and Structure
We are a holding company and our principal asset after completion of this offering will be our 47.9% equity interest in EWC Ventures, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from EWC Ventures to pay dividends, if any, and taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and cover other expenses, including our corporate and other overhead expenses.
We are a holding company and, upon completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, our principal asset will be our ownership of 47.9% of the outstanding EWC Ventures Units. See “Our Organizational Structure.” We have no independent means of generating revenue. As the sole managing member of EWC Ventures, we intend to cause EWC Ventures to make distributions to its equityholders, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member, certain other EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and us, in amounts sufficient to cover all applicable taxes payable by us and any payments we are obligated to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement we intend to enter into as part of the Reorganization Transactions, but we are limited in our ability to cause EWC Ventures to make these and other distributions to us (including for purposes of paying corporate and other overhead expenses) due to potential restrictions in our credit agreement and cash requirements and financial conditions of EWC Ventures.
To the extent that we need funds and EWC Ventures is restricted from making such distributions to us, under applicable law or regulation, as a result of covenants in our debt instruments or otherwise, we may not be able to obtain such funds on terms acceptable to us or at all and as a result could suffer a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
Under the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of EWC Ventures, we expect EWC Ventures from time to time to make pro rata distributions in cash to its equityholders, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member, certain other EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and us, in amounts sufficient to cover taxes on our allocable share of the taxable income of EWC Ventures and payments we are obligated to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result of (i) potential differences in the amount of net taxable income allocable to us and to EWC Ventures’ other equityholders, (ii) the lower tax rate applicable to corporations than individuals and (iii) the favorable tax benefits that we anticipate from (a) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (b) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (c) certain other
tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that these cash distributions will be in amounts that exceed our tax liabilities. Our board of directors will determine the appropriate uses for any excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, the payment of obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the payment of other expenses. We will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash) to our stockholders. No adjustments to the exchange ratio for EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of common stock will be made as a result of any cash distribution by us or any retention of cash by us, and in any event the ratio will remain one-to-one. To the extent we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on our Class A common stock or otherwise take ameliorative actions between EWC Ventures Units and shares of Class A common stock and instead, for example, hold such cash balances, or lend them to EWC Ventures, this may result in shares of our Class A common stock increasing in value relative to the value of EWC Ventures Units. The holders of EWC Ventures Units may benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances if they acquire shares of Class A common stock in exchange for their EWC Ventures Units, notwithstanding that such holders may previously have participated as holders of EWC Ventures Units in distributions that resulted in such excess cash balances.
Our organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members that will not benefit holders of our Class A common stock (other than the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members) to the same extent that it will benefit the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members).
Our organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members that will not benefit the holders of our Class A common stock (other than the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members) to the same extent that it will benefit the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members. We will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with EWC Ventures and the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in connection with the completion of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, which will provide for the payment by us to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members of 85% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, in each case, computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes, as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.” Although we will retain 15% of the amount of such tax benefits, this and other aspects of our organizational structure may adversely impact the future trading market for the Class A common stock.
We are controlled by the General Atlantic Equityholders, whose interests in our business may be different than yours, and certain statutory provisions afforded to stockholders are not applicable to us.
Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the General Atlantic Equityholders will control approximately 54.5% of the combined voting power of our common stock (or 52.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).
The General Atlantic Equityholders will have the ability to substantially control our Company, including the ability to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our Company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the General
Atlantic Equityholders, even if such events are in the best interests of minority stockholders. This concentration of voting power with the General Atlantic Equityholders may have a negative impact on the price of our Class A common stock.
The General Atlantic Equityholders’ interests may not be fully aligned with yours, which could lead to actions that are not in your best interest. Because the General Atlantic Equityholders hold part of their economic interest in our business through EWC Ventures, rather than through the public company, they may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, the General Atlantic Equityholders may have different tax positions from us, which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when we should dispose of assets or incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the Tax Receivable Agreement that we will enter into in connection with this offering, and whether and when we should undergo certain changes of control within the meaning of the Tax Receivable Agreement or terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.” In addition, the General Atlantic Equityholders’ significant ownership in us and resulting ability to effectively control us may discourage someone from making a significant equity investment in us, or could discourage transactions involving a change in control, including transactions in which you as a holder of shares of our Class A common stock might otherwise receive a premium for your shares over the then-current market price.
We have opted out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”); however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits us from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. Such restrictions shall not apply to any business combination between General Atlantic and any affiliate thereof or their direct and indirect transferees, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Therefore, after the 180-day lock-up period expires, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be able to transfer control of us to a third party by transferring their shares of our common stock (subject to certain restrictions and limitations), which would not require the approval of our board of directors or our other stockholders.
For additional information regarding the share ownership of, and our relationship with, the General Atlantic Equityholders, you should read the information under the headings “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities, which could adversely affect our business or prospects.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply against the General Atlantic Equityholders, any of our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. To the extent that the General Atlantic Equityholders, our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates invests in other businesses, they may have differing interests than our other stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
As a result, the General Atlantic Equityholders, any of our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates may become aware, from time to time, of certain business opportunities, such as acquisition opportunities, and may direct such opportunities to other businesses in which they have invested, in which case we may not become aware of or otherwise have the ability to pursue such opportunity. Further, such businesses may choose to compete with us for these opportunities. As a result, by renouncing our interest and expectancy in any business opportunity that may be from time to time presented to any member of the General Atlantic Equityholders, any of our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates, our business or prospects could be adversely affected if attractive business opportunities are procured by such parties for their own benefit rather than for ours.
We will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements since we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Exchange rules, and as a result our stockholders will not have the protections afforded by these corporate governance requirements.
The General Atlantic Equityholders will collectively continue to control more than 50% of our combined voting power upon the completion of this offering. As a result, we will be considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of Exchange rules and corporate governance standards, and therefore we will be permitted to elect not to comply with certain Exchange corporate governance requirements, including those that would otherwise require our board of directors to have a majority of independent directors and require that we either establish a Compensation and Nominating and Governance Committees, each comprised entirely of independent directors, or otherwise ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees for directors are determined or recommended to the board of directors by the independent members of the board of directors. Accordingly, holders of our Class A common stock will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Exchange rules and corporate governance standards, and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced. See “Management—Controlled Company.”
We will be required to pay the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will acquire existing equity interests in EWC Ventures from an affiliate of General Atlantic in the Mergers. The Mergers will result in our succeeding to certain valuable tax attributes held by the General Atlantic affiliate. In addition, as described under “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members. These acquisitions of interests in EWC Ventures will result in tax basis adjustments to the assets of EWC Ventures that will be allocated to us and our subsidiaries. In addition, future exchanges by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members of EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of our Class A common stock are expected to produce favorable tax attributes. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of those transactions. Both the existing and anticipated tax basis adjustments are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement that provides for the payment by us to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members of 85% of the benefits, if any, that we realize, or are deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. There is significant existing tax basis in the assets of EWC Ventures as a result of the prior acquisition of interests in EWC Ventures by the General Atlantic Equityholders, and subsequent redemptions, exchanges or purchases of EWC Ventures Units (in connection with or after this offering) are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of EWC Ventures. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to us and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Actual tax benefits realized by us may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. This payment obligation is an obligation of European Wax Center and not of EWC Ventures.
With respect to future redemptions, exchanges and purchases, the ability to achieve benefits from any existing tax basis, the actual increase in tax basis or other tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of redemptions, exchanges or purchases by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) and purchases or redemptions of EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock from EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees), the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the redemption, exchange or purchase, the extent to which such redemptions, exchanges or purchases are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement constituting imputed interest.
The payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be substantial. Although estimating the amount and timing of payments that may become due under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise, we expect that, as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize in full the potential tax benefit described above, we estimate that payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement would aggregate to approximately $232.0 million over 15 years from the date of the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and assuming all future Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges would occur on the date of this offering. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members’ continued ownership of us. The actual amounts we will be required to pay may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, because potential future tax savings that we will be deemed to realize, and the Tax Receivable Agreement payments made by us, will be calculated based in part on the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of each Share Exchange or Cash Exchange and the prevailing applicable federal tax rate (plus the assumed combined state and local tax rate) applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement and will depend on our generating sufficient taxable income to realize the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Finally, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. We expect the New Senior Secured Credit Facility may restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us, which could affect our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We currently expect to fund these payments from cash flow from operations generated by our subsidiaries as well as from excess tax distributions that we receive from our subsidiaries. To the extent we are unable to make payments under the agreement for any reason (including because our credit agreement restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us), under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement such payments will be deferred and accrue interest until paid. If we are unable to make payments due to insufficient funds, such payments may be deferred indefinitely while accruing interest until paid, which could negatively impact our results of operations and could also affect our liquidity in future periods in which such deferred payments are made.
We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits are disallowed.
Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, and the IRS, or another tax authority may challenge all or part of the tax basis increases or other tax benefits we claim, as well as other related tax positions we take, and a court could sustain such challenge. Although we
are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge the tax basis increases or other benefits arising under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if the outcome of any such challenge would reasonably be expected to materially affect a recipient’s payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, then we will not be permitted to settle such challenge without the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members. The interests of the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in any such challenge may differ from or conflict with our interests and your interests, and the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members may exercise their consent rights relating to any such challenge in a manner adverse to our interests and your interests. We will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by us and for which payment has been made to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) are subsequently challenged by a taxing authority and are ultimately disallowed. Instead, any excess cash payments made by us to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, we might not determine that we have effectively made an excess cash payment to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or its transferee or assignee) for a number of years following the initial time of such payment and, if any of our tax reporting positions are challenged by a taxing authority, we will not be permitted to reduce any future cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement until any such challenge is finally settled or determined. Moreover, the excess cash payments we previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be greater than the amount of future cash payments against which we would otherwise be permitted to net such excess. The applicable U.S. federal income tax rules for determining applicable tax benefits we may claim are complex and factual in nature, and there can be no assurance that the IRS, any other taxing authority or a court will not disagree with our tax reporting positions. As a result, payments could be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement significantly in excess of any tax savings that we realize in respect of the tax attributes with respect to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members may be accelerated or significantly exceed any actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
The Tax Receivable Agreement will provide that in the case of a change in control of EWC Ventures or the material breach of our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, we are required to make a payment to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in an amount equal to the present value of future payments (calculated using a discount rate equal to the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum and (ii) one year LIBOR (or its successor rate) plus 100 basis points, which may differ from our, or a potential acquirer’s, then-current cost of capital) under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our, or a potential acquirer’s, liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, modifying or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. These provisions of the Tax Receivable Agreement may result in situations where the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees and assignees) have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other stockholders. In addition, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantial and in excess of our, or a potential acquirer’s, actual cash savings in income tax. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fund or finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We may need to incur debt to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.
Decisions we make in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following a redemption of EWC Ventures Units may accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before a redemption of EWC Ventures Units may increase the tax liability of EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) without giving rise to any rights to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Such
effects may result in differences or conflicts of interest between the interests of EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) and the interests of other stockholders.
Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock
Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our Class A common stock may decline.
The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
•
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;
•
variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;
•
changes in the pricing of our products and platform;
•
changes in our projected operating and financial results;
•
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our platform and products;
•
announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;
•
significant data breaches, disruptions to or other incidents involving our software;
•
our involvement in litigation
•
future sales of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;
•
changes in senior management or key personnel;
•
the trading volume of our common stock;
•
changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market; and
•
general economic and market conditions.
Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions including those related to the recent COVID-19 pandemic, may also negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock. The continued spread of COVID-19, including new variants of the virus and spikes in cases in the areas where we operate, could result in material adverse changes in our results of operations for an unknown period of time.
Furthermore, recently, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. As such, the price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the price of our Class A common stock and materially affect the value of your investment.
We cannot predict the effect our dual-class structure may have on the market price of our Class A common stock.
We cannot predict whether our dual-class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock, in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with dual-class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P, Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have each announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500. These changes exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to these indices. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual-class structure of our capital stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in these indices and may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions
or publications by stockholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.
Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have 30,542,366 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, or 31,490,642 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, excluding 896,215 shares of Class A common stock underlying the IPO Equity Grants and, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), 33,250,113 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon potential exchanges and/or conversions. Of these shares of Class A common stock, the 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, or 12,190,000 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, will be freely tradable without further restriction under the Securities Act. Upon the completion of this offering, the remaining outstanding shares of Class A common stock, including 33,250,113 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange and/or conversion, or 32,301,837 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of these remaining shares of our Class A common stock, including 33,250,113 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange or conversion as described above, or 32,301,837 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period pursuant to (i) the applicable holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 or (ii) another exemption from registration under the Securities Act. See “Shares Available for Future Sale.”
As restrictions on resale pursuant to the lock-up agreements end, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline if holders of restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. The representatives of the underwriters may, at any time and without notice, release all or any portion of the Class A common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our Class A common stock will be available for sale into the market, which could reduce the market value for our Class A common stock.
We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, and we will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which we will grant demand and piggyback registration rights to the General Atlantic Equityholders and the Founder Post-IPO Member and piggyback registration rights to certain of the other EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sale upon completion of this offering.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.
Neither our management nor an independent registered public accounting firm has ever performed an evaluation of our internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 because no such evaluation has been required. We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We have recently commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, but we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expenses and expend significant management efforts. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and
technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.
During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal controls over financial reporting is effective. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and actions we may take in the future, will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal controls over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal controls over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.
In addition, we do not currently have an internal audit function. In order to implement any such function, we will need to hire additional personnel. If we are unable to hire additional personnel to support our internal accounting and audit functions, our ability to report our results of operations on a timely and accurate basis could be impaired and we could suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violate listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Certain of our key operating metrics are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and any real or perceived inaccuracies in our metrics or the underlying data may cause a loss of investor confidence in such metrics and the market price of our Class A common stock may decline.
We track certain key operating metrics using internal data analytics tools, which have certain limitations. In addition, we rely on data received from third parties, including third-party platforms, to track certain performance indicators, and we may be limited in our ability to verify such data. In addition, our methodologies for tracking metrics may change over time, which could result in changes to the metrics we report. If we undercount or overcount performance due to the internal data analytics tools we use or issues with the data received from third parties, or if our internal data analytics tools contain algorithmic or other technical errors, the data we report may not be accurate or comparable with prior periods. In addition, limitations, changes or errors with respect to how we measure data may affect our understanding of certain details of our business, which could affect our longer-term strategies. If our performance metrics are not, or are not perceived to be, accurate representations of our business, if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics or the data on which such metrics are based, or if we can no longer calculate any of our key performance metrics with a sufficient degree of accuracy, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of such metrics, which could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.
We expect to qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:
•
provide an auditor attestation and report with respect to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
•
comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis); and
•
submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency,” and disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period and therefore will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.
Until such time, however, we cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
We do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
The terms of existing or future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. In addition, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business and repay outstanding debt. Our New Senior Secured Credit Facility will contain restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A common stock may be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Therefore, you may not be able to realize any return on your investment in our Class A common stock for an extended period of time, if at all. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”
Provisions in our charter documents may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.
Certain provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will contain several provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions, which may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that stockholders may consider favorable, include the following, some of which may only become effective when the General Atlantic Equityholders or any of their affiliates or permitted transferees no longer collectively beneficially own shares representing 50% of our issued and outstanding common stock (the “50% Triggering Event”), and some of which may only become effective when the General Atlantic Equityholders or any of their affiliates or permitted transferees no longer collectively beneficially own shares representing 40% of our issued and outstanding common stock (the “40% Triggering Event”):
•
the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;
•
the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;
•
advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;
•
after the 40% Triggering Event, provisions limiting stockholders’ ability to call special meetings of stockholders, to require special meetings of stockholders to be called and to take action by written consent;
•
after the 40% Triggering Event, in certain cases, the approval of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by-laws will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated by-laws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;
•
after the 50% Triggering Event, the required approval of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors, which removal may only be for cause; and
•
the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used, among other things, to institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.
These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our Class A common stock in the future, which could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock.
In addition, we have opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, but our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder (any stockholder with 15% or more of our voting stock) for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions. For example, such restrictions shall not apply to any business combination between General Atlantic and any affiliate thereof or their direct and indirect transferees, on the one hand, and us, on the other. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock.”
We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our Class A common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our Class A common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our Class A common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the Class A common stock.
No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained upon the completion of this offering. If an active market does not develop or is not maintained, the market price of our Class A common stock may decline and you may not be able to sell your shares. The initial public offering price of the Class A common stock offered hereby was
determined through our negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the Class A common stock after this offering. The market price of our Class A common stock after this offering will be subject to significant fluctuations in response to, among other factors, variations in our operating results and market conditions specific to our business.
Because the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock is substantially higher than our book value per share, purchasers in this offering will immediately experience a substantial dilution in net tangible book value.
Purchasers of our Class A common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share from the initial public offering price per share. After giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, our entry into the Tax Receivable Agreement, the sale of the shares of Class A common stock we have offered hereby (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us) and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 27, 2021, would have been a deficit of $(187.5) million, or $(2.94) per share of Class A common stock (assuming that the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members complete Share Exchanges for all of their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock). This value represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $19.44 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. A calculation of the dilution purchasers will incur is provided below under “Dilution.”
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.
As a public company, we will incur significant levels of legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a privately owned corporation, which we expect to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company”. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules of the SEC, together with the listing requirements of the Exchange, impose significant requirements relating to disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting for public companies. We expect that compliance with these public company requirements will increase our costs, require additional resources and make some activities more time consuming than they have been in the past when we were privately owned. We will be required to expend considerable time and resources complying with public company regulations. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers and may divert management’s attention. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory actions.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, or publish projections for our business that exceed our actual results, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock may be affected by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our Class A common stock and the trading volume could decline. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our Class A common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. In addition, if we obtain analyst coverage, the analysts’ projections may have little or no relationship to the results we actually achieve and could cause our stock price to decline if we fail to meet their projections. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our stock price or trading volume could decline.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and subject to certain exceptions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, creditors, or other constituents, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The exclusive forum provision provides that it will not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or such other federal securities laws.
Although we believe this exclusive forum provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings. If a court were to find the exclusive choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategy. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “projection,” “seek,” “should,” “will” or “would,” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology and expressions. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Our Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” and include, among other things, statements relating to:
•
our strategy, outlook and growth prospects;
•
our operational and financial targets and dividend policy;
•
general economic trends and trends in the industry and markets in which we operate;
•
the competitive environment in which we operate; and
•
the sufficiency of our sources of liquidity and capital to finance our continued operations and growth strategy.
These statements are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances as of the date of this prospectus. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Although we believe that the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on reasonable assumptions, the information available to us may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. You should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statements, including but not limited to:
•
the operational and financial results of our franchisees;
•
the ability of our franchisees to enter new markets, select appropriate sites for new centers or open new centers;
•
the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs and the active participation of franchisees in enhancing the value of our brand;
•
the failure of our franchisees to participate in and comply with our agreements, business model and policies;
•
our and our franchisees’ ability to attract and retain guests;
•
the effect of social media on our reputation;
•
our ability to compete with other industry participants and respond to market trends and changes in consumer preferences;
•
the effect of our planned growth on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls
•
a significant failure, interruption or security breach of our computer systems or information technology;
•
our and our franchisees’ ability to attract, train, and retain talented wax specialists and managers;
•
changes in the availability or cost of labor;
•
our ability to retain franchisees or maintain the quality of existing franchisees;
•
failure of our franchisees to implement development plans;
•
the ability of our limited key suppliers, including international suppliers, and distribution centers to deliver our products;
•
changes in supply costs and decreases in our product sourcing revenue;
•
our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;
•
risks associated with being a holding company and our dependence upon distributions from EWC Ventures;
•
risks associated with being controlled by the General Atlantic Equityholders, whose interests in our business may be different than our stockholders;
•
the effect of being a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Exchange rules and our intended reliance on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements;
•
the impact of paying our existing owners for certain tax benefits we may claim;
•
changes in general economic and business conditions;
•
our and our franchisees’ ability to comply with existing and future health, employment and other governmental regulations;
•
complaints or litigation that may adversely affect our business and reputation;
•
the seasonality of our business resulting in fluctuation in our results of operations;
•
the impact of global crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, on our operations and financial performance; and
•
certain factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.
These and other factors are more fully discussed in the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause actual results to differ materially from those implied by forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.
All information contained in this prospectus is materially accurate and complete as of the date of this prospectus. You should keep in mind, however, that any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date of this prospectus. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. We have no obligation to update any forward-looking statements in this prospectus after the date of this prospectus, except as required by federal securities laws. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning the proposed transaction or other matters and attributable to us or any other person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to within this prospectus. In light of these risks and uncertainties, you should keep in mind that any event described in a forward-looking statement made in this prospectus or elsewhere might not occur.
OUR ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
Structure Prior to the Reorganization Transactions
We and our predecessors have been in the OOH waxing service business for approximately 17 years. We currently conduct our business through EWC Ventures and its subsidiaries.
Prior to the commencement of the Reorganization Transactions, EWC Ventures had limited liability company interests outstanding in the form of Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C and Class D Units.
The following diagram depicts EWC Ventures’ organizational structure prior to the Reorganization Transactions. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within EWC Ventures’ organizational structure.
Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C and Class D Units
Prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions described below and this offering, all of EWC Ventures’ outstanding equity interests, consisting of its Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units, were owned by the following persons, to whom we refer collectively as the “EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members”:
•
the General Atlantic Pre-IPO Member, which is an affiliate of General Atlantic;
•
EWC Founder Holdco, which is an entity controlled by one of our founders, David Coba;
•
EWC Management Holdco, an entity managed by affiliates of General Atlantic, whose equityholders consist of certain current and former members of management of EWC Ventures. Certain of the equity interests held by EWC Management Holdco are subject to vesting restrictions; and
•
certain other pre-IPO investors.
The Reorganization Transactions
After the pricing of this offering and prior to the closing of this offering, we will complete the Reorganization Transactions. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions and the pricing of this offering, the following transactions will occur:
•
EWC Ventures will make a distribution of $6.5 million to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members for the purpose of funding their tax obligations for periods prior to the closing of this offering;
•
we will become the sole managing member of EWC Ventures;
•
we will consummate the Mergers. As consideration for the Mergers, we will issue to the General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders shares of our Class A common stock with rights to receive payments under a Tax Receivable Agreement described below. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders will be based on the value of the EWC Ventures equity interests that we acquire, which will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of EWC Ventures and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering;
•
we will amend and restate the EWC Ventures limited liability company agreement and provide that, among other things, all of EWC Ventures’ outstanding equity interests, consisting of its Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units, will be reclassified into EWC Ventures Units, all of which will be non-voting. The number of EWC Ventures Units to be issued to each member of EWC Ventures will be determined based on a hypothetical liquidation of EWC Ventures and the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering. The EWC Ventures Units received by EWC Management Holdco in respect of reclassified equity interests with vesting restrictions will either be vested or have amended vesting restrictions. See “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End.” Vested EWC Ventures Units will be entitled to receive distributions, if any, from EWC Ventures. Unvested EWC Ventures Units will not be entitled to receive distributions (other than tax distributions) unless and until they vest. If any unvested EWC Ventures Units are forfeited, they will be cancelled by EWC Ventures for no consideration (and we will cancel the corresponding shares of Class B common stock for no consideration);
•
we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and will be authorized to issue our two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will each provide holders with one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of Class B common stock will not have any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) provided to holders of Class A common stock;
•
the following members of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, will subscribe for and purchase shares of our Class B common stock at a purchase price of $0.00001 per share and in an amount equal to the number of EWC Ventures Units held by each such EWC Ventures Post-IPO Member:
•
the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members, which are comprised of affiliates of General Atlantic;
•
the Founder Post-IPO Member, which is an entity controlled by one of our founders, David Coba;
•
EWC Management Holdco; and
•
certain other pre-IPO investors who held an interest in EWC Ventures.
•
subject to certain restrictions, the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will be granted the right to complete either a Share Exchange or a Cash Exchange, at our option. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement”; and
•
we will enter into the Stockholders Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Effect of the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering
The Reorganization Transactions are intended to create a holding company that will facilitate public ownership of, and investment in, our Company and are structured in a tax-efficient manner for our investors.
Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of EWC Ventures, as its sole managing member, and will also have a substantial financial interest in EWC Ventures, we will consolidate the financial results of EWC Ventures, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the noncontrolling interest to reflect the entitlement of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members to a portion of EWC Ventures’ net income (loss). As described in “Our Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions,” EWC Ventures will be under the control of the General Atlantic Equityholders before and after the Reorganization Transactions. As a result, we will account for the Reorganization Transactions as a reorganization of entities under common control and measure the interests of the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in the assets and liabilities of EWC Ventures at their carrying amounts at the completion of the Reorganization Transactions.
Certain EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members desire that their investment in us maintain its existing tax treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, therefore, will continue to hold their ownership interests in EWC Ventures until such time in the future as they may elect to complete a Share Exchange for their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock.
In connection with this offering, we will issue 9,035,102 shares of our Class A common stock to the purchasers in this offering (or 9,983,378 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $138.6 million (or approximately $153.2 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and prior to paying any offering expenses. After the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we intend (i) to contribute a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to EWC Ventures in exchange for EWC Ventures Units and cause such contributed amounts, together with cash on hand and $180.0 million of term loan proceeds under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility, to be used by EWC Ventures to purchase EWC Ventures Units from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and employees in satisfaction of the Class C Deferred Payment Obligations, to repay all of our outstanding term and revolving loans under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility and to pay fees and expenses related to the refinancing, as well as other corporate expenses, and (ii) to use the remaining proceeds to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.
We estimate that the offering expenses (other than the underwriting discounts) will be approximately $8.1 million. All such offering expenses will be paid for or otherwise borne by EWC Ventures.
See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.
The following diagram depicts our organizational structure following the Transactions (assuming an initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within our organizational structure:
*
Represents economic interest in European Wax Center, Inc. and not EWC Ventures, LLC.
(1)
The General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders and the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members will control 54.5% of the voting power of our common stock and hold 54.5% of the economic interest of the Company on a combined basis and together comprise the General Atlantic Equityholders.
Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), upon completion of the transactions described above, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering:
•
we will be appointed as the sole managing member of EWC Ventures and will directly or indirectly hold EWC Ventures Units, constituting 47.9% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures (or EWC Ventures Units, constituting 49.4% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);
•
the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members will hold (1) EWC Ventures Units, representing 23.3% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures (or representing 22.5% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) and (2) an aggregate of 14,853,838 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 23.3% of the combined voting power in us (or 22.5% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);
•
the Founder Post-IPO Member will hold (1) EWC Ventures Units, representing 18.6% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures (or representing 18.0% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) and (2) an aggregate of 11,878,526 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 18.6% of the
combined voting power in us (or 18.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);
•
EWC Management Holdco and other EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will hold (1) EWC Ventures Units, representing 10.2% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures (or representing 10.1% of the outstanding equity interests in EWC Ventures, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) and (2) an aggregate of 6,517,749 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 10.2% of the combined voting power in us (or 10.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);
•
the General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders will hold an aggregate of 19,942,366 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 31.3% of the combined voting power in us (or 30.3% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom);
•
the General Atlantic Equityholders, which are comprised of the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members and the General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders, will control 54.5% of the combined voting power in us (or 52.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom); and
•
our public stockholders will collectively hold 10,600,000 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 16.6% of the combined voting power in us (or 12,190,000 shares of Class A common stock and 19.1%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,666,667 additional shares of Class A common stock in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom).
Holding Company Structure and Tax Receivable Agreement
We are a holding company, and immediately after the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, our principal asset will be our ownership interests in EWC Ventures. The number of EWC Ventures Units we will own at any time will equal the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. The economic interest represented by each EWC Ventures Unit that we own will correspond to one share of our Class A common stock, and the total number of EWC Ventures Units owned by us and the holders of our Class B common stock at any given time will equal the sum of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock. Shares of our Class B common stock cannot be transferred except in connection with a transfer or exchange of EWC Ventures Units. We do not intend to list our Class B common stock on any stock exchange.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will acquire existing equity interests in EWC Ventures from an affiliate of General Atlantic in the Mergers in exchange for the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock and rights to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to certain General Atlantic Equityholders. In addition, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members. These acquisitions of interests in EWC Ventures will result in favorable adjustments to our allocable share of the tax basis of the assets of EWC Ventures. In addition, future exchanges by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members of EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock for shares of our Class A common stock are expected to produce favorable tax attributes. Finally, we will become entitled to certain other tax attributes as a result of contributing the proceeds of this offering to EWC Ventures. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of those transactions.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members that provides for the payment by us to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members of 85% of the benefits, if any, that we realize, or are deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B
common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. There is significant existing tax basis in the assets of EWC Ventures as a result of the prior acquisition of interests in EWC Ventures by the General Atlantic Equityholders, and subsequent redemptions, exchanges, or purchases of EWC Ventures Units (in connection with or after this offering) are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of EWC Ventures. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to us and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Actual tax benefits realized by us may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge the tax basis increases or other tax benefits arising under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax basis increases or other tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members will be netted against future payments otherwise to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances we could make future payments to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could negatively impact our liquidity. See “Risk Factors—We will be required to pay the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
USE OF PROCEEDS
European Wax Center, Inc.
We expect to receive approximately $138.6 million of net proceeds (based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) from the sale of the Class A common stock offered by us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and prior to paying any offering expenses. We estimate that the net proceeds to us, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase the maximum number of additional shares of Class A common stock from us, will be approximately $153.2 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and prior to paying any offering expenses.
Contribution to EWC Ventures. We intend to contribute $103.2 million to EWC Ventures in exchange for a number of EWC Ventures Units equal to the contributed amount divided by the price paid per share by the underwriters for our Class A common stock in this offering (6,722,661 EWC Ventures Units at the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). EWC Ventures will use the $103.2 million of net proceeds we contribute, together with approximately $18.8 million of cash on hand and $180.0 million of term loan proceeds under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility to:
•
purchase 1,212,120 EWC Ventures Units from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and employees for $20.0 million in satisfaction of the Class C Deferred Payment Obligations (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Purchases from Equityholders”);
•
repay all $268.7 million of the outstanding term and revolving loans under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility;
•
pay estimated offering expenses of approximately $8.1 million, all of which will be borne by EWC Ventures; and
•
pay approximately $5.2 million of fees and expenses related to the refinancing, as well as other corporate expenses.
As of March 27, 2021, term loan borrowings under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility accrued interest at 6.50% per annum and revolving loan borrowings under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility accrued interest at 4.25% per annum. The loans outstanding under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility will mature on September 25, 2024.
Acquisition of EWC Ventures Units. We intend to use approximately $35.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering (or approximately $50.0 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase 2,312,441 (or, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, 3,260,717) EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Purchases from Equityholders.”
Any increase or decrease in the offering price will not impact the amount of net proceeds we contribute to EWC Ventures and will only impact the net proceeds received by the selling stockholders and the amount of net proceeds we use to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock directly from certain EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share would increase (decrease) the amount of net proceeds to us from this offering available to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock by $5.9 million. Any increase (decrease) in the offering price would decrease (increase) the number of shares offered by us.
Selling Stockholders
The selling stockholders will receive approximately $24.0 million of net proceeds from their sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering
price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the selling stockholders will receive approximately $33.9 million of net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price, would increase (decrease) the amount of net proceeds to the selling stockholders by $4.1 million. Any increase (decrease) in the offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares offered by the selling stockholders.
DIVIDEND POLICY
EWC Ventures has previously declared and paid cash dividends to its members; however, we currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock depends on our receipt of cash distributions from EWC Ventures and, through EWC Ventures, cash distributions and dividends from our other direct and indirect subsidiaries.
Subject to having available cash and subject to limitations imposed by applicable law and contractual restrictions (including pursuant to the New Senior Secured Credit Facility), the Amended and Restated EWC Ventures Limited Liability Company Agreement requires EWC Ventures to make certain distributions to us, the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members and the Founder Post-IPO Member, pro rata, to facilitate the payment of taxes with respect to the income of EWC Ventures that is allocated to us, the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members and the Founder Post-IPO Member. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Amended and Restated EWC Ventures Limited Liability Company Agreement.” To the extent that the tax distributions we receive exceed the amounts we are actually required to pay taxes, Tax Receivable Agreement payments, and other expenses, we will not be required to distribute such excess cash. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, choose to use such excess cash for any purpose depending upon the facts and circumstances at the time of determination.
Any future determination as to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the board and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal and contractual requirements and other factors the board deems relevant. Our New Senior Secured Credit Facility will limit our ability to pay cash dividends to stockholders, and our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of us or our subsidiaries. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock—We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.”
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 27, 2021:
•
on an actual basis reflecting the financial position of EWC Ventures,
•
on a pro forma basis to reflect the Reorganization Transactions described under “Our Organizational Structure,” excluding this offering, and the estimated impact of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and
•
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (2) the entry into the New Senior Secured Credit Facility and the use of proceeds therefrom and (3) this offering and the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
As of March 27, 2021
|
|
(in thousands, except units)
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Pro Forma
As Adjusted
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
$ |
28,687 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
22,865 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,845(1) |
|
|
Total indebtedness
|
|
|
|
$ |
269,945 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
269,945 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
180,000 |
|
|
Mezzanine equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
|
121,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class D Units
|
|
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Members’ / Stockholders’ equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
264,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class B Units
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
142,169 |
|
|
|
|
|
213,210 |
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
|
|
(91,979) |
|
|
|
|
|
(35,693) |
|
|
|
|
|
(40,850) |
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
(368) |
|
|
|
|
|
(368) |
|
|
|
|
|
(368) |
|
|
Total members’ equity/stockholders’ equity
|
|
|
|
|
318,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
106,108 |
|
|
|
|
|
171,992 |
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
183,239 |
|
|
|
|
|
187,241 |
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
|
|
318,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
289,347 |
|
|
|
|
|
359,233 |
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
|
|
$ |
588,587 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
559,292 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
539,233 |
|
|
(1)
We expect that, as of the closing of this offering and giving effect to the planned use of proceeds, cash and cash equivalents will be approximately $15.0 million.
DILUTION
If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience dilution to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the Class A common stock held by existing equityholders (including all shares issuable upon exchange and/or conversion).
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 27, 2021 after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions would have been a deficit of approximately $(257.4) million, or $(4.42) per share of our Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 27, 2021, after giving effect to (1) the Reorganization Transactions (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)); and (2) the estimated impact of the Tax Receivable Agreement, assuming that the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members exchange all of their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock in Share Exchanges.
After giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the estimated impact of the Tax Receivable Agreement, assuming that the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members exchange all of their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock in Share Exchanges and after giving further effect to the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of proceeds therefrom (including the contribution of $103.2 million of the net proceeds from this offering to EWC Ventures in exchange for 6,722,661 EWC Ventures Units and the use $20.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase 1,212,120 EWC Ventures Units in satisfaction of the Deferred Payment Obligations and $35.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase 2,312,441 EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would have been a deficit of approximately $(187.5) million, or $(2.94) per share of Class A common stock, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.48 per share to existing equityholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $19.44 per share of Class A common stock to new investors. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock.
The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16.50 |
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 27, 2021(1)
|
|
|
|
$ |
(4.42) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(2.94) |
|
|
|
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
19.44 |
|
|
(1)
Reflects outstanding shares of Class A common stock, including (i) shares of Class A common stock to be held by certain General Atlantic Equityholders and certain other investors immediately prior to this offering and (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable from Share Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members immediately prior to this offering.
(2)
Reflects outstanding shares, consisting of (i) shares of Class A common stock to be issued in this offering and (ii) the outstanding shares of Class A common stock described in note (1) above less the 3,524,561 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of the EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock to be purchased from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.
The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value after this offering by $(8.4) million and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.87, in each case assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $(3.23) per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $(0.29) per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 27, 2021, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by the existing equityholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated price range on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the estimated impact of the Tax Receivable Agreement, assuming that the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members exchange all of their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock in Share Exchanges, and after giving further effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering:
|
|
|
Shares of Class A Common
Stock Purchased
|
|
|
Total
Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
54,757,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
85.8% |
|
|
|
|
$ |
372,102,819 |
|
|
|
|
|
71.4% |
|
|
|
|
$ |
6.80 |
|
|
New investors(1)
|
|
|
|
|
9,035,102 |
|
|
|
|
|
14.2% |
|
|
|
|
$ |
149,079,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
28.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
16.50 |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
63,792,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
|
$ |
521,182,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.17 |
|
|
(1)
Includes shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering.
The total number of shares reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on 63,792,479 Class A common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus on an as adjusted pro forma basis and does not reflect the Class A common stock purchased by new investors from the selling stockholders.
Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of Class A common stock held by existing stockholders to 53,192,479, or approximately 83.4% of the total number of Class A common stock outstanding after this offering (assuming that the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members exchange all of their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock in Share Exchanges).
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering by $9.0 million and would increase (decrease) the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by new investors by $1.00, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional 1,590,000 shares of Class A common stock in full, our existing stockholders would own 80.9% and investors in this offering would own 19.1% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering (assuming that the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members exchange all of their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock in Share Exchanges).
We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements reflect the historical consolidated results of EWC Ventures, which is our predecessor for financial reporting purposes, as adjusted to give effect to (i) the Reorganization Transactions, which includes the Mergers, the reclassification of all of EWC Ventures’ outstanding equity interests, entry into the Tax Receivable Agreement and the other transactions as more fully described in “Our Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions,” (ii) this offering and (iii) the entry into the New Senior Secured Credit Facility and the use of proceeds therefrom, as if each had occurred on December 29, 2019 (the first day of Fiscal 2020) for pro forma statement of operations purposes for the year ended December 26, 2020 and the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and as of March 27, 2021 for pro forma balance sheet purposes. The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared by our management and is based on EWC Ventures’ historical financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the assumptions and adjustments described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.
For purposes of the unaudited pro forma financial information, we have assumed that we will issue shares of Class A common stock at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and that we will use the proceeds from this offering to purchase 1,212,120 EWC Ventures Units in satisfaction of the Class C Deferred Payment Obligations and up to 2,312,441 EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members, at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, and as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by EWC Ventures Units not held by us will be 52.1%, and the net income attributable to EWC Ventures Units not held by us will accordingly represent 52.1% of our net income.
We based the pro forma adjustments on available information and on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the relevant transactions on the historical financial information of EWC Ventures. See “Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for a discussion of assumptions made. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the relevant transactions occurred on the dates assumed and does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information includes various estimates that are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had this offering and Reorganization Transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future. We have not given pro forma effect to incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $4.5 million to $6.5 million that we expect to incur annually as a result of operating as a publicly traded corporation, such as expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; expenses associated with listing on the Exchange; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and officer insurance expenses; and director and officer compensation expenses.
We are a newly formed corporation, have no material assets and have not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with the Reorganization Transactions described in “Our Organizational Structure—The Reorganization Transactions.” Upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, we will become the sole managing member of EWC Ventures. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of EWC Ventures and will also have a substantial financial interest in EWC Ventures, we will consolidate the financial results of EWC Ventures.
The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and EWC Ventures’ audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
European Wax Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
Thirteen Weeks Ended March 27, 2021
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Historical
|
|
|
Reorganization
Transaction
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Adjusted
Before this
Offering
|
|
|
Adjustments
for this
Offering
|
|
|
European
Wax Center,
Inc. Pro Forma
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,617 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,617 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,617 |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
4,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,934 |
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
36,657 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
36,657 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
36,657 |
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
9,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
9,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
9,931 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
11,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,200(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
12,266 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
12,266 |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
4,884 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,884 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,884 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
5,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
5,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
5,138 |
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
31,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
32,219 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
32,219 |
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
|
|
5,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,200) |
|
|
|
|
|
4,438 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,438 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
(4,536) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(4,536) |
|
|
|
|
|
3,139(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,397) |
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,200) |
|
|
|
|
|
(98) |
|
|
|
|
|
3,139 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,041 |
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,200) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(98) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,139 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,041 |
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(62)(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
(62) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,647(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,585 |
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to European Wax Center, Inc.
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,138) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(36) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,492 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,456 |
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share data(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share to Class A common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
Weighted average number of Class A
common shares used in computing
earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,542,336 |
|
|
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial information
European Wax Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 26, 2020
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Historical
|
|
|
Reorganization
Transaction
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Adjusted
Before this
Offering
|
|
|
Adjustments
for this
Offering
|
|
|
European
Wax Center,
Inc. Pro Forma
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,977 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,977 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,977 |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
25,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
25,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
25,674 |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
13,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
13,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
13,465 |
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
103,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
103,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
103,407 |
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
35,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
35,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
35,508 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
38,997 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,797(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
46,794 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,000(6) |
|
|
|
|
|
48,794 |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
11,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
11,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
11,495 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets and non-cancellable contracts
|
|
|
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
106,626 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,797 |
|
|
|
|
|
114,423 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
116,423 |
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
|
|
(3,219) |
|
|
|
|
|
(7,797) |
|
|
|
|
|
(11,016) |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,000) |
|
|
|
|
|
(13,016) |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
(18,276) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(18,276) |
|
|
|
|
|
10,125(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,151) |
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
|
(7,797) |
|
|
|
|
|
(29,292) |
|
|
|
|
|
8,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
(21,267) |
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(7,797) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(29,292) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,125 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,267) |
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(18,483)(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
(18,483) |
|
|
|
|
|
7,450(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
(11,033) |
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to European Wax Center, Inc.
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,686 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(10,809) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
675 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(10,134) |
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share data(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share to Class A common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.33) |
|
|
Weighted average number of Class A
common shares used in computing
earnings (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,542,366 |
|
|
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial information
European Wax Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
(1)
Reflects the reduction in interest expense of $3.1 million and $10.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 27, 2021 and for the year ended December 26, 2020, respectively, as a result of the repayment of a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility, as described in “Use of Proceeds,” as if such repayment occurred on December 29, 2019.
(2)
Following the Reorganization Transactions, European Wax Center will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of EWC Ventures. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations reflects an adjustment to our provision for income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 0% and 0% for the thirteen weeks ended March 27, 2021 and for the year ended December 26, 2020, respectively. This effective tax rate differs from the current U.S. federal income tax rate and the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction primarily due to the effect of the full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets. EWC Ventures is, and will continue to be, taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, as a result, its members, including European Wax Center, will pay income taxes with respect to their allocable share of its net taxable income.
(3)
The EWC Ventures Units owned by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will be considered noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of European Wax Center. The pro forma adjustment reflects the allocation of EWC Ventures net income to the noncontrolling interests. Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the completion of this offering, the non-controlling interests held by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will have 63.1% economic ownership of EWC Ventures, and as such, 63.1% of EWC Ventures’ income statement impacts of the Reorganization Transactions will be attributable to the non-controlling interests.
Subsequent to the completion of this offering, the non-controlling interests held by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will have 52.1% economic ownership of EWC Ventures and as such, 52.1% of EWC Ventures’ net income will be attributable to the non-controlling interests. The remaining economic ownership of EWC Ventures will be held by European Wax Center following the Reorganization Transaction and the offering.
(4)
Pro forma basic net income (loss) per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing the pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stockholders by the pro forma weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period. Pro forma diluted net income (loss) per share of Class A common stock is computed by adjusting the pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stockholders and the pro forma weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Although each share of Class B common stock, together with a corresponding EWC Ventures Unit, could potentially be exchanged for one share of Class A common stock, the dilutive impact of any assumed conversion is not shown, because the conversion would be directly offset by an increase in income available to the Class A common stockholders driven by the corresponding reduction in income attributed to noncontrolling interests, and thus would not have a dilutive impact on earnings per share.
(5)
Adjustment represents $1.2 million and $7.8 million of equity-based compensation expense for the thirteen weeks ended March 27, 2021 and for the year ended December 26, 2020, respectively, at EWC Ventures LLC in relation to the modification of certain pre-IPO equity-based awards primarily to remove certain performance-based vesting conditions in connection to the Reorganization Transactions. See “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End.”
(6)
Represents the cash bonus of $2.0 million due to the CEO upon completion of an IPO.
European Wax Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of March 27, 2021
(in thousands, except unit/share amounts)
|
|
|
EWC
Ventures
Historical
|
|
|
Reorganization
Transaction
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Adjusted
Before this
Offering
|
|
|
Adjustments
for this
Offering
|
|
|
European
Wax Center,
Inc. Pro
Forma
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
$ |
28,687 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(5,822)(12) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
22,865 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(18,020)(1)(5)(13)(14) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,845 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
12,274 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
12,274 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
12,274 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
14,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
14,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
14,654 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
8,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
8,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,039)(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
6,393 |
|
|
Advances to related parties
|
|
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
|
|
|
(689) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
|
|
64,736 |
|
|
|
|
|
(6,511) |
|
|
|
|
|
58,225 |
|
|
|
|
|
(20,059) |
|
|
|
|
|
38,166 |
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
4,835 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,835 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,835 |
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
216,142 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
216,142 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
216,142 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
328,551 |
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
3,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
3,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
3,300 |
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
$ |
617,564 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(6,511) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
611,053 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(20,059) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
590,994 |
|
|
Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity, and Members'/Stockholders' Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
23,832 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
23,832 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
23,832 |
|
|
Long term debt, current portion
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
—(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
Deferred revenues, current portion
|
|
|
|
|
2,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,488 |
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
28,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
28,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
28,929 |
|
|
Long term debt, net
|
|
|
|
|
262,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
262,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
(89,945)(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
172,757 |
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
6,601 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
6,601 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
6,601 |
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Tax receivable agreement liability
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
22,784(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
22,784 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
22,784 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
298,922 |
|
|
|
|
|
22,784 |
|
|
|
|
|
321,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
(89,945) |
|
|
|
|
|
231,761 |
|
|
Mezzanine equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units (8,309,193 Class A Founders’ Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 27, 2021)
|
|
|
|
|
121,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
(121,231)(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class D Units (2,500,000 Class D Units authorized, issued and outstanding
as of March 27, 2021, aggregate liquidation preference of $27,298 as of
March 27, 2021)
|
|
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
(24,909)(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Members’/ Stockholders’ equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members’ equity – Class A Units (26,311,170 Class A Units authorized, issued, and outstanding as of March 27, 2021)
|
|
|
|
|
264,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
(264,849)(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Members’ equity – Class B Units (1 Class B Unit authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 27, 2021)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Members’ equity – Class C Units (1,000 Class C Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 27, 2021)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class A common stock (600,000,000 shares authorized, 30,542,366 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class B common stock (60,000,000 shares authorized, 33,250,113 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(7) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
—(10) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
142,169(10) |
|
|
|
|
|
142,169 |
|
|
|
|
|
71,041(13) |
|
|
|
|
|
213,210 |
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
|
|
(91,979) |
|
|
|
|
|
56,286(11) |
|
|
|
|
|
(35,693) |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,157) |
|
|
|
|
|
(40,850) |
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
(368) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(368) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(368) |
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
183,239(8) |
|
|
|
|
|
183,239 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,002(9) |
|
|
|
|
|
187,241 |
|
|
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity, and members’ / stockholders’ equity
|
|
|
|
$ |
617,564 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(6,511) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
611,053 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(20,059) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
590,994 |
|
|
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial information
European Wax Center, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
(1)
We estimate that the proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $130.5 million (or $145.1 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting $10.4 million of assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and $8.1 million of estimated offering expenses. As of March 27, 2021, $2.0 million of the total $8.1 million of expenses had been paid and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets. For pro forma purposes, the expected net proceeds from the offering includes a reduction of the $6.1 million expenses remaining to be paid, resulting in net proceeds of $132.6 million as of March 27, 2021.
(2)
European Wax Center is subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes and will file consolidated income tax returns for U.S. federal and certain state jurisdictions. These adjustments reflect the recognition of deferred taxes resulting from our status as a C corporation. Temporary differences in the book basis as compared to the tax basis of our investment in EWC Ventures resulted in an unaudited pro forma deferred tax asset of $40.4 million as of March 27, 2021. However, given cumulative losses in recent years, we expect to record a valuation allowance on the net deferred tax asset of $40.4 million resulting in $0 net deferred tax assets being recognized.
(3)
Reflects adjustments to give effect to the Tax Receivable Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Organizational Structure” under the provisions of ASC 450.
(4)
We are deferring certain costs associated with this offering. These costs primarily represent legal, accounting and other direct costs and are recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheet. Upon completion of this offering, these deferred costs will be charged against the proceeds from this offering with a corresponding reduction to additional paid-in capital.
(5)
Reflects the reduction in long term debt as a result of (i) $180.0 million of proceeds from term loans under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility, offset by (ii) the repayment of all of the outstanding term and revolving loans under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility, for a total reduction of long term debt of $89.9 million if the refinancing described in “Use of Proceeds” had occurred on March 27, 2021. The use of cash includes estimated fees and expenses of $3.2 million, resulting in a net use of cash of $93.1 million for refinancing our current indebtedness.
(6)
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will be appointed as the sole managing member of EWC Ventures pursuant to the EWC Ventures LLC Agreement. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of EWC Ventures and will also have a substantial financial interest in EWC Ventures, we will consolidate the financial results of EWC Ventures, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the non-controlling interest to reflect the entitlement of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members to a portion of EWC Ventures’ net income (loss). We will hold approximately 47.9% of the outstanding EWC Ventures Units (or approximately 49.4% of the outstanding EWC Ventures Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full), and the remaining EWC Ventures Units will be held by the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members.
(7)
Represents the reclassification of mezzanine equity and members’ equity into stockholders’ equity as a result of the Reorganization Transactions. The adjustments to stockholders’ equity include (i) the par value of $215 for Class A common stock and $368 for Class B common stock to be outstanding following the Reorganization Transactions, (ii) $151.7 million recorded in additional paid-in capital, and (iii) $259.3 million allocated to the noncontrolling interest.
(8)
The following table is a reconciliation of the adjustments impacting noncontrolling interest as a result of the Reorganization Transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization Transaction Adjustments:(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassification of historical Member’s Equity(7)
|
|
|
|
$ |
259,325 |
|
|
|
Reclassification Historical Deficit to NCI
|
|
|
|
|
(58,037) |
|
|
|
Portion of the adjustments to income tax attributed to non controlling interest(2)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
(14,376) |
|
|
|
Portion of final tax distributions allocated to non controlling interest(12)
|
|
|
|
|
(3,674) |
|
|
|
Total Reorganization Transaction Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
$ |
183,239 |
|
|
(9)
Represents the reclassification of $4.0 million of equity related to the net proceeds of this offering into noncontrolling interest.
(10)
The following table is a reconciliation of the adjustments impacting additional paid-in-capital:
|
|
|
As of
March 27, 2021
|
|
Reorganization Transaction Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment from recognition of deferred tax asset and Tax Receivable Agreement(2),(3)
|
|
|
|
$ |
(8,408) |
|
|
Reclassification of mezzanine and members equity to additional paid-in capital as a result of Reorganization Transactions(7)
|
|
|
|
|
151,664 |
|
|
Equity-based compensation expense related to modification of certain pre-IPO equity-based awards in connection to the Reorganization Transactions
|
|
|
|
|
1,751 |
|
|
Final tax distributions in connection to the Reorganization Transactions(12)
|
|
|
|
|
(2,837) |
|
|
Total Reorganization Transaction Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
$ |
142,169 |
|
|
Adjustments for this Offering:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross proceeds from offering of Class A common stock(1)
|
|
|
|
|
149,079 |
|
|
Payment of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs in connection with this offering(1)
|
|
|
|
|
(16,513) |
|
|
Reclassification of costs incurred in this offering from prepaid expenses and other current assets to additional paid-in capital(4)
|
|
|
|
|
(2,039) |
|
|
Adjustment for noncontrolling interest(9)
|
|
|
|
|
(4,002) |
|
|
Use of proceeds to purchase Class B and EWC Ventures Units
|
|
|
|
|
(55,484) |
|
|
Total Adjustments for this Offering:
|
|
|
|
$ |
71,041 |
|
|
(11)
The following table is a reconciliation of the adjustments impacting accumulated deficit as a result of the Reorganization Transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity-based compensation expense related to modification of certain pre-IPO equity based awards in connection to the Reorganization Transactions
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,751) |
|
|
Reclass Historical Deficit to NCI
|
|
|
|
|
58,037 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,268 |
|
|
(12)
Represents the final tax distribution payment of $5.8 million the Company will make in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, which is reflected as a reduction of $2.8 million of additional paid-in capital and $3.7 million of noncontrolling interest
(13)
Represents the cash bonus of $2.0 million due to the CEO upon completion of an IPO.
(14)
Represents our plans to use $20.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering in satisfaction of the Class C Deferred Payment Obligations and $35.5 million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, as described within the “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Purchases from Equityholders” section of this prospectus.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our historical performance, financial condition and future prospects in conjunction with the audited financial statements as of and for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 27, 2021 and for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020 and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information provided below supplements, but does not form part of, our predecessor’s financial statements. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the views and beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions and estimates made by our management. Actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements as a result of various risk factors, including those that may not be in the control of management. For further information on items that could impact our future operating performance or financial condition, see the section titled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this prospectus.
We conduct substantially all of our activities through our direct, wholly owned subsidiary, EWC Ventures, LLC and its subsidiaries. We operate on a fiscal calendar widely used by the retail industry that results in a given fiscal year consisting of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to December 31. References herein to “fiscal year 2020” relate to the 52 weeks ended December 26, 2020. References herein to “fiscal year 2019” relate to the 52 weeks ended December 28, 2019. Our fiscal quarters are composed of 13 weeks each, except for 53-week fiscal years for which the fourth quarter will be composed of 14 weeks.
Overview
We are the largest and fastest-growing franchisor and operator of OOH waxing services in the United States by number of centers and system-wide sales. We delivered over 21 million waxing services in 2019 and over 13 million waxing services in 2020 generating more than $687 million and $469 million of system-wide sales, respectively, across our highly-franchised network. We have a leading portfolio of centers operating in 808 locations across 44 states as of March 27, 2021. Of these locations, 803 are franchised centers operated by franchisees and five are corporate-owned centers.
The European Wax Center brand is trusted, efficacious and accessible. Our culture is obsessed with our guest experience and we deliver a superior guest experience relative to smaller chains and independent salons. We offer guests high-quality, hygienic waxing services administered by our licensed, EWC-trained estheticians (our “wax specialists”), at our accessible and welcoming locations (our “centers”). Our technology-enabled guest interface simplifies and streamlines the guest experience with automated appointment scheduling and remote check-in capabilities, ensuring guest visits are convenient, hassle-free, and consistent across our network of centers. Our well-known, pre-paid Wax Pass program makes payment easy and convenient, fostering loyalty and return visits. Guests view us as a non-discretionary part of their personal-care and beauty regimens, providing us with a highly predictable and growing recurring revenue model.
Our asset-light franchise platform delivers capital-efficient growth, significant cash flow generation and resilience through economic cycles. Our centers are 99% owned and operated by our franchisees who benefit from superior unit-level economics, with mature centers generating annual cash-on-cash returns in excess of 60%. The highly consistent and recurring demand for our services and the competitive advantages provided by our scale have resulted in ten consecutive years of same-store sales and system-wide sales growth through 2019. We believe we can nearly quadruple our center count within the next 15 years to over 3,000 locations in the United States.
In partnership with our franchisees, we fiercely protect our points of differentiation that attract new guests, build meaningful relationships and promote lasting retention. Our NPS of 85 demonstrates our guests’ devotion to our brand. We are so confident in our ability to delight that we have always offered all of our guests their first wax free.
Hair removal solutions are consistently in demand, given the recurring nature of hair growth. The OOH waxing market is the fastest-growing hair removal solution in the United States, defined by a total addressable market of $18 billion with annualized growth that is approximately twice as high as other hair removal alternatives. European Wax Center has become the category-defining brand within this rapidly growing market and became so by professionalizing a highly fragmented sector where service consistency, hygiene, and customer trust were not historically offered. We are approximately six times larger than the next largest waxing-focused competitor by center count and approximately ten times larger by system-wide sales. Our unmatched
scale enables us to drive broader brand awareness, ensures our licensed wax specialists are universally trained at the highest standards and drive consistent financial performance across each center.
Under the stewardship of our CEO, David Berg, and the other management team members, we have prioritized building a culture of performance, success, and inclusivity. Additionally, we have intensified our focus on enhancing the guest experience and have invested significantly in our corporate infrastructure and marketing capabilities to continue our track record of sustainable growth. The foundation for our next chapter of growth is firmly in place.
Growth Strategy and Outlook
We plan to grow our business primarily by opening new franchised centers and then additionally increasing our same-store sales and leveraging our corporate infrastructure to expand our profit margins and generate robust free cash flow.
We believe our franchisees’ track record of successfully opening new centers and consistently generating attractive unit-level economics validates our strategy to expand our footprint and grow our capacity to serve more guests. We aspire to grow between 7% to 10% of our center count each year. Our center count grew 6% and 5% during fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019, respectively, and has grown each year since 2010. Our thoughtful approach to growth ensures each center is appropriately staffed with the high-quality team and licensed, highly-trained wax specialists that our brand has been known for since our initial opening. None of our existing markets are fully penetrated, and we believe we have a significant whitespace opportunity of approximately 3,000 locations for our standard center format across the United States. Our centers have a long track record of sustained growth delivering ten consecutive years of positive same-store sales growth through 2019 with resilient performance through economic cycles. We intend to continue increasing our same-store sales growth by, among other things:
•
driving brand awareness to accelerate guest acquisition;
•
increasing our Wax Pass adoption rates;
•
expanding our share of our guests’ personal-care expenditures;
•
increasing our transaction attachment rate, which we define as the percentage of transactions that include the purchase of a retail product to the total number of transactions; and
•
driving greater guest engagement using data analytics.
Our straightforward, asset-light franchise platform and our proven track record of increasing profitability will continue to drive EBITDA margin accretion and free cash flow generation as we expand our national footprint. We have invested in building our scalable support infrastructure, and we currently have the capabilities and systems in place to drive revenue growth and profitability across our existing and planned franchise centers.
Key Business Metrics
We track the following key business metrics to evaluate our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections, and make strategic decisions. Accordingly, we believe that these key business metrics provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team. These key business metrics are presented for supplemental information purposes only, should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly titled metrics or measures presented by other companies.
Number of Centers. Number of centers reflects the number of franchised and corporate-owned centers open at the end of the reporting period. We review the number of new center openings, the number of closed centers and the number of relocations of centers to assess net new center growth, and drivers of trends in system-wide sales, royalty and franchise fee revenue and corporate-owned center sales.
System-Wide Sales. System-wide sales represent sales from same day services, retail sales and cash collected from wax passes for all centers in our network, including both franchisee-owned and corporate-owned centers. While we do not record franchised center sales as revenue, our royalty revenue is calculated based on a percentage of franchised center sales, which are 6.0% of sales, net of retail product sales, as defined in the
franchise agreement. This measure allows us to better assess changes in our royalty revenue, our overall center performance, the health of our brand and the strength of our market position relative to competitors. Our system-wide sales growth is driven by net new center openings as well as increases in same-store sales.
Same-Store Sales. Same-store sales reflect the change in year-over-year sales from services performed and retail sales for the same-store base. We define the same-store base to include those centers open for at least 52 full weeks. This measure highlights the performance of existing centers, while excluding the impact of new center openings and closures. We review same-store sales for corporate-owned centers as well as franchisee-owned centers. Same-store sales growth is driven by increases in the number of transactions and average transaction size.
New Center Openings. The number of new center openings reflects centers opened during a particular reporting period for both franchisee-owned and corporate-owned centers, less centers closed during the same period. Opening new centers is an integral part of our growth strategy, and we expect the majority of our future new centers to be franchisee-owned. Before we obtain the certificate of occupancy or report any revenue from new corporate-owned centers, we incur pre-opening costs, such as rent expense, labor expense and other operating expenses. Some of our centers open with an initial start-up period of higher-than-normal marketing and operating expenses, particularly as a percentage of monthly revenue.
Average Unit Volume (“AUV”). AUV consists of the average annual system-wide sales of all centers that have been open for a trailing 52-week period or longer. This measure is calculated by dividing system-wide sales during the applicable period for all centers being measured by the number of centers being measured. AUV allows management to assess our franchisee-owned and corporate-owned center economics. Our AUV growth is primarily driven by increases in services and retail product sales as centers fill their books of reservations, which we refer to as maturation of centers.
Wax Pass Utilization. We define Wax Pass utilization as the adoption of our Wax Pass program by guests, measured as a percentage of total transactions conducted using a Wax Pass. Wax Pass utilization allows management to better assess the recurring nature of our business model because it is an indication of the magnitude of transactions by guests who have made a longer-term commitment to our brand by purchasing a Wax Pass.
|
|
|
Thirteen
Weeks Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
(in thousands, except operating data and percentages)
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Number of system-wide centers (at period end)
|
|
|
|
|
808 |
|
|
|
|
|
766 |
|
|
|
|
|
796 |
|
|
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
System-wide sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
156,963 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
158,004 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
468,764 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
687,402 |
|
|
Same-store sales(1)
|
|
|
|
|
(6.2)% |
|
|
|
|
|
(5.6)% |
|
|
|
|
|
(35.6)% |
|
|
|
|
|
9.8% |
|
|
New center openings
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
AUV
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
606 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
940 |
|
|
(1)
Same-store sales decline for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 is calculated in comparison to the 13 weeks ended March 30, 2019 due to the significant decline in our sales in 2020 due to COVID-19. We believe this presents a more meaningful comparison of same-store sales.
Recent Developments
COVID-19 Impact
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global pandemic related to the COVID-19 outbreak. In the United States, federal, state and local governments implemented various restrictions, including travel restrictions, border closings, shelter-in-place orders, restrictions on public gatherings, quarantining of people who may have been exposed to the virus and limitations on business operations. The pandemic has caused unprecedented economic volatility and uncertainty, which has negatively impacted our recent operating results.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020, we recommended to all of our franchisees that they temporarily close their centers as state governors began issuing shelter-in-place orders. Most franchisees
temporarily closed their centers in March 2020, and by April 2020 the entire franchise network was temporarily closed. Beginning in May 2020, certain governors announced steps to restart non-essential business operations in their respective states, and centers in these states began to re-open. However, as COVID-19 continued to impact areas in which our centers operate, some of our centers were required to temporarily re-close pursuant to local guidelines. As of the end of fiscal 2020, most centers had re-opened either fully or partially. By March 2021, nearly all of our nationwide network had re-opened. All corporate-owned centers had re-opened as of December 26, 2020.
Management deployed several critical strategies to strengthen guest safety, protect franchisees and our brand, as well as increase liquidity and financial flexibility to mitigate COVID-19 related impacts on our business. Some of these strategies have better positioned us to optimally serve guests in the post COVID-19 pandemic environment. The following important actions were taken:
•
Digitization of Guest Experience: To strengthen the physical safety of our guests, our centers have been digitally enabled such that guests can schedule appointments electronically through our mobile app, experience a contactless check-in process upon arrival and receive personalized, concierge-like product recommendations from our wax specialists by providing relevant guest details through our in-suite tablets. These measures reduce the amount of unnecessary contact during the transaction processes without sacrificing the quality hands-on experience that our guests seek.
•
Relief Programs for Franchisee Network: To protect the financial stability of our franchise network during the pandemic, we offered a number of relief programs to our franchisees, including: (1) deferring of collections on royalties, marketing fees and product purchases made prior to centers closing until 30 to 60 days after centers re-opened, (2) waiving monthly marketing and technology fees while centers were temporarily closed, (3) granting 30-day payment terms on royalty fees (normally due and payable on a weekly basis) for a three month period post re-opening and (4) running promotional programs for the first two months after re-opening to drive cash flow for franchisees. As of April 2021, substantially all franchisees had resumed payment of royalties and other deferred fees.
•
Optimize Liquidity: We increased liquidity by issuing an aggregate of 2,500,000 Class D Units for gross proceeds of $25.0 million and obtaining $10.0 million of additional borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility, which has been fully drawn and bears interest at the index rate defined in the credit agreement plus an applicable margin of 3.5% (4.25% as of March 27, 2021). In exchange for the increased capacity, the applicable margin on the term loan increased by 1.0% to 5.5%. For the twelve months beginning with the period ended June 27, 2020, we are required to maintain $6.0 million of minimum liquidity, as defined by the credit agreement. Additionally, during this twelve-month period, the financial covenant requiring the maintenance of a maximum leverage ratio, as defined by the credit agreement, is not in effect.
•
Reduce Corporate Costs: At our corporate headquarters, we reduced headcount and temporarily furloughed a meaningful proportion of our corporate employee base; further, at our five corporate-owned centers, we temporarily furloughed substantially all employees while those centers were closed. During this furlough period, employees continued receiving benefits from the Company. All temporarily furloughed employees were brought back and all corporate-owned centers had reopened as of December 26, 2020.
There is a significant amount of uncertainty about the duration and severity of the consequences caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. While governmental and non-governmental organizations are engaging in efforts to combat the spread and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and related public health issues, the full extent to which the outbreak of COVID-19 could impact our business, results of operations and financial condition is still unknown and will depend on future developments, including new variants of the virus and spikes in cases in the areas where we operate, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. However, such effects may be material. Our financial statements reflect judgments and estimates that could change in the future as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Significant Factors Impacting Our Financial Results
We believe there are several important factors that have impacted, and that we expect will continue to impact, our business and results of operations. These factors include:
New Center Openings. We expect that new centers will be a key driver of growth in our future revenue and operating profit results. Opening new centers is an important part of our growth strategy, and we expect the majority of our future new centers will be franchisee-owned. Our results of operations have been and will continue to be materially affected by the timing and number of new center openings each period. As centers mature, center revenue and profitability increase significantly. The performance of new centers may vary depending on various factors such as the effective management and cooperation of our franchisee partners, whether the franchise is part of a multi-unit development agreement, the center opening date, the time of year of a particular opening, the number of licensed wax specialists recruited, and the location of the new center, including whether it is located in a new or existing market. Our planned center expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial, administrative, financial, and other resources. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continually attract strong and well capitalized franchisee partners into our development pipeline and to enhance our center management system controls and information systems.
Same-Store Sales Growth. Same-store sales growth is a key driver of our business. Various factors affect same-store sales, including:
•
consumer preferences and overall economic trends;
•
the recurring, non-discretionary nature of personal-care services and purchases;
•
our ability to identify and respond effectively to guest preferences and trends;
•
our ability to provide a variety of service offerings that generate new and repeat visits to our centers;
•
the guest experience we provide in our centers;
•
the availability of experienced wax specialists;
•
our ability to source and deliver products accurately and timely;
•
changes in service or product pricing, including promotional activities;
•
the number of services or items purchased per center visit;
•
center closures in response to state or local regulations due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other health concerns; and
•
the number of centers that have been in operation for more than 52 full weeks.
A new center is included in the same-store sales calculation beginning 52 full weeks after the center’s opening. If a center is closed for greater than six consecutive days, the center is deemed a closed center and is excluded from the calculation of same-store sales until it has been reopened for a continuous 52 full weeks.
Overall Economic Trends. Macroeconomic factors that may affect guest spending patterns, and thereby our results of operations, include employment rates, business conditions, changes in the housing market, the availability of credit, interest rates, tax rates and fuel and energy costs. However, we believe that our guests see our services as non-discretionary in nature, given the rebound in performance in the second half of fiscal year 2020 despite the COVID-19 pandemic. Therefore, we believe that overall economic trends and related changes in consumer behavior have less of an impact on our business than they may have for other industries subject to fluctuations in discretionary consumer spending.
Guest Preferences and Demands. Our ability to maintain our appeal to existing guests and attract new guests depends on our ability to develop and offer a compelling assortment of services responsive to guest preferences and trends. We estimate that more than two-thirds of OOH waxing consumers start waxing by age 29 or earlier. We also believe that OOH waxing is a recurring need that brings guests back for services on a highly recurring basis which is reflected in the predictability of our financial performance over time. Our guests’ routine personal-care need for OOH waxing is further demonstrated by the top 20% of guests who visit us, on average, nearly every four weeks.
Our Ability to Source and Distribute Products Effectively. Our revenue and operating income are affected by our ability to purchase our products and supplies in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. While we believe our vendors have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, our level of revenue could be adversely affected in the event we face constraints in our supply chain, including the inability of our vendors to produce sufficient quantities of some products or supplies in a manner that matches market demand from
our guests, leading to lost revenue. We depend on two key suppliers to source our proprietary wax and one key supplier to source our branded retail products and we are thus exposed to concentration of supplier risk. During fiscal year 2019, our top vendors supplied us with 95% of the wholesale wax product we and our franchisees used to deliver more than 20 million services.
Our Ability to Recruit and Retain Qualified Licensed Wax Specialists for our Centers. Our ability to operate our centers is largely dependent upon our ability to attract and retain qualified, licensed wax specialists. Our unmatched scale enables us to ensure that we universally train our wax specialists at the highest standards, ensuring that our guests experience consistent level of quality, regardless of the specific center they visit. The combination of consistent service delivery, across our trained base of wax specialists, along with the payment ease and convenience of our well-known, pre-paid Wax Pass program fosters loyalty and return visits across our guest base. Over time, our ability to build and maintain a strong pipeline of licensed wax specialists is important to preserving our current brand position.
Seasonality. Our results are subject to seasonality fluctuations in that services are typically in higher demand in periods leading up to holidays and the summer season. The resulting demand trend yields higher system-wide sales in the second and fourth quarter of our fiscal year. In addition, our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, because of several factors, including the timing of center openings, price increases and promotions, and general economic conditions.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
Product Sales: Product sales consist of revenue earned from sales of proprietary wax, other products consumed in administering our wax services and retail merchandise to franchisees, as well as retail merchandise sold in corporate-owned centers. Revenue on product sales is recognized upon transfer of control. Our product sales revenue comprised 56.2% and 55.9% of our total revenue for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively, and 55.1% and 54.2% of our total revenue for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Royalty Fees: Royalty fees are earned based on a percentage of the franchisees’ gross sales, net of retail product sales, as defined in the applicable franchise agreement, and recognized in the period the franchisees’ sales occur. The royalty fee is 6.0% of the franchisees’ gross sales for such period and is paid weekly. Our royalty fees revenue comprised 24.1% and 27.1% of our total revenue for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively, and 24.8% and 23.8% of our total revenue for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Marketing Fees: Marketing fees are earned based on 3.0% of the franchisees’ gross sales, net of retail product sales, as defined in the applicable franchise agreement, and recognized in the period the franchisees’ sales occur. Additionally, the Company charges a fixed monthly fee to franchisees for search engine optimization and search engine marketing services, which is due on a monthly basis and recognized in the period when services are provided. Our marketing fees revenue comprised 13.5% and 10.8% of our total revenue for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively and 13.0% and 14.2% of our total revenue for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Other Revenue: Other revenue primarily consists of service revenues from our corporate-owned centers and franchise fees, as well as technology fees, annual brand conference revenues and training, which together represent 6.2% and 6.2% of our total revenue for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively, and 7.1% and 7.7% of our total revenue for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively. Service revenues from our corporate-owned centers are recognized at the time services are provided. Amounts collected in advance of the period in which service is rendered are recorded as deferred revenue. Franchise fees are paid upon commencement of the franchise agreement and are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis commencing at contract inception through the end of the franchise license term. Franchise agreements generally have terms of ten years beginning on the date the center is opened, which is an average of two years from the date the franchise agreement is signed. Therefore, the franchise fees are typically amortized over a 12-year period. Deferred franchise fees expected to be recognized in periods greater than 12 months from the reporting date are classified as long-term on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Technology fees, annual brand conference revenues and training are recognized as the related services are delivered and are not material to the overall business.
Costs and Expenses
Cost of Revenue: Cost of revenue primarily consists of the direct costs associated with wholesale product and retail merchandise sold, including distribution and outbound freight costs and inventory obsolescence charges, as well as the cost of materials and labor for services rendered in our corporate-owned centers.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of wages, benefits and other compensation-related costs, rent, software, and other administrative expenses incurred to support our existing franchise and corporate-owned centers, as well as expenses attributable to growth and development activities. Also included in selling, general and administrative expenses are accounting, legal, marketing operations, and other professional fees.
Advertising Expenses: Advertising expenses consist of advertising, public relations, and administrative expenses incurred to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of the European Wax Center brand.
Depreciation and Amortization: Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation of property and equipment and capitalized leasehold improvements, as well as amortization of intangible assets, including franchisee relationships and reacquired area representative rights. Area representative rights represent an agreement with area representatives to sell franchise licenses and provide support to franchisees in a geographic region. From time to time, the Company enters into agreements to reacquire certain area representative rights.
Loss on Non-Cancellable Contracts: During fiscal years 2020 and 2019, we recorded losses on non-cancellable contracts of $1.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively, as a result of the early discontinuation of use of technology licensed under multi-year contracts.
Loss on Disposal of Assets: During fiscal year 2019, we recorded a $1.9 million loss on disposal of assets used in our previous corporate offices, in connection with the relocation of our corporate headquarters to Texas.
Impairment of Internally Developed Software: During fiscal year 2019, we identified a third-party point-of-sale software solution that provided specific functionality that were previously thought to be unavailable in a third-party solution. Partnering with this third-party provider was assessed to be more capital efficient over time than continuing to develop similar capabilities internally. As a result, we abandoned our in-process, internally developed point-of-sale solution and recorded an impairment charge of $18.2 million.
Gain on Sale of Centers: During fiscal year 2019, we recorded a $2.1 million gain on the sale of seven corporate-owned centers to one of our larger multi-unit franchisee operators, representing proceeds in excess of the carrying value of the related assets. We will opportunistically evaluate the purchase, sale, and disposition of corporate-owned centers as part of our ongoing market optimization strategy.
Interest Expense: Interest expense consists of interest on our long-term debt, including amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility, as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.
Post-Offering Non-Controlling Interest and Expenses
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will be appointed as the sole managing member of EWC Ventures. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of EWC Ventures and will also have a substantial financial interest in EWC Ventures, we will consolidate the financial results of EWC Ventures, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the non-controlling interest to reflect the entitlement of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members to a portion of EWC Ventures’ net income (loss).
After consummation of this offering, we will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of EWC Ventures and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur new expenses related to our operations as a public company, plus payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for more information regarding the post-offering non-controlling interest and expenses.
Results of Operations
The following tables presents our Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the periods indicated (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
For the Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
$
Change
|
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,617 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,345 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
12.4% |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
(51) |
|
|
|
|
|
-0.6% |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
4,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,559 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,375 |
|
|
|
|
|
38.6% |
|
|
Other revenue
|
|
|
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,018 |
|
|
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
|
|
|
11.8% |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
36,657 |
|
|
|
|
|
32,823 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,834 |
|
|
|
|
|
11.7% |
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
9,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,678 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
14.4% |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
11,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,378 |
|
|
|
|
|
688 |
|
|
|
|
|
6.6% |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
4,884 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,196 |
|
|
|
|
|
32.4% |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
5,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.9% |
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
31,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
12.2% |
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
|
|
5,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,181 |
|
|
|
|
|
457 |
|
|
|
|
|
8.8% |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
(4,536) |
|
|
|
|
|
(4,222) |
|
|
|
|
|
(314) |
|
|
|
|
|
7.4% |
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
959 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
143 |
|
|
|
|
|
14.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
|
$
Change
|
|
|
%
Change
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,977 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
83,620 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(26,643) |
|
|
|
|
|
-31.9% |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
25,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
36,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
(11,063) |
|
|
|
|
|
-30.1% |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
13,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,972 |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,507) |
|
|
|
|
|
-38.7% |
|
|
Other revenue
|
|
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
11,868 |
|
|
|
|
|
(4,577) |
|
|
|
|
|
-38.6% |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
103,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
154,197 |
|
|
|
|
|
(50,790) |
|
|
|
|
|
-32.9% |
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
35,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
40,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,390) |
|
|
|
|
|
-13.2% |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
38,997 |
|
|
|
|
|
64,967 |
|
|
|
|
|
(25,970) |
|
|
|
|
|
-40.0% |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
11,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,132 |
|
|
|
|
|
(9,637) |
|
|
|
|
|
-45.6% |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
15,534 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,048 |
|
|
|
|
|
26.1% |
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets and non-cancellable contracts
|
|
|
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
(3,407) |
|
|
|
|
|
-76.5% |
|
|
Impairment of internally developed software
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
18,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
(18,183) |
|
|
|
|
|
-100.0% |
|
|
Gain on sale of centers
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,120) |
|
|
|
|
|
2,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
-100.0% |
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
106,626 |
|
|
|
|
|
163,045 |
|
|
|
|
|
(56,419) |
|
|
|
|
|
-34.6% |
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
|
|
(3,219) |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,848) |
|
|
|
|
|
5,629 |
|
|
|
|
|
-63.6% |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
(18,276) |
|
|
|
|
|
(15,548) |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,728) |
|
|
|
|
|
17.5% |
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,901 |
|
|
|
|
|
-11.9% |
|
|
The following table presents the components of our Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the periods indicated, as a percentage of revenue:
|
|
|
For the Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
|
56.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
55.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
55.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
54.2% |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
24.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
27.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
24.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
23.8% |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
13.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
10.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
13.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
14.2% |
|
|
Other revenue
|
|
|
|
|
6.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
6.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
7.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
7.7% |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
27.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
26.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
34.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
26.5% |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
30.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
31.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
37.7% |
|
|
|
|
|
42.1% |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
13.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
11.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
11.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
13.7% |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
14.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
14.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
18.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1% |
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets and non-cancellable contracts
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
2.9% |
|
|
Impairment of internally developed software
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
11.8% |
|
|
Gain on sale of centers
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
-1.4% |
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
84.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
84.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
103.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
105.7% |
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
|
|
15.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
15.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
-3.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
-5.7% |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
-12.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
-12.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
-17.7% |
|
|
|
|
|
-10.1% |
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
3.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
2.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
-20.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
-15.8% |
|
|
Comparison of the 13 Weeks Ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020
Revenue
Total revenue increased $3.8 million, or 11.7%, to $36.7 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $32.8 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in revenue was largely due to increased product sales and marketing fees. The increase in product sales was primarily attributable to shipments of a new product line launched during the first 13 weeks of 2021 to franchisees. The increase in marketing fees in the current year period was primarily the result of our decision to waive marketing fees in 2020 to provide relief to our franchisees from the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Product Sales
Product sales increased $2.3 million, or 12.4%, to $20.6 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $18.3 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in product sales was primarily attributable to shipments of a new product line launched during the first 13 weeks of 2021 to franchisees.
Royalty Fees
Royalty fees for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 decreased 0.6% compared to the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The slight decrease in royalty fees was primarily due to lower network revenues in the first 13 weeks of 2021 as centers continued to reopen and ramp back up to pre-COVID revenue levels. This decrease was mostly offset by the opening of 50 new centers during the period from March 28, 2020 to March 27, 2021.
Marketing Fees
Marketing fees increased $1.4 million, or 38.6%, to $4.9 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $3.5 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in marketing fees in the current
year period was primarily the result of our decision to waive marketing fees in 2020 to provide relief to our franchisees from the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Other Revenue
Other revenue increased $0.2 million, or 11.8%, to $2.2 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $2.0 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in other revenue in the current year period was primarily the result of our decision to waive technology fees in 2020 to provide relief to our franchisees from the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Costs and Expenses
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue increased $1.3 million, or 14.4%, to $9.9 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $8.6 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in cost of revenue was largely the result of shipments of the new product line launched during the first 13 weeks of 2021 to franchisees.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or 6.6%, to $11.1 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $10.4 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increased professional fees and corporate reorganization costs incurred in preparation for our initial public offering. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in commissions resulting from the reacquisition of rights from certain area representatives and a decrease in relocation costs in the first 13 weeks of 2021 compared to the first 13 weeks of 2020.
Advertising
Advertising expenses increased $1.2 million, or 32.4%, to $4.9 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $3.7 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in advertising expense resulted from efforts to expand our marketing activities following the reopening of our centers as COVID-related restrictions were lifted.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased $0.2 million, or 4.9%, to $5.1 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $4.9 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily driven by an increase in amortization expense for the additional reacquired rights from area representatives completed during fiscal years 2020 and 2021.
Interest Expense
Interest expense increased $0.3 million, or 7.4%, to $4.5 million during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, compared to $4.2 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the additional $10.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility in the first 13 weeks of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020.
Comparison of Fiscal Year 2020 and Fiscal Year 2019
Revenue
Total revenue decreased $50.8 million, or 32.9%, to $103.4 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $154.2 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease in revenue was a direct result of the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in temporary center closures and fewer customer visits during fiscal year 2020, as well as the impact of the sale of seven corporate-owned centers in May 2019 on service revenues, year over year. These decreases were slightly offset by the opening of new centers.
Product Sales
Product sales decreased $26.6 million, or 31.9%, to $57.0 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $83.6 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease in product sales was a direct result of the temporary center closures and fewer customer visits during fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. This decrease was modestly offset by the opening of new centers.
Royalty Fees
Royalty fees decreased $11.0 million, or 30.1%, to $25.7 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $36.7 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease in royalty fees was a direct result of the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on network revenues, attributable to temporary center closures and fewer customer visits during fiscal year 2020. This decrease was modestly offset by the opening of new centers.
Marketing Fees
Marketing fees decreased $8.5 million, or 38.7%, to $13.5 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $22.0 million in fiscal year 2019. In line with the product sales and royalty fees, the decrease in marketing fee revenues was a direct result of the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on network revenues.
Other Revenue
Other revenue decreased $4.6 million, or 38.6%, to $7.3 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $11.9 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease in other revenue was driven by the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on network revenues, as well as the impact of the sale of seven corporate owned centers to franchisees in May 2019 on service revenues, year over year.
Costs and Expenses
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue decreased $5.4 million, or 13.2%, to $35.5 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $40.9 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease in cost of revenue was primarily driven by the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on revenues. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in the inventory obsolescence reserve during fiscal year 2020 related to a pilot program for certain retail products with a limited shelf-life that did not have a chance to scale, due to COVID-19, as well as a planned product restaging effort approved by management during fiscal year 2020.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $26.0 million, or 40.0%, to $39.0 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $65.0 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was due to a $9.2 million decrease in commissions resulting from the reacquisition of rights from certain area representatives during fiscal year 2020, as described in our notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 8—Goodwill and intangible assets, net) contained elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as $6.9 million of costs incurred during fiscal year 2019 related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters from Florida to Texas (with no comparable costs in fiscal year 2020). The relocation costs are primarily comprised of employee relocation costs, severance, retention and exit costs for abandoned leases. In addition, payroll and payroll-related costs decreased $5.3 million, largely due to a reduction and temporary furlough of certain corporate employees in response to the COVID-19 pandemic as well as a reduction in wages for employees of the corporate-owned centers due to temporary center closures.
Advertising
Advertising expenses decreased $9.6 million, or 45.6%, to $11.5 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $21.1 million in fiscal year 2019. The decrease in advertising expenses was primarily driven by the COVID-19 pandemic as these efforts were suspended in line with the temporary center closures.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased $4.0 million, or 26.1%, to $19.5 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $15.5 million in fiscal year 2019. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily driven by an increase in amortization expense for the additional reacquired rights from area representatives completed during fiscal years 2019 and 2020, partially offset by the impact of assets written off related to our corporate headquarter relocation to Texas.
Loss on Disposal of Assets and Non-Cancellable Contracts
Loss on disposal of assets and non-cancellable contracts decreased $3.4 million, or 76.5%, to $1.1 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $4.5 million in fiscal year 2019. During fiscal year 2020, we recorded a $1.1 million loss on non-cancellable contracts related to the early termination of a multi-year software contract. During fiscal year 2019, we recorded a $2.5 million loss on non-cancellable contracts as a result of the cancellation of a multi-year contract related to the abandonment of the in-process, internally developed point of sale system, as well as a $1.9 million loss on disposal of assets used in our previous corporate offices, in connection with the relocation of corporate headquarters to Texas.
Impairment of Internally Developed Software
During fiscal year 2019, we recorded an impairment charge of $18.2 million resulting from the abandonment of software development in process for an internally developed point of sale system. There were no comparable impairment charges incurred in fiscal year 2020.
Gain on Sale of Centers
During fiscal year 2019, we recorded a gain on the sale of seven corporate-owned centers of $2.1 million, representing proceeds in excess of the carrying value of the related assets. There were no comparable gains recorded in fiscal year 2020.
Interest Expense
Interest expense increased $2.7 million, or 17.5%, to $18.3 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $15.6 million in fiscal year 2019. The increase in interest expense was driven by: (1) incremental borrowings on our term loan of $40.0 million in April 2019 and $15.0 million in January 2020, which were primarily utilized to fund the reacquisition of area representative rights, and (2) the additional $10.0 million in capacity from our revolving credit facility, which we requested from our lenders in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, to increase liquidity and financial flexibility during uncertain times. Upon obtaining the increased capacity on the revolver, we drew down the additional $10.0 million, which bears interest at the index rate defined in the credit agreement, plus the applicable margin of 3.5%. In exchange for the increased capacity, interest on our term loan increased to the index rate defined in the agreement, plus an applicable margin of 5.5%.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our GAAP financial results, we believe the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in evaluating our performance. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as substitutes for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental information purposes only and may be different from similarly titled metrics or measures presented by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP and a further discussion of how we use non-GAAP financial measures is provided below.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA, which eliminates the impact of certain expenses that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance, provides useful information to investors to assess the performance of our business. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain additional non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance of our core operations. These items include exit costs related to leases of abandoned space, IPO-related costs, non-cash equity-based compensation expense, corporate
headquarters office relocation, and other one-time expenses. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance in addition to EBITDA because it eliminates the impact of other items that we believe reduce the comparability of our underlying core business performance from period to period and is therefore useful to our investors in comparing the core performance of our business from period to period. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to differences in methods of calculation.
A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
959 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
4,536 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
18,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
15,548 |
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
|
|
371 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,198 |
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
4,710 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,527 |
|
|
|
|
|
17,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
13,336 |
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,776 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,079 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,363 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,686 |
|
|
Impairment of internally developed software(1)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
18,183 |
|
|
Exit costs – lease abandonment(2)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
778 |
|
|
Corporate headquarter relocation(3)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
483 |
|
|
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,097 |
|
|
Share-based compensation(4)
|
|
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,052 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,570 |
|
|
IPO-related costs(5)
|
|
|
|
|
1,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Other compensation-related costs(6)
|
|
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
|
|
577 |
|
|
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,534 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,712 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,001 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
34,005 |
|
|
(1)
Represents costs related to the abandonment of our internally developed point-of-sale software system prior to implementation of a third-party cloud-based system.
(2)
Represents exit costs related to abandoned leases resulting from our corporate headquarters relocation.
(3)
Represents costs related to employee relocation, severance and moving fees resulting from our corporate headquarter relocation.
(4)
Represents non-cash equity-based compensation expense.
(5)
Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in preparation for initial public offering.
(6)
Represents costs related to reorganization driven by COVID-19 and buildup of executive leadership team.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We measure liquidity in terms of our ability to fund the cash requirements of our business operations, including working capital needs, capital expenditures, contractual obligations and debt service with cash flows from operations and other sources of funding. Our primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash provided from operating activities, cash and cash equivalents on hand, proceeds from our secured term loan and revolving credit facility and proceeds from the issuance of equity to our members. We had cash and cash equivalents of $28.7 million as of March 27, 2021.
We believe that our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to finance our continued operations and growth strategy for at least the next twelve months. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are working capital, capital expenditures to grow our network of centers, debt servicing costs, and general corporate needs. We have in the past, and may in the future, refinance our existing indebtedness with new debt arrangements and utilize a portion of borrowings to return capital to our stockholders. We anticipate additional cash obligations as a result of the Tax Receivable Agreements described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements”.
We expect capital expenditures for the year ending December 25, 2021 (“fiscal year 2021”) to be approximately $2.0 million. The majority of these capital expenditures will be to support investments in technology, including enhancements to data infrastructure and our e-commerce platform, as well as general investments in our
corporate-owned centers. We anticipate our cash on hand and future cash flows from operations will provide the funds needed to meet our anticipated capital expenditure needs in fiscal year 2021.
We also have contractual obligations, including non-cancellable operating leases for office space and various retail locations, with terms expiring through February 2028. Rent expense from our operating leases was $3.1 million and $2.8 million for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively, included in selling, general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Future minimum annual rental payments required under these operating lease agreements as of December 26, 2020 is presented within the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements (Note 12—Commitments and contingencies), included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additionally, we have various contractual commitments with third parties whereby we expect to pay $6.4 million in fiscal year 2021, through cash on hand and operating cash flows.
As described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements (Note 19—Subsequent events), included elsewhere in this prospectus, on December 31, 2020, we entered an agreement to reacquire certain area representative rights totaling approximately $7.25 million, which is to be paid through cash on hand. This agreement provided for the Company to pay approximately $4.0 million upon execution of the agreement (on December 31, 2020), and the remaining $3.25 million was paid in May 2021.
Our assessment of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and our future capital requirements could vary because of many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to acquire new centers and expand into new markets, and the expansion of sales and marketing activities. We may, in the future, enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, or if we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.
Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility
Our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of a $245.0 million term loan and a revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the term loan bear interest at an index rate as defined in the credit agreement plus an applicable margin of 5.5% (6.5% at March 27, 2021), payable quarterly through December 28, 2019 and monthly thereafter. The term loan requires principal payments equal to approximately $2.4 million per fiscal year, payable in quarterly installments with the final scheduled principal payment on the outstanding term loan borrowings due on September 25, 2024. Beginning in fiscal year 2020, additional principal payments could become due in May of each year, which are based upon a calculation of Excess Cash Flow, as defined by the credit agreement. No such additional principal payments were required in May 2021 or 2020.
In May 2020, we amended the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility to increase the borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility by $10.0 million, to an aggregate amount of up to $30.0 million. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at an index rate defined in the credit agreement plus an applicable margin of 3.5% (4.25% at March 27, 2021), payable monthly. The revolving credit facility was fully drawn as of March 27, 2021 and expires on September 25, 2024.
In consideration of the increased capacity on the revolving credit facility, the applicable margin on the term loan increased by 1.0%, to 5.5%. Additionally, beginning with the month ended June 27, 2020 and for the 12 months thereafter, we are required to maintain $6.0 million of minimum liquidity, as defined by the credit agreement. During such period, the financial covenant requiring us to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio (as described below) is not in effect.
The credit agreement governing our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility requires us to comply with a number of affirmative and negative covenants, including certain restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens against our assets, sales of our assets and other restrictions on payments. The credit agreement also contains a quarterly maintenance covenant that requires us to maintain a net leverage ratio (as defined in the credit
agreement) that does not exceed 8.75 to 1.00. As described above and in accordance with the terms of the May 2020 amendment to the credit agreement, this maintenance covenant is not in effect beginning with the month ended June 27, 2020 and for the 12 months thereafter. The requirement to be in compliance with the maintenance covenant will resume beginning with the fiscal period beginning June 27, 2021. Failure to comply with our covenants would result in an event of default under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility unless waived by our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility lenders. An event of default under our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility. As of March 27, 2021, the minimum net leverage ratio covenant was not in effect as a result of the amendment to the credit agreement described above. For additional information regarding our long-term debt activity, see the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements (Note 10—Long-term debt, net) and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements (Note 7—Long-term debt, net) contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
As described under “Prospectus Summary—New Senior Secured Credit Facility,” we intend to pay down, refinance or otherwise retire and terminate all indebtedness under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility (as well as pay the transaction costs related thereto) using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, as well as borrowings under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility following the completion of this offering.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
In December 2018, we entered an interest rate cap derivative instrument which was designated as a cash flow hedge at inception. Our objective is to mitigate the impact of interest expense fluctuations on our profitability resulting from interest rate changes by capping the LIBOR component of the interest rate at 4.5% on $175.0 million of our long-term debt, as the interest rate cap provides for payments from the counterparty when LIBOR rises above 4.5%. The interest rate cap has a $175.0 million notional amount and is effective December 31, 2018, for the monthly periods from and including January 31, 2019 through September 25, 2024. The interest rate cap has a deferred premium; accordingly, the Company will pay a monthly premium for the interest rate cap over the term of the agreement. The annual premium is equal to 0.11486% on the notional amount.
Changes in the cash flows of interest rate cap derivatives designated as hedges are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in interest payments on a principal balance equal to the designated derivative’s notional amount, attributable to the hedged risk.
We recognize as assets or liabilities at fair value the estimated amounts we would receive or pay upon a termination of the interest rate cap prior to the scheduled maturity date. As of March 27, 2021, the fair value of the interest rate cap derivative instrument was estimated to be a liability of $0.4 million, with $0.2 million classified within Other current liabilities and $0.2 million within Other long-term liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value is based on information that is model-driven and whose inputs were observable.
Tax Receivable Agreement
Generally, we are required under the Tax Receivable Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” to make payments to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members that are generally equal to 85% of the applicable cash tax savings, if any, that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize, calculated using certain assumptions) as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize in full the potential tax benefit described above, we estimate that payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement would aggregate to approximately $58.7 million over 15 years from the date of the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of Class A common
stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and assuming all future Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges would occur on the date of this offering. The actual amounts we will be required to pay may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, because potential future tax savings that we will be deemed to realize, and the Tax Receivable Agreement payments made by us, will be calculated based in part on the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of each Share Exchange or Cash Exchange and the prevailing applicable federal tax rate (plus the assumed combined state and local tax rate) applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement and will depend on our generating sufficient taxable income to realize the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Subject to the discussion in the following paragraph below, such payments will occur only after we have filed our U.S. federal and state income tax returns and realized the cash tax savings from the favorable tax attributes. The first payment would be due after the filing of our tax return for the year ended December 31, 2021, which is due March 15, 2022, but the due date can be extended until September 15, 2022. Future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in respect of future Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges would be in addition to these amounts. We currently expect to fund these payments from cash flow from operations generated by our subsidiaries as well as from excess tax distributions that we receive from our subsidiaries. To the extent we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason (including because our credit agreement restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us), under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement such payments will be deferred and accrue interest until paid. If we are unable to make payments due to insufficient funds, such payments may be deferred indefinitely while accruing interest until paid, which could negatively impact our results of operations and could also affect our liquidity in future periods in which such deferred payments are made.
Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, as a result of certain types of transactions and other factors, including a transaction resulting in a change of control, we may also be required to make payments to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in amounts equal to the present value of future payments we are obligated to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. If the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are accelerated, we may be required to raise additional debt or equity to fund such payments. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason (including because our credit agreement restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us), under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. If we are unable to make payments due to insufficient funds to make such payments, such payments may be deferred indefinitely while accruing interest until paid, which could negatively impact our results of operations and could also affect our liquidity in future periods in which such deferred payments are made. For a full description of the Tax Receivable Agreement, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure—We will be required to pay the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
Summary Statements of Cash Flows
The following table sets forth the major components of our consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods presented:
|
|
|
For the Thirteen Weeks Ended
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
March 28,
2020
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,987) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,450 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,397 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
14,701 |
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
(4,499) |
|
|
|
|
|
(29,512) |
|
|
|
|
|
(36,843) |
|
|
|
|
|
(40,694) |
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
(1,547) |
|
|
|
|
|
29,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
61,902 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,807 |
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
|
|
|
|
$ |
(8,033) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,644 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
26,456 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,814 |
|
|
Operating Activities
During the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $2.0 million, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $1.5 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020, a decrease of $3.5 million. This decrease was primarily the result of the increase in working capital requirements during the first 13 weeks of 2021 exceeding the working capital increase for the first 13 weeks of 2020. The increase in
working capital requirements in 2021 was primarily attributable to increases of $8.2 million and $4.4 million in accounts receivable and inventory, respectively, resulting from shipments of a new product line launched during the first 13 weeks of 2021. In addition, prepaid expenses and other assets increased $3.5 million largely due to deferred charges relating to our initial public offering and increased prepaid marketing expenditures resulting from efforts to expand our marketing activities following the reopening of our centers as COVID-related restrictions were lifted. These increases in working capital requirements were partially offset by a $7.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses largely driven by increased inventory purchases, holdbacks on payments for reacquired area representative rights and accrued professional fees.
For fiscal year 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $1.4 million, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $14.7 million in fiscal year 2019, a decrease of $13.3 million. The decrease was primarily driven by the overall negative impact of COVID-19 on our fiscal year 2020 operating results, and a $10.5 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities was due to decreases of approximately $3.2 million of accounts payable, driven by timing of check runs and timing of vendor invoices, approximately $2.1 million of accrued bonus, approximately $2.1 million related to an insurance settlement that was accrued during 2019 and relieved during 2020, approximately $1.7 million of accrued severance, primarily related to the corporate headquarter relocation in fiscal year 2019, and approximately $0.7 million of other accruals related to corporate headquarter relocation costs.
Investing Activities
During the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, we used $4.3 million and $28.2 million of cash, respectively, for the reacquisition of area representative rights. Investing activities related to capital expenditures were $0.2 million in in the first 13 weeks of 2021 and $1.3 million in the first 13 weeks of 2020, respectively.
In fiscal years 2020 and 2019, we used $34.7 million and $33.2 million, respectively, for the reacquisition of area representative rights. Investing activities related to capital expenditures, including investments in new, remodeled, relocated and refreshed centers, were $2.2 million in fiscal year 2020 and $9.3 million in fiscal year 2019, respectively. Capital expenditures in fiscal year 2019 included investments in an internally developed point of sale solution which was subsequently abandoned and written off in fiscal 2019, and property and equipment related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters from Florida to Texas during the year.
Financing Activities
Financing activities during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 primarily consisted of $0.9 million in repurchases of Class A Units and a $0.6 million principal payment on our term loan. Financing activities during the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020 primarily consisted of additional funding obtained to optimize our cash position in preparation for a potential, prolonged impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, and to support our investments in the reacquisition of area representative rights. In the first 13 weeks of 2020 we drew down $17.0 million on our revolving credit facility and increased our term loan by $15.0 million.
Financing activities during fiscal year 2020 primarily consisted of additional funding obtained to optimize our cash position in preparation for a potential, prolonged impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, and to support our investments in the reacquisition of area representative rights. In fiscal year 2020 we drew down $27.0 million on our revolving credit facility and increased our term loan by $15.0 million. In fiscal year 2020 we also received $24.9 million in contributions from members. Financing activities during fiscal year 2019 primarily consisted of additional funding obtained to support our investments in the reacquisition of area representative rights. We distributed $1.8 million and $5.2 million to our members in fiscal year 2020 and 2019 for estimated taxes, respectively.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.
The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions and judgements that we believe have the most significant impact on our financial statements are described below.
Revenue Recognition: Revenue from contracts with customers consists primarily of product sales, royalties, marketing fees and other fees resulting from our franchise agreements.
Product sales primarily include the sale of proprietary wax and other products used in the provision of wax services to franchisees, as well as retail merchandise sold in corporate-owned centers. Revenue on product sales is recognized when control transfers. Generally, customers take control when the risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the customer.
Royalty fees are earned based on a percentage of franchisees’ gross sales, net of retail product sales, as defined in the applicable franchise agreement. Our franchise agreement royalties represent sales-based royalties that are related entirely to our performance obligation under the applicable franchise agreement and are recognized as franchise sales occur.
Marketing fees are primarily earned based on a percentage of franchisees’ gross sales, net of retail product sales and a fixed fee for search engine optimization and marketing services.
Franchise fees consist primarily of revenues earned from the delivery of services to franchisees over the franchise license term. The Company’s primary performance obligations under the franchise license center are granting the use of the European Wax Center trademarks, system, training, preopening assistance and operating assistance in exchange for franchise fees. The rights to use the Company’s intellectual property and all other services the Company provides under the applicable franchise agreement are highly interrelated, not distinct within the contract, and therefore accounted for under ASC 606 as a single performance obligation, which is satisfied by granting certain rights to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.
Initial franchise fees are payable by the franchisee upon signing a new franchise agreement and are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis commencing at contract inception through the end of the franchise license term. Franchise agreements generally have terms of ten years. These agreements also convey one extension term up to ten years, depending on contract terms and if certain conditions are met. Amounts collected in advance for franchise fees are recorded as deferred franchise fees on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Inventory Valuation: Our inventories are substantially comprised of wax, wholesale products consumed in the application of wax services and European Wax Center branded products including in-grown hair serums, exfoliates, body washes, lotions, and creams. Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the FIFO method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. We record adjustments to our inventory reserves if the cost of a specific product on hand exceeds the amount we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or disposal of the inventory. These estimates are based on management’s judgment regarding future demand, age of inventory, and analysis of historical experience. If actual demand or market conditions are different than those projected by management, future results may be unfavorably or favorably affected by adjustments to these estimates. We do not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our inventory reserves.
Goodwill: Goodwill is recognized for the excess of the fair value of an acquired entity over the amounts assigned to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination and is not subject to amortization. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment annually on October 1 of the fiscal year, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Factors that could trigger an impairment test include, but are not limited to, underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually at a reporting unit level. We have determined that we have one reporting unit which is the same as our sole operating segment. We first perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill, a Step 0 analysis, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value we perform a quantitative impairment test. This test identifies both the existence of and the amount of goodwill impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit
to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value an impairment loss is recognized in amount equal to that excess, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. It is possible that changes in circumstances or changes in management’s judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in an impairment charge of a portion or all of its goodwill. No impairment charge was recognized for goodwill for fiscal years 2020 or 2019.
We make various estimates and assumptions in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting unit using a combination of discounted cash flow models and valuations based on earnings multiples for guideline public companies and transactions in each reporting unit’s industry peer group, when externally quoted market prices are not readily available. Discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions, including projected business results, long-term growth factors and discount rate. Management judgement is involved in estimating these variables, and they include inherent uncertainties since they are forecasting future events. We perform sensitivity analyses by using a range of inputs to confirm the reasonableness of the long-term growth rate and discount rate estimates.
We performed our annual goodwill impairment using the quantitative approach as of October 1, 2020 and concluded there was no impairment as of that date. The impairment test concluded that the reporting unit had a fair value in excess of its respective carrying amount. We believe our use of significant assumptions within our valuation models are reasonable estimates of likely future events. Subsequent to this annual impairment test, no additional indications of an impairment were identified.
Significant assumptions inherent in the valuation methodologies include estimates of future projected business results (principally revenue and EBITDA), long-term growth rates, and the discount rate. We performed sensitivity analyses by using a range of inputs to confirm the reasonableness of long-term growth rate and discount rate estimates. Significant assumptions utilized in the impairment analysis performed during the fourth quarter of 2020 included the weighted-average cost of capital of 14.5%, and a terminal growth rate of 4%. Based on the sensitivity analysis performed on these two key assumptions in the discounted cash flow model, a 100 basis point decrease in the long-term growth factor assumption or a 100 basis point increase in the discount rate assumption would not have resulted in a fair value below the reporting unit’s carrying value. For additional information related to our goodwill, see the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements (Note 8—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net) contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Intangible Assets: Intangible assets primarily consist of franchisee relationships, trade names and reacquired area representative rights. Franchisee relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of ten years. Reacquired rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining expected term of the agreement with the area representative. The initial term of the area representative agreements is ten years with an additional ten-year renewal at the option of the area representative. Trade names were deemed to have an indefinite life. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment annually as of October 1 of the fiscal year, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Factors that could trigger an impairment test include, but are not limited to, underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets, including our trade names, are tested for impairment at the unit of account. We first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying amount. When necessary, a quantitative impairment test is performed by determining the fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the difference. If an intangible asset that is not being amortized is subsequently determined to have a finite useful life, that asset is tested for impairment. After recognition of the impairment, if any, the asset is amortized prospectively over its estimated remaining useful life and accounted for in the same manner as other intangible assets that are subject to amortization.
When a quantitative analysis is performed, we test these assets using a “relief-from-royalty” valuation method to determine the fair value. Significant assumptions inherent in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, future projected business results, growth rates, the discount rate for a market participant, and royalty rates. No impairment charge was recognized for our intangible assets for fiscal years 2020 or 2019.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our term loan and revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate.
Our Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility bears, and our New Senior Secured Credit Facility will bear, interest at a variable index rate plus an applicable margin, as defined in the applicable credit agreement. Accordingly, increases in the variable index rate could increase our interest payments under each agreement. An increase of 100 basis points in the variable index rate would not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
To mitigate our exposure to rising interest rates, we entered into an interest rate cap agreement in December 2018 to limit the variable index rate (1-month LIBOR) to 4.5% on $175.0 million of principal outstanding on our term loan. The agreement was effective on December 31, 2018 and applies to interest payments from and including January 31, 2019 through September 25, 2024.
Foreign Currency Risk
We are not currently exposed to significant market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates; however, we have contracted with and may continue to contract with foreign vendors. Our operations may be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in the future.
Commodity Price Risk
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in commodity prices. Our primary exposure to commodity price risk is the pricing of our proprietary wax purchased from our significant suppliers, which may be adjusted upwards or downwards based on changes in prices of certain raw materials used in the production process. To date, there have been no price adjustments due to changes in raw material prices.
JOBS Act
The Company is an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”) and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with those standards. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This may make it difficult to compare our financial results with the financial results of another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has chosen not to take advantage of the extended transition period exemptions because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of being an Emerging Growth Company”.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about recent accounting pronouncements, the timing of their adoption and our assessment, to the extent we have made one, of the potential impact of the pronouncements on our financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.
BUSINESS
Inspiring Confidence
We revolutionized the market for out-of-home hair removal services by creating the first professionalized model exclusively focused on providing high-quality waxing experiences for guests. We take wax-based hair removal seriously because waxing is an integral part of our guests’ recurring personal-care and beauty regimens, and our guests trust us to give them an unparalleled experience. Our waxing services provide an efficient and relatively painless means of removing unwanted hair from our guests’ bodies and faces. Our mission is to ensure that every guest who walks through our doors leaves feeling unapologetically confident. A 15-minute appointment at one of our centers can transform someone’s mood, someone’s day — even their perception of themselves.
Our culture is built on four core values, creating an environment that unleashes the power of our associates to be their authentic selves and builds trust amongst our guests:
•
We care about each other
•
We delight our guests
•
We do the right thing
•
We have fun while being awesome
Our operating philosophy focuses on the 360-degree guest experience, ensuring that every time a guest visits one of our European Wax Centers, they “walk in and strut out”.
Our guest obsession combined with the simplicity and scale of our asset-light franchise platform enables us to deliver millions of trusted, efficacious, and accessible waxing services each year.
European Wax Center: “Experts in Wax and Champions of Confidence”
We are the largest and fastest-growing franchisor and operator of OOH waxing services in the United States by number of centers and system-wide sales. We delivered over 21 million waxing services in 2019 and over 13 million waxing services in 2020 generating more than $687 million and $469 million of system-wide sales, respectively, across our highly-franchised network. We have a leading portfolio of centers operating in 808 locations across 44 states as of March 27, 2021. Of these locations, 803 are franchised centers operated by franchisees and five are corporate-owned centers.
The European Wax Center brand is trusted, efficacious and accessible. Our culture is obsessed with our guest experience and we deliver a superior guest experience relative to smaller chains and independent salons. We offer guests high-quality, hygienic waxing services administered by our licensed, EWC-trained estheticians (our “wax specialists”), at our accessible and welcoming locations (our “centers”). Our technology-enabled guest interface simplifies and streamlines the guest experience with automated appointment scheduling and remote check-in capabilities, ensuring guest visits are convenient, hassle-free, and consistent across our network of centers. Our well-known, pre-paid Wax Pass program makes payment easy and convenient, fostering loyalty and return visits. Guests view us as a non-discretionary part of their personal-care and beauty regimens, providing us with a highly predictable and growing recurring revenue model.
Our asset-light franchise platform delivers capital-efficient growth, significant cash flow generation, and resilience through economic cycles. Our centers are 99% owned and operated by our franchisees who benefit from superior unit-level economics, with mature centers generating annual cash-on-cash returns in excess of 60%. The highly consistent and recurring demand for our services and the competitive advantages provided by our scale have resulted in ten consecutive years of same-store sales and system-wide sales growth through 2019 as illustrated by the following graphs. We believe we can nearly quadruple our center count within the next 15 years to over 3,000 locations in the United States.
ANNUAL SAME-STORE SALES GROWTH
ANNUAL SYSTEM-WIDE SALES GROWTH
($ in millions)
In partnership with our franchisees, we fiercely protect our points of differentiation that attract new guests, build meaningful relationships and promote lasting retention. Our NPS of 85 demonstrates our guests’ devotion to our brand. We are so confident in our ability to delight that we have always offered all of our guests their first wax free.
Hair removal solutions are consistently in demand, given the recurring nature of hair growth. The OOH waxing market is the fastest-growing hair removal solution in the United States, defined by a total addressable domestic market of $18 billion with annualized growth that is approximately twice as high as other hair removal alternatives. European Wax Center is the category-defining brand within this rapidly growing market and became so by professionalizing a highly fragmented sector where service consistency, hygiene, and customer trust were not historically offered. We are approximately six times larger than the next largest waxing-focused competitor by center count and approximately ten times larger by system-wide sales. Our unmatched scale enables us to drive broader brand awareness, ensures our licensed wax specialists are universally trained at the highest standards, and drives consistent financial performance across each center.
Under the stewardship of our CEO, David Berg, and the other management team members, we have prioritized building a culture of performance, success, and inclusivity. Additionally, we have intensified our focus on enhancing the guest experience and have invested significantly in our corporate infrastructure and marketing capabilities to continue our track record of sustainable growth. The foundation for our next chapter of growth is firmly in place.
Our Recent Financial Performance
Financial Performance in 2019
During 2019, we administered more than 21 million services and grew our center count to 750. We generated more than $687 million of system-wide sales and $154 million of net revenue. Net loss was $24 million and Adjusted EBITDA was $34 million in 2019.
Performance in 2020 and During the COVID-19 Pandemic
In January and February 2020, our performance continued with the same momentum experienced in 2019, with same-store sales growth of 11.1% and 10.8%, compared to the prior year periods. At the onset of the pandemic in March 2020, however, all of our centers temporarily closed due to the implementation of certain mandated closure requirements across the United States. In response to the pandemic, our management team developed and executed a detailed response plan focused on raising our already industry-leading hygiene standards and ensuring the safety of our guests, franchisees and associates.
By May 2020, our centers began to re-open as local health and safety guidance allowed and we saw an immediate rebound in performance. While the trajectory of our same-store sales performance fluctuated during the second half of 2020 in conjunction with state-specific loosening or tightening of COVID-19 restrictions in response to subsequent waves of COVID-19, our overall recovery demonstrates our guests consistently wanted to get back to their regular waxing routines at European Wax Center. By March 2021, nearly all of our nationwide network had re-opened and we were generating system-wide sales of approximately 101% of what they had been in March 2019 suggesting a nearly complete rebound from COVID-19 impacted performance in 2020. Of our 750 centers in 2019, none were forced to close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Further, of our 52 new gross center openings in 2020, 87% of the openings came from our existing franchise base, reinforcing our network’s belief in the stability and future success of our brand. During 2020, despite the challenges from COVID-19, our platform delivered strong growth in new centers as well as resilience in revenues and profit margins. All corporate-owned centers had re-opened as of December 26, 2020.
•
Center count increased from 750 in 2019 to 796 in 2020;
•
System-wide sales decreased from $687 million in 2019 to $469 million in 2020;
•
Net revenue decreased from $154 million in 2019 to $103 million in 2020;
•
Net loss decreased from $24 million in 2019 to $21 million in 2020; and
•
Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $34 million in 2019 to $20 million in 2020.
The following graph illustrates system-wide sales for the periods presented relative to the same period in 2019.
MONTHLY SYSTEM-WIDE SALES RELATIVE TO 2019(1)
(1)
Excludes sales from centers opened during and following 2019.
Performance during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021
As conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic continued to improve, our platform delivered growth in revenue and profitability, as well as an increase in new centers during the first 13 weeks of 2021. As of March 27, 2021 nearly all of our centers had reopened, and we expect that our financial results will continue to strengthen as COVID-related capacity restrictions were lifted subsequent to March 27, 2021 and guests are able to return to our centers at full capacity levels.
•
Center count increased from 796 as of December 26, 2020 to 808 as of March 27, 2021;
•
System-wide sales remained flat from $158.0 million in the first 13 weeks of 2020 to $157.0 million in the first 13 weeks of 2021;
•
The Company’s total revenue increased from $32.8 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020 to $36.7 million for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021;
•
Net income improved from $1.0 million in the first 13 weeks of 2020 to $1.1 million in the first 13 weeks of 2021; and
•
Adjusted EBITDA increased from $11.7 million for the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020 to $12.5 million for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021.
Our Growing Market Opportunity
Hair removal is an integral and recurring part of the personal-care and beauty regimens for most women and many men in the United States, and hair removal solutions are consistently in demand, given the recurring nature of hair growth. Consumers employ both at-home treatments as well as various OOH services for their hair removal needs, and consumers frequently find that at-home solutions are less effective, messier, more painful, and more time-consuming than OOH services administered by highly-trained specialists. OOH services include waxing, laser hair removal, sugaring, and threading. OOH laser hair removal is a semi-permanent solution that is significantly more expensive than OOH waxing and presents potential safety risks. Based on customer surveys, we believe that approximately 40% of consumers in the hair removal market would not consider laser hair removal services and 50% of consumers who have tried laser hair removal have stopped because it is too expensive. Sugaring and threading are both less effective options than OOH waxing and have not been widely adopted among consumers.
We estimate that our $18 billion total addressable domestic market includes approximately 69 million U.S. adults who are currently waxing or are interested in waxing. The OOH waxing market, in which European Wax Center competes, is the fastest growing hair removal alternative and grew at an estimated CAGR of 8% between 2015 and 2019, compared to 3% for the total hair removal market. Growth in OOH waxing is fueled by secular trends including:
|
•
Increasing consumer interest in personal-care and self-expression;
•
Customer awareness of OOH waxing efficiency and efficacy relative to at-home solutions, and affordability relative to other OOH solutions;
•
OOH waxing services becoming an increasingly non-discretionary and routine part of personal-care and beauty regimens; and
•
Growing geographic reach across and interest from diverse age groups and genders.
|
|
|
|
|
Although European Wax Center currently represents only 4% of our addressable market, we estimate we are approximately six times larger than our closest waxing-focused competitor within OOH waxing by center count and approximately ten times larger by system-wide sales. Our market remains highly fragmented, with
more than 10,000 independent waxing-focused operators that lack scale and almost 100,000 beauty salons that only provide waxing as a small part of their broader service offering. For many beauty salons and other similar operators, waxing is not their core competency, with services frequently provided in “backrooms” and without significant investment in the overall experience. This fragmentation results in a marketplace characterized by inconsistent quality, lack of technological accessibility and scheduling, and one-time transactional services that fail to instill customer trust and engagement. European Wax Center’s singular focus on waxing services and unmatched scale allow us to capitalize on this opportunity.
Our Differentiated Brand Experience
We believe our approach to OOH waxing has revolutionized the category. Our brand experience is differentiated because we are:
1.
Experts in Wax: Our service model is focused exclusively on wax-based hair removal. We obsess over every element of the waxing services we deliver for our guests:
•
Expert Line-up of Waxing Services & Products: We provide a comprehensive assortment of body and facial waxing services using our Comfort Wax formulation, which features a proprietary blend of the highest quality natural beeswax combined with other skin-soothing ingredients for the most comfortable waxing experience. We provide a line of proprietary pre- and post-service products, including ingrown hair serums, exfoliating gels, brow shapers and skin treatments, which ensure the full benefits of the waxing experience are realized by our guests.
•
Expert Training of our Licensed Wax Specialists: Our franchisees employ over 7,000 licensed, highly-trained and knowledgeable wax specialists committed to delivering an exceptional guest experience. In addition to being licensed, every EWC wax specialist must successfully complete our proprietary training program to ensure consistency and quality of service for every guest. Our wax-focused education modules provide time-intensive training that substantially builds upon cosmetology licensing programs. We view our training as a key competitive differentiator enabling guests to receive a consistent service delivery regardless of the wax specialist with whom they are scheduled. Through the delivery of personalized services and education about the benefits of regular waxing, our wax specialists help strengthen guest loyalty to our brand.
•
Expert Hygiene and Safety Standards: We adhere to the highest safety and hygiene standards in the industry. We engage third-party safety experts to review and enhance our hygiene protocols. Wax Specialists utilize disposable gloves and masks to administer services and we strictly adhere to single use wax applicator protocols (we never double dip the applicator blades in wax pots). Our wax suites are sanitized and disinfected after each guest visit. In addition, our centers are equipped with socially-distanced seating arrangements and multiple sanitary stations, and our mobile app facilitates a contactless experience with self-check-in.
2.
Champions of Confidence and Guest Experience: According to consumer surveys, our guests feel better and more confident after a service visit at one of our centers. We have focused on enhancing the guest experience across all touchpoints within our brand:
•
Champions of Accessibility: Our growing network of 808 centers across 44 states enables convenience and accessibility for our customers. Whether our guests move across town or across the country, our brand can serve their ongoing waxing needs with more access points than any other provider of OOH waxing services in the United States. Our Wax Pass program is portable across our network and guests often redeem services through a Wax Pass across multiple European Wax Center locations. Our mobile app technology further enhances accessibility by enabling guests to easily book appointments on-line at a time and location most convenient to them.
•
Champions of the In-Center Experience: Our in-center atmosphere is designed to be refined, clean and easy to use, with mobile app self-check-in available at all centers. Our lobby features an inviting product wall with take-home sampling. Our guests can choose to wait for their appointment in their car until a text alerts them to walk directly to their designated suite where their wax specialist awaits. Our iPad-equipped suites provide our wax specialists with detailed insights on each of their guests, empowering them to personalize product recommendations, for example.
•
Champions of Guest Retention and Repeat Visits: We encourage guests to schedule future visits on a regular basis and reward them for their use of our pre-paid Wax Pass program. More than 59% and 60% of our services in 2020 and 2019, respectively, were redeemed via a Wax Pass. We believe Wax Pass holders visit us more frequently, have meaningfully higher retention rates and represent our most valuable guests. Additionally, we expect to further amplify our guest experience and drive retention with the expected launch of our EWC Rewards Loyalty Program in fall 2021.
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute our success to the following strengths that we believe provide us with a competitive advantage in our industry:
Trusted National Brand that Inspires Confidence
We believe revealing beautiful skin is the first step to revealing one’s best self, and our brand stands for delivering unapologetic confidence to our guests. Waxing is an intimate experience, and our guests seek a dependable, safe, and clean setting with a professional wax specialist they trust. Our unmatched scale provides us with a nationwide footprint to serve our loyal guest base wherever they may be. Our singular commitment to delivering best-in-class service is reinforced by our marketing efforts driving national brand awareness and consideration. We are so confident in our ability to delight that we have always offered all our guests their first wax free. Our NPS score of 85 demonstrates our guests’ devotion to our brand.
Committed Franchisees Achieving Attractive and Predictable Unit-Level Economics
Our simple, yet difficult to replicate, operating model translates into an attractive return on our franchisees’ invested capital. Our high-quality franchisee base consists of more than 260 franchisees as of March 27, 2021, with more than 167 franchisees operating multiple European Wax Center locations. Our centers require a modest upfront investment cost, then rapidly achieve profitability and generate superior unit-level economics. A European Wax Center location typically reaches maturity in year five of operation, at which point a center generates on average $1.0 million in revenue and annual cash-on-cash returns in excess of 60%. We generate revenue from our franchisees through the sale of branded products as well as the payment of ongoing fees, including royalty and marketing fund contributions, which are determined by the service sales of each center. For the year ended December 26, 2020, we received revenue from our franchisees as follows: $57.0 million, or 58%, of our revenue came from product sales, $25.7 million, or 26%, of our revenue through franchisee royalty payments, $13.5 million, or 14%, of our revenue through marketing fund contributions, and $2.9 million, or 3%, of our revenue came from other sources. Our remaining revenue for the year ended December 26, 2020 was generated from corporate-owned centers.
Our centers experience a highly predictable maturation curve that is consistent across cohorts and geographies, providing our franchisees with a high degree of confidence in realizing attractive returns. We believe our value proposition has created a franchisee base that is committed to growing with our brand, with more than 79% of new centers opened in 2019 and 87% of new centers opened in 2020 coming from existing franchisees. The following graph shows the average unit volume (“AUV”) of our centers for the cohorts presented. AUV consists of the average annual sales of all centers that have been open for a trailing 52-week period or longer. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
AUV PERFORMANCE BY CENTER COHORT (2010 – 2019)(1)
(in thousands)
(1)
Cohort analysis includes unit-level data through March 2020 and reflects one year of performance for each period of data.
Recurring Nature of Services Combined with Scaled Footprint and Consistent Demand Drives Revenue Predictability
Hair removal is an integral part of the personal-care and beauty regimens for most women and many men in the United States. Given the recurring nature of hair growth, hair removal solutions are regularly in demand and our guests trust European Wax Center to meet their routine hair removal needs. Our national scale and exclusive focus on wax-based hair removal enables us to provide a highly consistent waxing experience across each of our centers. The reliability of our guest experience ensures consistent demand for our services, which drives uniform unit-level economics for our franchisees which in turn drives revenue predictability for European Wax Center. We further facilitate repeat visits through the use of our pre-paid Wax Pass program, which we believe promotes meaningfully higher guest retention rates.
Asset-Light Franchise Platform with Resilient Free Cash Flow Generation
Our asset-light franchise platform delivers capital-efficient growth, significant cash flow, and resilience through economic cycles. Our franchisees have benefited from strong organic tailwinds with our network delivering ten consecutive years of positive same-store sales growth through 2019. Due to the impacts of COVID-19, including the temporary closure of all of our centers, our networks experienced the first year of negative same-store sales growth in 2020, but we do not expect this to continue into 2021. In addition, given our low capital expenditures and working capital needs, we are able to drive strong free cash flow generation throughout economic cycles. In 2020, for example, through disciplined cost management, our business remained profitable on an EBITDA basis and sustained strong EBITDA margins despite the decline in system-wide sales driven by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our ability to drive robust financial performance through 2020 is a testament to the resilience of our platform, which enables us to invest in technology and digital enablement, training programs, and marketing initiatives. This is a key differentiator of our scaled platform relative to independent operators in our market, and a significant reason why we believe we are the franchisor of choice in OOH waxing.
Experienced and Passionate Management Team Investing in the Next Phase of Our Growth
We are led by a best-in-class management team and our culture of performance, success and inclusivity is established by our CEO David Berg, who previously served as the CEO of Carlson Hospitality and has extensive retail, hospitality and franchising experience. Since joining us in 2018, Mr. Berg has led the
acceleration of our center growth, the expansion of our franchisee network and our heightened cultural obsession with guest satisfaction.
The other members of our leadership team, including COO David Willis and CFO Jennifer Vanderveldt, have been assembled at European Wax Center from senior positions at leading organizations including Dunkin’ Brands, Michael’s, Sally Beauty, Luxottica, Jamba Juice, Petco, and American Eagle Outfitters. Our team has encouraged investment in tech-forward systems and corporate infrastructure to support the anticipated continued growth of our network. We believe our guests and franchisees are better connected with one another as a result of our scale advantages and we are only in the early innings of truly unlocking the potential of our unique platform.
Our Growth Strategies
We intend to deliver sustainable growth in revenue and profitability by executing on the following basic strategies:
Grow Our National Footprint Across New and Existing Markets
We believe our franchisees’ track record of successfully opening new centers and consistently generating attractive unit-level economics validates our strategy to expand our footprint and grow our capacity to serve more guests. We currently anticipate opening 50 to 60 centers in 2021, which is supported by existing commitments to open new centers and our development pipeline, which includes more than 200 open licenses as of May 31, 2021, as well as our aspiration to grow between 7% to 10% of our center count each year. Our center count grew 6% and 5% during fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019, respectively, and has grown every year since 2010, as shown in the graph below. Our thoughtful approach to growth ensures each center is appropriately staffed with the high-quality team and licensed, highly-trained wax specialists that our brand has been known for since our initial opening.
HISTORICAL CENTER COUNT
We believe up to 10% of local independent salons will permanently close due to the impact of COVID-19, thereby allowing us to pick up additional market share in key markets where we are focused on growth. None of our existing markets are fully penetrated, and we believe we have a significant whitespace opportunity of approximately 3,000 locations for our standard center format across the United States. Moreover, approximately 75% of our whitespace opportunity is in markets where we already have a presence today, which provides us with a high degree of confidence for the likely receptivity and success of new openings. Beyond our immediate whitespace, we believe we have incremental opportunity to expand center growth and product distribution into alternative center formats, non-traditional locations, and international markets.
By employing insights gathered from our guest database, combined with internal analysis and external research, we can target the best markets and locations for footprint expansion. Our new centers require a modest upfront investment and follow a highly predictable maturation curve across cohorts and geographies, providing us and our franchisees with a high degree of visibility into the embedded earnings potential of newly opened centers. Historically, our centers reach maturity after five years, and as of December 26, 2020, 62% of our centers were mature. On a system-wide basis, our average mature center generates $1.0 million in AUV and $0.2 million in EBITDA in its fifth year.
Continue to Grow Our Brand Awareness and Accelerate Our Guest Acquisition
We believe that influential consumer trends will continue to expand the market for OOH waxing and that the OOH market will continue to take share from alternative hair removal solutions. Although our brand is nationally recognized, there are still significant opportunities to further drive brand awareness to attract new guests while increasing engagement of existing guests through increased visit frequency and spend. According to BrandIndex, our national unaided brand recognition is only 8%, providing us with significant opportunity to drive top-of-mind consideration and purchase behavior.
To drive brand awareness with all consumers, we employ several strategies, including:
•
Performance marketing: We deploy data-driven marketing dollars across multiple forms of media with an attractive return on advertising spend;
•
Digital content: We partner with select digital media content creators and social media influencers, thereby encouraging positive testimonials from our guests; and
•
Market densification: We are strategically densifying existing target markets with new centers thus increasing regional brand awareness and word-of-mouth referrals.
Additionally, we believe there is a specific opportunity to drive brand awareness amongst males, representing 5% of our total guests today compared to approximately 20% of the total addressable market. We believe there has been a significant increase in male interest in OOH waxing over the past five years. We intend to increase our share of male guests, with specific male-focused marketing collateral and service offerings.
Employ Strategies to Continue Driving Same-Store Sales Growth
We are continuously employing strategies to increase guest visit frequency and drive higher guest spend with the aim of accelerating our same-store sales growth, including:
•
Increase Wax Pass Adoption Rates: Our Wax Pass program provides guests with preferential pricing through either pre-paid or unlimited wax passes and provides us with a recurring and predictable revenue stream. We continue to expand and refine the program to drive increased adoption from non-member guests and we have grown the share of transactions conducted using Wax Passes to more than 59% in 2020 and 60% in 2019.
•
Expand our Share of our Guests’ Personal-Care Expenditures: The trusted relationships between guests and wax specialists results in an authentic channel through which we can increase our share of our guests’ spend on personal-care. We believe that more than 70% of guests trust their wax specialists to suggest new services or service frequency as well as products during a service visit. Over time, we believe the relationship between guest and wax specialist provides us a strong foundation to broaden our offerings across the personal-care category.
•
Increase our Transaction Attachment Rate: Approximately 15% and 11% of transactions in 2020 and 2019, respectively, resulted in purchases of retail products. In April 2021, we launched a refreshed portfolio of retail products complementing our core waxing services across all centers. We expect to drive greater attachment rates from this new product line-up through the right product innovation, attractive pricing, and expert consultative selling by our trained wax specialists. We define the term “attachment rate” as the percentage of transactions that include the purchase of a retail product to the total number of transactions. We are encouraged by initial results following the launch of our refreshed portfolio of retail products.
•
Drive Greater Guest Engagement Using Data Analytics: We are continuously developing new use cases from our guest database. As our data capabilities mature, we believe we will learn more about our guests’ preferences and behaviors, unlocking more high-quality interaction opportunities. We are in the process of expanding our advanced data analysis capabilities to improve guest visit frequency and loyalty by deploying timely and hyper-personalized communications and relevant reminders to our guests.
Expand Our Profit Margins and Generate Robust Free Cash Flow
We believe our straightforward asset-light franchise platform and our proven track record of increasing profitability will continue to drive EBITDA margin accretion and free cash flow generation as we expand our
national footprint. We have invested in building our scalable support infrastructure, and we currently have the capabilities and systems in place to drive revenue growth and profitability across our existing and planned franchise centers. Given our unmatched scale within the OOH waxing market, we can procure the highest quality products and supplies used to administer our services at lower prices than smaller independent providers of the same services. We expect to generate operating leverage given our fixed corporate cost structure, and we expect that incremental leverage, combined with our low capital expenditure and working capital needs, will allow us to generate improved operating margins and robust free cash flow.
Our Guests
Approximately 95% of our guests are women, with our brand appealing to female guests across age groups, ethnicities and income brackets. At every touchpoint, we embody our mission by concentrating key media communications on passion points that bolster guest affinity for European Wax Center and deliver personalized messaging to inspire action. While we estimate that male waxing constitutes approximately 20% of our total addressable market, our current guest base is only 5% male, representing an attractive growth opportunity. We segment the purchasing and frequency habits of our guests into five super segments:
•
Gen X Singles are our most valuable, devoted guests. Primarily single, early middle-aged females, these guests value self-improvement and have the disposable income to invest in it. They see waxing as an integral part of their personal-care and beauty regimens. This group more heavily utilizes our Wax Pass program relative to other segments and slightly prefer face services over body services.
•
Affluent Families have the disposable income to enjoy luxuries — they prefer services over product and are willing to pay more for a great experience. This group skews older and has a higher mix of males. They are often Wax Pass users and typically utilize face services.
•
Middle Income Families are our most common guests. They are a mix of Gen X males and females with children. This group values a wide range of services and products, though they slightly favor face services to body services. They are reliable, consistent guests who value looking their best and convenience. They plan ahead, making regular reservations and are likely to be Wax Pass users.
•
Cash Strapped Singles is a diverse group who are early in their life journey and are extrinsically motivated. While they are more cost-conscious since their income is modest, they value services which enhance their body image and view waxing as a must-have in their beauty routine. Along with body services, these guests are also more likely than other segments to purchase products.
•
Diverse Singles and Couples are modern Gen Y and Millennials who embrace technology and are often living with others of the same age. They are more likely to make reservations by mobile or web. As a younger demographic, this group predominately enjoys body services and are less likely to take advantage of Wax Pass. They view waxing as a “nice to have” service.
Our Centers
We have a leading portfolio of centers operating in 808 locations across 44 states as of March 27, 2021. Of these locations, 803 are franchised centers operated by franchisees and five are corporate-owned centers.
Our Center Format
On average, our centers are approximately 1,300 square feet with six to seven wax suites and are typically staffed with one wax specialist per suite in addition to one or two guest service associates. Our centers are designed to provide a seamless guest experience from the moment our guests walk in, to the moment they strut out of our centers. Upon entry, guests are greeted by a friendly service associate in a clean and modern lobby. The lobby offers refined colors and textures that align with the European Wax Center brand ethos. Our guests can self-check-in through our mobile app which increases the swiftness of guest intake while allowing our team members to focus on servicing guests.
We ensure our centers offer socially distant seating and sanitation stations, underscoring our commitment to industry-leading hygiene and safety standards. Once checked-in, our guests enter a private, sanitized waxing suite where wax specialists offer a personalized experience. In-suite iPads provide our wax specialists with detailed insights on each of their guests, empowering them to provide “concierge-like” services such as personalized add-on services and product recommendations, driving increased guest spend. After each service, our guests are encouraged to test our retail products with samples from our touch-free sample bar, promoting our transaction attachment rate.
We continuously evaluate and enhance our center layout, imagery and cost build-out to ensure we have the best experience for our guests which drives continued robust financial performance for our franchisees.
Our centers have an inviting, clean and modern aesthetic, encouraging guests to visit. The following is an example of our well-lit lobby and interior:
The following is an example of our center layout:
Center Selection Criteria
We have a scaled and diverse footprint with ample whitespace for center growth in new markets, as well as densification within our existing markets. Site selection for new centers are typically proposed by our franchisees and reviewed and approved by European Wax Center as the franchisor. We determine whether a site is appropriate for a European Wax Center location based on the condition of the premises, ease of access, visibility, proximity to other centers, proximity to other competitive businesses, lease requirements, co-tenants, traffic patterns, demographics and population density, among other factors. Our concept has proven to be successful in both urban and suburban locations and over the last ten years, our franchisees have only closed 22 centers due to performance.
Our Services and Retail Products
We offer our guests a variety of elevated body and facial waxing services focused on the most critical areas of their bodies needing hair removal. We also offer skincare retail products to ensure that the full benefits of the waxing experience are realized by our guests.
Services
Our waxing services are administered by licensed wax specialists who are employed by our franchisees. In addition, prior to performing our services, our wax specialists go through a rigorous, proprietary EWC training
regime. Continuous training education is also a part of our ongoing operating plan to ensure the highest quality service can constantly be delivered across our network of centers. Our wax specialists utilize our proprietary Comfort Wax formulation during the waxing service. This wax product features a blend of the highest quality natural beeswax combined with other skin-soothing ingredients and is co-manufactured exclusively for us by suppliers in Europe. Unlike other wax formulations, our wax is designed to specifically attach only to hair, not skin, providing a differentiated and more comfortable waxing experience. Wax specialists follow our signature “4-Steps to Smooth” process which ensures that our guests benefit from our extensive experience:
•
Cleanse: pre-wax cleanser to remove makeup, oil, or lotion from the skin
•
Protect: pre-wax oil to ensure our wax adheres to hair, not skin
•
Wax: unique Comfort Wax to remove hair for a virtually painless experience
•
Rejuvenate: proprietary post-treatment products
Our menu of services is focused on a small number of body and facial waxing services to ensure a high degree of quality and consistency across our network. Our three most popular services by quantity across our network are Bikini Brazilian, Eyebrow and Lip. We are so confident in our ability to delight that we have always offered all our guests their first wax free.
Services
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
Price Range
|
|
Body / Personal-Care
|
|
Arm (Full)
|
|
|
Entire length of arm. Includes hands and fingers
|
|
|
$41 – $50
|
|
Under Arm
|
|
|
Includes the under arm
|
|
|
$20 – $28
|
|
Bikini Full
|
|
|
Includes as much or as little hair as desired from the front of bikini area
|
|
|
$47 – $59
|
|
Bikini Brazilian
|
|
|
Includes full removal of the bikini area from the front to the back
|
|
|
$54 – $72
|
|
Bikini Line
|
|
|
Includes four fingers from the natural bikini line and two fingers from the top
|
|
|
$35 – $48
|
|
Leg (Full)
|
|
|
Upper and lower legs. Includes the knees, feet and toes
|
|
|
$71 – $81
|
|
Leg (Upper)
|
|
|
Includes the upper legs, inner thighs and knees. Does not include the bikini line
|
|
|
$41 – $52
|
|
Leg (Lower)
|
|
|
Includes lower legs, knees, feet, and toes
|
|
|
$41 – $51
|
|
Facial / Beauty
|
|
Full Face
|
|
|
Includes the hairline, eyebrows, nose, sideburns, cheeks, upper lip, lower lip, chin, and front of the neck
|
|
|
$56 – $67
|
|
Eyebrow
|
|
|
Brow shaping that includes a trim, wax and tweeze. Includes filling in the brows with makeup
|
|
|
$18 – $28
|
|
Nose
|
|
|
Inside of the nostrils
|
|
|
$13 – $17
|
|
Lip
|
|
|
Hard-to-reach hair around the mouth
|
|
|
$10 – $16
|
|
Chin
|
|
|
Includes the chin and lower lip
|
|
|
$12 – $16
|
|
Retail Products
Our centers sell a comprehensive assortment of proprietary EWC-branded retail products that allow guests to maintain healthy post-wax skin between visits. These products are specifically tailored to enhance the services we provide. Our products are dermatologist-tested and are formulated without parabens, mineral oil, phthalates, hydroquinone, triclosan, formaldehyde and gluten. We exclusively distribute these retail products to our franchisees for sale in-center and sell them direct-to-consumer through our website. We have approximately 31 full-sized SKUs in our branded product portfolio, which are organized into four product categories and priced between $12.00 and $39.50.
•
EWC Treat: Treat & prevent ingrown hairs and breakouts to keep skin smooth between waxes
•
EWC Glow: Gradual tanning formula giving skin a healthy, natural-looking glow
•
EWC Slow: Simple 3-step routine to minimize and thin hair growth between waxes
•
EWC Groom: Brow products with ultra-rich color and clinically proven growth serum
We partner with a leading co-manufacturer in North America to coordinate the manufacturing of our retail product offerings. While our suppliers support us in formulation, sourcing, manufacturing, package development, safety testing and quality assurance, we own all of our product formulas and lead the new product development processes to align our innovation capabilities with our strategic priorities. With a comprehensive assortment of personal-care and beauty product offerings, we benefited from a transaction attachment rate of approximately 15% and 11% in 2020 and 2019, respectively, within our centers.
Marketing Support
Based on our deep guest understanding and longevity in the OOH waxing market, we believe we have developed a highly effective marketing strategy that is designed to promote awareness and consideration of our brand by new guests and encourage retention by existing guests.
We employ a variety of marketing techniques to build awareness of, and create demand for, our brand, and the services and products we offer. Our marketing framework is built on top-of-funnel approaches including “Affinity” and “Assurance” to build awareness and trial of European Wax Center. We also deploy bottom-of-funnel approaches of “Action” and “Advocacy” which are designed to enhance guest loyalty and frequency. We have implemented sophisticated data-driven marketing practices in support of this framework and we deploy the dedicated marketing funds contributed by our franchisees across each of these funnel stages. In 2019, we collected and spent approximately $20 million for marketing through our centralized marketing fund, of which 61% was deployed through digital channels. Due to center closures in 2020 driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, we paused our marketing fund collections from April 2020 to June 2020. As a result, we do not believe that the amounts collected and spent through our centralized marketing fund in 2020 are representative of our historical or expected future marketing collections and spend. Our marketing budget is typically allocated across our marketing framework, where we deploy different forms of working media as follows:
•
Affinity: digital TV, print, podcast (40%)
•
Assurance: Snapchat, Pinterest, content partners, streaming audio (28%)
•
Action: Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, programmatic display and video (29%)
•
Advocacy: macro- and micro-influencers (3%)
In addition to our corporate marketing strategy, 53% of franchisees choose to make additional investments in local marketing. We provide support to ensure that their marketing aligns with our overall image and strategy.
Our Franchise Platform
Franchising Strategy
Our asset-light franchise platform delivers capital-efficient growth and our footprint expansion is supported by robust unit-level economics. Our simple, yet difficult to replicate, operating model and the recurring nature of our services translates into an attractive return on invested capital for our franchisees. Our centers require a modest upfront investment cost and follow a highly predictable maturation curve that is consistent across cohorts and geographies.
We have an excellent track record of opening centers with existing and new franchisees, and we employ strict qualification and selection criteria for each of our franchisees, including, but not limited to, an extensive interview processes, background checks, validation of financial resources and a thorough review of development capabilities and expected operational and management performance. We are intentionally shifting toward a larger mix of multi-unit development agreements as we grow our footprint, which will allow for consistent and efficient growth as we continue to scale.
Franchise Agreements
For each of our franchisees, we enter into a franchise agreement stipulating a standard set of terms and conditions. The initial term of a franchise agreement is generally ten years, with the option to renew their agreements at expiration (ten-year renewal option). All proposed new center sites require formal approval from us. Franchisees pay us an initial franchise license fee and franchise royalties typically based on a percentage of gross sales less the sale of retail products. Franchisees also make contributions to our centralized marketing fund based on a percentage of gross sales less the sale of retail products.
Our franchise agreements set forth the requirements franchisees must comply with, including, but not limited to, our standard operational policies and procedures that govern the provision of services and use of suppliers and require franchisees to purchase specified products from us and/or designated suppliers. Franchisees are required to conform to our established operational policies and procedures relating to, among other things, quality of service, training, center design and décor and trademark usage. Outside of these operational policies and procedures, we do not control the day-to-day operations of franchised centers, including, but not limited to, employment, benefits and wage determination, establishing prices to charge for products and services, business hours, personnel management and capital expenditure decisions. However, the franchise agreements afford us, as franchisor, certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to approve locations, suppliers and the sale of a franchise. Additionally, our field personnel make periodic visits to franchised centers to ensure that they are operating in conformity with the operational policies and procedures for our franchising program. All of the rights afforded to us with regard to franchised operations allow us to protect our brand, but do not allow us to control the day-to-day operations of franchised centers or make decisions that have a significant impact on the success of franchised centers.
Franchise Support Services
We enjoy a strong partnership with our franchisees. To support their collective and individual success, we provide our franchisees with meaningful support services including pre-opening support, guest experience support, and ongoing back-end support.
Pre-opening support:
•
Site selection and approval: we work in partnership with our franchisees to ensure prospective new center locations are adequately vetted ahead of any initial investment. Each franchisee is responsible for selecting a location but must ultimately obtain approval from us.
•
Other pre-opening support: we conduct business reviews with each franchisee eight weeks prior to new center openings to ensure construction activities are in sync with recruitment plans, training programs and all other pre-opening marketing activities to ensure each center is best positioned to open successfully and build momentum. In addition to operational support, our team conducts a detailed guest segmentation and market intelligence analysis to further compliment the national media plan with hyper-local tactics, including the deployment of field and street teams.
Guest experience support:
•
Wax training: we require an intensive six-day training program for all new wax specialists as well as continued learning requirements to keep all wax specialists performing at the consistent, high-quality standards for which we are known. Training is conducted by a corporate or peer trainer both in-person as well as virtually. Franchisees also appoint in-house trainers who are expected to maintain an ongoing training system for wax specialists within each center.
•
Hygiene protocols: our health and safety standards were industry-leading even before the COVID-19 pandemic and continue to be industry-leading. We engage with independent safety experts to ensure our continued leadership and to ensure our centers remain best-in-class from a hygiene standard.
Ongoing support:
•
Marketing and consumer insights: our centralized marketing strategy, funded by contributions from our franchisees based on a percentage of gross sales, net of retail product sales, as defined in the franchise agreement, allows us to leverage our scale in media buying and utilize our proprietary guest insights to maximize brand awareness and consideration.
•
Uniform Point of Sales System: we leverage a consistent Point of Sales system across our entire network which is easy to adopt and results in a streamlined approach to ongoing technical support for our franchisees.
•
Procurement and supply chain: our operating leverage and our scale allows us to procure the highest quality products at lower prices than smaller independent waxing-focused operators benefiting our franchisees.
•
Performance management: our team of Franchise Business Consultants works closely with our franchisees across regional territories with ongoing managerial support including: monthly business reviews, per-center brand health and voice-of-customer measurement and additional one-on-one support as needed.
These support services allow our franchisees to focus on the day-to-day operations of their centers and to provide high-quality services that our guests have come to associate with our brand. We also participate in a Brand Advisory council, through which we collect continuous feedback from our franchisees to enhance our offering, business model and support services, and to ensure that our franchisees have an open channel of communication with us.
Franchise Unit-Level Economics
Our simple, yet difficult to replicate, business model and the recurring nature of our services translates into an attractive return on invested capital for our franchisees. A European Wax Center location typically reaches maturity in year five of operations, at which point a center generates on average $1.0 million in revenue and annual cash-on-cash returns in excess of 60%. A typical franchisee initially invests approximately $356,000 when opening a new center (excluding real estate purchase or lease costs, pre-opening expenses and initial working capital investment), with ongoing fees that are determined by the service sales of each center. These ongoing fees include royalty and marketing fund contributions, which are 6% and 3% of service sales, respectively. Our centers follow a highly predictable maturation curve once open that is consistent across cohorts and geographies, with average AUV of $0.7 million and double-digit EBITDA margins already in year two of operations.
AVERAGE FRANCHISE RETURNS
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
All Centers
|
|
System-Wide Average at Maturity (Year 5)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,028 |
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
|
$ |
220 |
|
|
Cash-on-Cash Returns(1)
|
|
|
60%+
|
|
(1)
Cash-on-Cash Returns is defined as the ratio of EBITDA to the amount of new center opening initial capital investment.
Competition
The OOH waxing industry is highly fragmented with more than 10,000 independent waxing operators and almost 100,000 beauty salons that provide waxing as a small part of their broader service offerings. Within OOH waxing, we compete with independent waxing operators, beauty salons, beauty parlors, health clubs, spas, beauty supply stores and other independently owned companies. We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of a number of factors, including the quality of our services, the trustworthiness of our brand, our best-in-class hygiene standards, convenience, accessibility, guest experience and the depth of our experience as experts within OOH waxing.
We also compete with other types of hair removal alternatives, including laser hair removal, sugaring, threading, as well as in-home solutions, such as shaving, chemical-based creams, epilators, at-home laser hair removal and at-home waxing. OOH laser hair removal is a semi-permanent solution that is significantly more expensive than OOH waxing and presents potential safety risks. Sugaring and threading are both less effective options than OOH waxing and have not been widely adopted among consumers. At-home shaving lasts for a significantly shorter time than waxing, and other at-home solutions are frequently viewed as less effective, messier, more painful and more time-consuming than OOH services administered by highly-trained specialists.
We also compete with other franchisors on the basis of the expected return on investment for franchisees and the value proposition that we offer them. We compete to sell franchises to potential franchisees who may choose to purchase franchises from other service providers in other markets.
Suppliers and Distributors
To preserve brand integrity and consistency, we require our franchisees to purchase products related to the operation of their franchised centers, including our wax and branded skin care products, either from us, our affiliates or approved suppliers. We maintain strong, longstanding relationships with our suppliers to ensure market competitiveness and reliability in our supply chain. We leverage our sizeable spend to obtain favorable terms from our suppliers and to provide competitive prices to our franchisees, thus improving profitability and providing a considerable advantage over competitors that lack our scale. We believe that as our business continues to grow, our scale will continue to drive increased procurement benefits across our business.
Our products are manufactured by market leaders, and we partner with two overseas suppliers with multiple facilities in Spain and France to source our wax and one supplier to source our branded retail products. We currently have a long-term contract with only one of our wax suppliers. Our manufacturing partners arrange for delivery of products either to one of the three third party distribution centers that supply our centers or directly to our franchised and corporate-owned centers.
We typically keep three to six months of wax inventories at three third party distribution centers to sustain system-wide supply and protect against shortfalls that could arise from unforeseen market unavailability. These three key distribution centers are located in Pennsylvania, Tennessee, and Nevada to provide optimal distribution capability for us to meet the demands from centers throughout the United States. We believe that the existing supply chain we have in place is sufficient to support our future growth.
Information & Technology Systems
We utilize our information technology infrastructure to facilitate data-driven management decisions. Across our franchise system, we use a fully integrated platform that helps franchisees with reporting, marketing,
operations, guest service and center management. Our technology platform gives management access to key reporting metrics across our network, providing comprehensive insight into system health. In addition, we recently rolled out a new point of sale system that uses cloud-based technology to process and store information.
Governmental Regulation
Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, local and municipal laws and regulations in the United States in areas such as consumer protection, occupational licensing, environmental protection, data privacy, labor and employment, tax, permitting, and other laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, we must obtain licenses or permits in order to comply with standards governing employee selection, training and business conduct.
We, as a franchisor, are subject to various federal and state laws, and the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) regulates our franchising activities in the United States. The FTC requires that franchisors make extensive disclosure to prospective franchisees before the execution of a franchise agreement. Fourteen states require registration and, together with at least one other state, require specific disclosure in connection with franchise offers and sales, and at least twenty states and U.S. territories have “franchise relationship laws” that limit the ability of franchisors to terminate franchise agreements or withhold consent to the renewal or transfer of these agreements.
We are not aware of any federal, state, local, municipal or other laws or regulations that are likely to materially alter or impact our revenues, cash flow or competitive positions, or result in any material capital expenditures. However, we cannot predict the effect on our operations, particularly on our relationship with franchisees, of any pending or future legislation or regulations or the future interpretation of any existing laws, including any newly enacted laws, that may impact us or our franchisees.
Human Capital
As of March 27, 2021, we employed approximately 92 full-time employees, including approximately 6 full-time employees at corporate-owned centers. We also employ 66 part-time associates . None of these employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and prospective employees. The principal purposes of our incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, executive officers and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. We strive for exceptional performance and results, which is why meritocracy is one of our core values. We provide employees the opportunity to grow and to be rewarded based on results.
To ensure the safety of our and our franchisees’ employees during the COVID-19 pandemic, we refined our in-center atmosphere to allow for contactless check-in at all centers and elevated our hygiene standards at all centers. We sanitize all wax suites with disinfectant wipes after each guest’s visit and require our franchisees to carry an inventory of gloves, face masks and other personal protective equipment.
Our franchises are independently owned and operated businesses. As such, employees of our franchisees are not employees of European Wax Center, Inc. or EWC Ventures.
Intellectual Property
Our trademarks are important to our marketing efforts and conduct of business. We own or have the rights to use certain trademarks, service marks and trade names that are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other foreign trademark registration offices or exist under common law in the United States, Canada and other jurisdictions. Trademarks that are important in identifying and distinguishing our products and services include, but are not limited to EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, EWC, STRUT, WAX PASS and COMFORT WAX. We also own domain names, including our primary domain “www.waxcenter.com.”
Seasonality
Seasonal changes may moderately impact the demand for our waxing services. For example, our guests may come to our centers more frequently in the summer months and during the November to December holiday season.
Properties
As of March 27, 2021, we had 808 franchised and corporate-owned centers, and of these there are five actively operating corporate-owned centers, and in addition, we hold a lease for one inactive corporate-owned center. We held leases covering the building and/or land for our six corporate-owned centers and three offices and training centers in the United States, including our corporate headquarters located in Plano, Texas. The leases generally have initial expiration dates ranging from five and ten years, with certain renewal options available. We believe that the properties are suitable and adequate for the Company’s business.
Legal Proceedings
We may be the defendant from time to time in litigation arising during the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, employment-related claims, claims based on theories of joint employer liability, data privacy claims, claims involving anti-poaching allegations and claims made by former or existing franchisees or the government. In the ordinary course of business, we are also subject to regulatory and governmental examinations, information requests and subpoenas, inquiries, investigations, and threatened legal actions and proceedings. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any legal proceeding that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table shows information for our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. Directors hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification. Executive officers serve at the discretion of the board.
Name
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Position
|
|
David P. Berg
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
|
Jennifer C. Vanderveldt
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
David L. Willis
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
Gavin M. O’Connor
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary
|
|
Christopher K. Kobus
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Chief Experience Officer
|
|
Jyoti A. Lynch
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
Jean M. Grossman
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Chief Franchise Officer
|
|
Alexa Bartlett
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Andrew Crawford
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Shaw Joseph
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Dorvin D. Lively
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Laurie Ann Goldman
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
|
David P. Berg has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of EWC Ventures’ board of directors since October 2018 and a member of our board of directors since April 2021. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Berg served as Chief Executive Officer of Carlson Hospitality Group from May 2015 to March 2017, where he led the Carlson corporate center and managed the global hotel business. Previously, he served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Customer Service Officer of Z Wireless from June 2013 to January 2014, as Executive Vice President and President of Outback Steakhouse from September 2011 to May 2013, as Chief Operating Officer of GNC Holdings Inc. from September 2009 to September 2011, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Best Buy International from 2002 until 2009. He also served on the board of directors of Planet Fitness from September 2015 to May 2020. Mr. Berg received a B.A. in economics from Emory University, and a J.D. with honors from the University of Florida College of Law. We believe Mr. Berg is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience building and leading our business, his insight into corporate matters as our Chief Executive Officer and his extensive leadership experience in the consumer industry.
Jennifer C. Vanderveldt has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2020. Prior to joining the Company, she served as Vice President and Head of Strategy, Consumer Insights and Analytics at The Michaels Companies, Inc. from June 2018 to November 2020. Prior to joining Michaels, Ms. Vanderveldt served as Vice President across various functions at Petco Animal Supplies, Inc. from July 2016 to June 2018, including International Expansion, E-Commerce Subscriptions and Business Development & Finance. Earlier in her career, she served in the Investment Banking Division of J.P. Morgan from June 2009 to September 2013. Ms. Vanderveldt received an A.B. in psychology from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business.
David L. Willis has served as our Chief Operating Officer since September 2019. Mr. Willis joined the Company as our Chief Financial Officer in July 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Willis served as an Operating Partner for Riata Capital Group, LLC from October 2014 to July 2016, as Chief Financial Officer of Williams Industrial Services Group Inc. (f/k/a Global Power Equipment Group Inc.) from January 2008 to November 2013, and as a Senior Director at Alvarez & Marsal from September 2001 to January 2008. Mr. Willis received a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Oklahoma and an M.B.A. from the University of Tulsa.
Gavin M. O’Connor has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since January 2020. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. O’Connor served as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel for American
Eagle Outfitters, Inc. from March 2018 to January 2020. From July 2010 to March 2018 he was at GNC Holdings Inc., where he served in various roles, including Vice President, Deputy General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary. Mr. O’Connor earned a B.A. in History from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from the University of Pittsburgh School of Law.
Christopher K. Kobus has served as our Chief Experience Officer since July 2019. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kobus held several roles at Sally Beauty Holdings from May 2017 to July 2019, including the GVP, Chief Marketing Officer for their retail division. From December 2013 to May 2017, he held numerous roles at Sunglass Hut, including Vice President, Marketing and eCommerce.
Jyoti A. Lynch has served as our Chief Information Officer since September 2019. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Lynch served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Jamba Juice from October 2017 to September 2019, as a Partner and Interim Chief Information Officer of Fortium Partners, LP from December 2016 to October 2017, and as the Chief Information Officer of Speed Commerce, Inc. from September 2011 to May 2016. Ms. Lynch earned a B.S. in Electrical Engineering at the Missouri University of Science and Technology, formerly known as the University of Missouri-Rolla.
Jean M. Grossman has served as our Chief Franchise Officer since March 2019. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Grossman was at Dunkin Brands, where she served as Regional VP of Operations, Development/Construction across multiple regions of the United States from October 2008 to March 2019. Prior to Dunkin Brands, she served as VP of Franchise Operations at Cosi, Inc. from November 2004 to September 2008. Ms. Grossman earned a B.A. in Criminal Justice and Political Science from Kean University.
Alexa Bartlett has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2021 and has been a member of EWC Ventures’ board of directors since August 2020. Ms. Bartlett is a Vice President at General Atlantic, focusing on investments in the firm’s Consumer sector. Prior to joining General Atlantic in 2020, Ms. Bartlett served as a Vice President at Warburg Pincus from 2016 to 2020. Prior to that, she was at Bain Capital, where she focused primarily on consumer and healthcare investments. Ms. Bartlett started her career in the Private Equity Group at Goldman Sachs. She also serves as a member of the board of directors of VEGAMOUR. Ms. Bartlett earned a B.A. in Engineering from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe Ms. Bartlett is well-qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive financial services and business experience.
Andrew Crawford has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2021 and has been a member of EWC Ventures’ board of directors since August 2018. Mr. Crawford is a Managing Director and Global Head of General Atlantic’s Consumer sector. He also serves on General Atlantic’s Management Committee and is Chairman of the Portfolio Committee. Prior to joining General Atlantic in 2014, Mr. Crawford was at Advent International from 2003 to 2014, where he served as a senior member of the investment team focusing on the Retail & Consumer sector. He also serves as a member of the board of directors of Authentic Brands Group, Joe & the Juice, FORMA, Torchy’s Tacos and Buff City Soap. Mr. Crawford earned a B.S. in Business Administration & Accounting from Washington and Lee University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Crawford is well-qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive consumer sector experience and because of his experience serving on the boards of multiple companies.
Shaw Joseph has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2021 and has been a member of EWC Ventures’ board of directors since August 2018. Mr. Joseph is a Managing Director at General Atlantic, focusing on investments in the firm’s Consumer sector. Since joining General Atlantic in 2012, Mr. Joseph has also been active in General Atlantic’s Technology sector. Prior to General Atlantic, he was an Associate at Hellman & Friedman from July 2007 to July 2010. He also serves as a board observer at Squarespace and a member of the board of directors of Torchy’s Tacos. Mr. Joseph earned a B.S. from the McIntire School of Commerce at the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Joseph is well-qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his significant business and leadership experience in the consumer services industry.
Dorvin D. Lively has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2021. Mr. Lively has served as President of Planet Fitness, Inc. since January 2019, as well as serving as President and Chief Financial Officer from May 2017 to January 2019. Mr. Lively served as Chief Financial Officer of Planet Fitness, Inc. from July 2013 to May 2017. Prior to Planet Fitness, he held several roles at RadioShack from August 2011 to
July 2013, including as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Administrative Officer. Prior to RadioShack, Mr. Lively was Chief Financial Officer of Ace Hardware Corp. His experience also includes previous positions as Maidenform Brands, Toys R Us, The Reader’s Digest Association and Pepsi-Cola International. Mr. Lively also serves as a member of the board of directors of Mister Car Wash, Inc. Mr. Lively earned a B.S. in accounting from the University of Arkansas. We believe Mr. Lively is well-qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive leadership experience, knowledge of corporate finance matters and experience in the consumer services industry.
Laurie Ann Goldman has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2021. Ms. Goldman most recently served as Chief Executive Officer of Avon North America from August 2018 to August 2019. Ms. Goldman has over 30 years of management and operating experience building consumer and retail businesses. She served as Chief Executive Officer of Spanx from 2002 to 2014. Prior to Spanx, she served in various marketing and operational leadership roles at The Coca-Cola Company for a decade. She also serves as a member of the board of directors of Joe & the Juice, ClubCorp, 101 Studios and Newlight Technologies. Ms. Goldman earned a B.S. from the Moody School of Communication at the University of Texas at Austin. We believe Ms. Goldman is well-qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her significant leadership experience in the retail, consumer and business services industries and her experience serving on the boards of multiple companies.
Controlled Company
We have applied to list the shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering on the Exchange. As the General Atlantic Equityholders will collectively continue to control more than 50% of our combined voting power upon the completion of this offering, we will be considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of Exchange rules and corporate governance standards. As a “controlled company,” we will be permitted to elect not to comply with certain Exchange corporate governance requirements, including those that would otherwise require our board of directors to have a majority of independent directors and require that we either establish a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee, each comprised entirely of independent directors, or otherwise ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees for directors are determined or recommended to the board of directors by the independent members of the board of directors.
Director Independence
The board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise that director’s ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out that director’s responsibilities. The board of directors has determined that Alexa Bartlett, Andrew Crawford, Shaw Joseph, Dorvin Lively and Laurie Ann Goldman are each “independent directors” as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Composition of Our Board of Directors
Upon the consummation of the offering, our board of directors will consist of six directors. In accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, we expect to increase the size of the board of directors to seven members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, the number of directors on our board of directors will be determined from time to time by the board of directors, but shall not be less than three persons nor more than 20 persons.
Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled at any time by the remaining directors. In addition, at any point prior to the occurrence of the 50% Triggering Event (defined as the time at which the General Atlantic Equityholders or any of their affiliates or
permitted transferees no longer collectively beneficially own shares representing 50% of our issued and outstanding common stock), vacancies on the board of directors may also be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock.
We will enter into a Stockholders Agreement prior to the consummation of this offering that will provide the General Atlantic Equityholders with the right to nominate a specified number of our directors, determined based on the percentage of our common stock beneficially owned by the General Atlantic Equityholders immediately prior to this offering. Within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be required to deliver a written request to increase the size of the board of directors to seven members, and we and the General Atlantic Equityholders will take all necessary action in order to expand the board accordingly. For so long as the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate four directors to serve on our board of directors. When the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own less than 50% but at least 30% of our outstanding common stock, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate three directors. When the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own less than 30% but at least 15% of our outstanding common stock, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate two directors. Thereafter, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate one director so long as they beneficially own at least 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. To the extent permitted under applicable regulations of the Exchange, for so long as the General Atlantic Equityholders have the right to nominate one director, the General Atlantic Equityholders shall be entitled to have one of their nominees serve on each committee of our board of directors. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for additional information. The General Atlantic Equityholders’ initial nominees for our board of directors are Alexa Bartlett, Andrew Crawford and Shaw Joseph. In addition, the Stockholders Agreement will prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our board of directors without the prior written consent of the General Atlantic Equityholders so long as they or any of their affiliates or permitted transferees beneficially own shares representing 25% of our issued and outstanding common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that until the occurrence of the 50% Triggering Event, any director may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Thereafter, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of common stock. At any meeting of the board of directors, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the board of directors. In connection with this offering, Alexa Bartlett and Shaw Joseph will be designated as Class I directors, Laurie Ann Goldman and Dorvin D. Lively will be designated as Class II directors and David P. Berg and Andrew Crawford will be designated as Class III directors.
Committees of the Board
Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee. Under the rules of the Exchange, the membership of the Audit Committee is required to consist entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. As a controlled company, we are not required to have fully independent Compensation and Nominating and Governance Committees. The following is a brief description of our committees.
Audit
Our Audit Committee assists the board of directors in monitoring the audit of our financial statements, our independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, the performance of our audit function and independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee has direct responsibility for, among other things:
•
preparing the annual audit committee report to be included in our annual proxy statement;
•
overseeing and monitoring our accounting and financial reporting processes;
•
overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and internal control system;
•
overseeing and monitoring the independence, retention, performance and compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
overseeing and monitoring the performance, appointment and retention of our internal audit department;
•
reviewing and discussing, with management and the internal audit group risk assessment and risk management policies;
•
overseeing and monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory matters; and
•
providing regular reports to the board of directors.
Upon the completion of this offering, Dorvin D. Lively, Laurie Ann Goldman and Shaw Joseph are expected to be the members of our Audit Committee. The chair of our audit committee will be Mr. Lively. Mr. Lively qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined under the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and that Mr. Lively and Ms. Goldman are “independent” for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of the Exchange. Accordingly, we are relying on the phase-in provisions of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the Exchange transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering, and we plan to have an audit committee comprised solely of independent directors that are independent for purposes of serving on an audit committee within one year of our listing. We believe that the functioning of our audit committee complies with the applicable requirements of the SEC and the Exchange.
Our Audit Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Exchange.
Compensation
Our Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our directors and employees to the board of directors and is responsible for approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers. Our Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other things:
•
reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding our compensation policies and programs;
•
reviewing and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer, and recommend to the board of directors for approval, the compensation of other executive officers and key employees, including all material benefits, option or stock award grants and perquisites and all material employment agreements;
•
reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our incentive compensation plans, equity-based compensation plans and retirement plans;
•
administering incentive compensation and equity-related plans and retirement plans;
•
reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the financial and other performance targets that must be met; and
•
preparing an annual compensation committee report and taking such other actions as are necessary and consistent with the governing law and our organizational documents.
Upon the completion of this offering, Andrew Crawford, Laurie Ann Goldman, Shaw Joseph and Alexa Bartlett are expected to be the members of our Compensation Committee. The chair of our compensation committee will be Mr. Crawford. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the rules of the Exchange, our Compensation Committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the
future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the Compensation Committee if necessary in order to comply with such rules.
Our Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Exchange.
Nominating and Governance
Our Nominating and Governance Committee will be responsible for, among other things:
•
identifying candidates qualified to become directors of the Company, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;
•
recommending to our board of directors nominees for election as directors at the next annual meeting of stockholders or a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, as well as to recommend directors to serve on the other committees of the board;
•
recommending to our board of directors candidates to fill vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors;
•
setting and reviewing the compensation of non-executive members of the board of directors;
•
to developing and recommending to our board of directors guidelines setting forth corporate governance principles applicable to the Company; and
•
overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors.
Upon the completion of this offering, Andrew Crawford, Dorvin D. Lively, Shaw Joseph and Alexa Bartlett are expected to be the members of our Nominating and Governance Committee. The chair of our Nominating and Governance Committee will be Mr. Crawford. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the rules of the Exchange, our Nominating and Governance Committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the Nominating and Governance Committee if necessary in order to comply with such rules.
Our Nominating and Governance Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the Exchange.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on our board of directors or Compensation Committee. No member of our board of directors is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the Exchange. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.waxcenter.com. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the Exchange.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the Exchange.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table
The following table shows the compensation earned by our principal executive officer and the two other most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, whom we refer to collectively as our “named executive officers.” The principal positions listed in the table refer to the positions of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.
Name and Principal Position
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Salary
($)(1)
|
|
|
Bonus
($)(2)
|
|
|
Stock
Awards
($)(3)
|
|
|
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
|
|
|
All Other
Compensation
($)
|
|
|
Total
Compensation
($)
|
|
David Berg
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
675,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
161,750 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
28,484(5) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
865,234 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gavin O’Connor
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
335,343 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
209,949 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,100 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,583(6) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
721,975 |
|
|
Chief Legal Officer & Corporate
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jennifer Vanderveldt
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
25,685 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
493,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
619,053 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
The amount in this column for Mr. O’Connor represents the prorated amount of base salary earned commencing January 6, 2020, Mr. O’Connor’s start date. The amount in this column for Ms. Vanderveldt represents the prorated amount of base salary earned commencing December 7, 2020, Ms. Vanderveldt’s start date.
(2)
Amounts in this column represent a sign-on bonus.
(3)
The values set forth in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of Class B Units granted to the named executive officers in 2020, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
(4)
The values set forth in this column represent annual performance bonus payouts to each named executive officer.
(5)
The amount in this column includes (i) $20,811 which represents 401(k) employer matching contributions, (ii) $3,277 which represents life insurance payments and (iii) $4,396 which represents employer qualified non-elective contributions.
(6)
The amount in this column includes (i) $9,839 which represents relocation benefits and an associated gross-up payment of $5,941, (ii) $240 which represents life insurance payments and (iii) $3,128 which represents COBRA reimbursement and an associated gross-up payment of $1,435.
Summary of Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements
Employment Agreement with Mr. Berg (Chief Executive Officer)
EWC Ventures entered into an at-will employment agreement with Mr. Berg on September 25, 2018 effective as of October 8, 2018, as amended on March 1, 2019, which agreement provides for an initial three-year term subject to automatic one-year renewals unless either party provides 60 days’ advance written notice of nonrenewal prior to the expiration of the then-current term. The employment agreement provides for a salary of $675,000 per year and a signing bonus of $100,000 (of which a prorated portion, calculated by multiplying the signing bonus amount by the number obtained by dividing the number of calendar days remaining in the initial term of employment by 1095, must be repaid upon a resignation or a termination for “cause” prior to the expiration of the initial three-year term on October 8, 2021). In addition, the employment agreement provides for eligibility to earn an annual cash bonus with a target bonus of 100% base salary up to a maximum of 150% of base salary, with the actual bonus payable to be determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors of EWC Ventures, based on established performance metrics and subject to Mr. Berg’s continued employment through the payment date. Mr. Berg is eligible to participate in benefit programs of EWC Ventures available to executives. In addition, Mr. Berg’s employment agreement provides for the grant of profits interests, which is described in greater detail below under “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End”. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic and for business continuity purposes, Mr. Berg agreed to temporarily reduce his base salary to: (x) $337,500 during the period between March 22, 2020 through May 1, 2020 and the period between June 28, 2020 through September 19, 2020 and (y) $0 during the period between May 2, 2020 through June 27, 2020. Mr. Berg’s base salary was reinstated to $675,000 on September 20, 2020. The aggregate amount of the salary reductions, in effect between March 22, 2020 through September 19, 2020, was repaid to Mr. Berg on October 23, 2020.
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Berg is subject to restrictive covenants which provide that he will not engage, provide services to or acquire a financial interest in any business that competes with EWC Ventures, its parent or subsidiaries, and he will not solicit or hire employees, consultants or vendors of EWC Ventures, its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates, in each case during the period of his employment with EWC Ventures and for a period of two years thereafter. Mr. Berg is also subject to confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions. Mr. Berg’s employment agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment as described below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”
In addition, Mr. Berg’s employment agreement was amended on December 9, 2019 to provide that in the event of an initial public offering of EWC Ventures (or any other entity, the securities of which are exchanged for EWC Ventures Units in anticipation of an initial public offering, as is the case in this offering with respect to the Company), Mr. Berg will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to $2,000,000, subject to the closing of such initial public offering and his continued employment through such date, which bonus shall be paid no later than five business days following the closing of such initial public offering (subject to all applicable withholding taxes) (the “Berg IPO Bonus”). The Berg IPO Bonus will be payable in connection with the closing of this offering, subject to the terms and conditions set forth above.
Employment Agreement with Mr. O’Connor (Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary)
EWC Ventures entered into an at-will employment agreement with Mr. O’Connor on December 10, 2019 effective on or around January 6, 2020, which agreement provides for an initial three-year term subject to automatic one-year renewals unless either party provides 60 days’ advance written notice of nonrenewal prior to the expiration of the then-current term. The employment agreement provides for a salary of $340,000 per year and a signing bonus of $100,000 (which must either be (i) fully repaid upon a resignation without “good reason” or a termination for “cause” occurring within the first year of the initial term or (ii) repaid as to a prorated portion if a resignation without “good reason” or a termination for “cause” occurs in the second year of the initial term, which prorated amount shall be calculated by multiplying the signing bonus amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days remaining in the first two years of the initial term and the denominator of which is 731). In addition, the employment agreement provides for eligibility to earn an annual cash bonus with a target bonus of 40% of base salary (which has been increased to 50% of base salary) up to a maximum of 60% of base salary (which has been increased to 75% of base salary), with the actual bonus payable to be determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors of EWC Ventures, based on established performance metrics and subject to Mr. O'Connor's continued employment through the payment date. Mr. O’Connor is eligible to participate in benefit programs of EWC Ventures available to executives and was eligible for reimbursement for reasonable commuting expenses between his principal residence and company headquarters for his first 60 days of employment. In addition, Mr. O’Connor’s employment agreement provides for the grant of profits interests, which is described in greater detail below under “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End”. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic and for business continuity purposes, on April 2, 2020, Mr. O’Connor agreed to temporarily reduce his base salary to $306,000 effective as of March 22, 2020 through September 19, 2020. Mr. O’Connor’s base salary was reinstated to $340,000 on September 20, 2020. The aggregate amount of the salary reductions was repaid to Mr. O’Connor on October 23, 2020.
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. O’Connor is subject to restrictive covenants which provide that he will not engage, provide services to or acquire a financial interest in any business that competes with EWC Ventures, its parent or subsidiaries, and he will not solicit or hire employees, consultants, customers or vendors of EWC Ventures, its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates, in each case during the period of his employment with EWC Ventures and for a period of two years thereafter. Mr. O’Connor is also subject to confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions. Mr. O’Connor’s employment agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment as described below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”
Employment Agreement with Ms. Vanderveldt (Chief Financial Officer)
EWC Ventures entered into an at-will employment agreement with Ms. Vanderveldt on November 4, 2020 effective on or around December 7, 2020, which agreement provides for an initial three-year term subject to
automatic one-year renewals unless either party provides 60 days’ advance written notice of nonrenewal prior to expiration of the then-current term. The employment agreement provides for a salary of $375,000 per year and a signing bonus of $100,000 (which must either be (i) fully repaid upon a resignation without “good reason” or a termination for “cause” occurring within the first year of the initial term or (ii) repaid as to a prorated portion if a resignation without “good reason” or a termination for “cause” occurs in the second year of the initial term, which prorated amount shall be calculated by multiplying the bonus amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days remaining in the first two years of the initial term and the denominator of which is 731). In addition, the employment agreement provides for eligibility to earn an annual cash bonus with a target bonus of 50% of base salary up to a maximum of 75% of base salary, with the actual bonus payable to be determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors of EWC Ventures, based on established performance metrics and subject to Ms. Vanderveldt's continued employment through the payment date. Ms. Vanderveldt is eligible to participate in benefit programs of EWC Ventures available to executives. In addition, Ms. Vanderveldt’s employment agreement provides for the grant of profits interests, which is described in greater detail below under “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End”.
Pursuant to her employment agreement, Ms. Vanderveldt is subject to restrictive covenants which provide that she will not engage, provide services to or acquire a financial interest in any business that competes with EWC Ventures, EWC Management Holdco, LLC, its parent, or subsidiaries, and she will not solicit or hire employees, consultants, customers or vendors of EWC Ventures, its parent, or subsidiaries, in each case during the period of her employment with EWC Ventures and for a period of two years thereafter. Ms. Vanderveldt is also subject to confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions. Ms. Vanderveldt’s employment agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment as described below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
Each of our named executive officers received indirect interests in EWC Ventures in the form of profits interests in connection with his or her commencement of employment pursuant to the Amended and Restated EWC Management Holdco, LLC Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”). Each interest granted under the Equity Incentive Plan represents a back-to-back interest that mirrors the economic equivalent of a Class B Unit (each, a “Mirror Class B Unit”). For purposes of the discussion of these Mirror Class B Units granted to our named executive officers, references in this section entitled “Executive Compensation” to “Class B Units” represent the corresponding Mirror Class B Units in EWC Management Holdco, LLC.
The table below summarizes all Class B Units granted by EWC Ventures to the named executive officers that were outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
Name(1)
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Number of
Unvested
Time-Vesting
Class B Units
(#)
|
|
|
Market value
of Unvested
Time-Vesting
Class B Units
($)
|
|
|
Number of
Unvested
Performance-
Vesting
Class B Units
(#)
|
|
|
Market value
of Unvested
Performance-
Vesting
Class B Units
($)
|
|
David Berg(2)(3)
|
|
|
10/15/18
|
|
|
|
|
644,108 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,083,503 |
|
|
|
|
|
185,408 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
72,309 |
|
|
|
|
|
12/9/19
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
376,641 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
146,890 |
|
|
Gavin O’Connor(4)(5)
|
|
|
1/6/20
|
|
|
|
|
69,560 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
142,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
69,839 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
50,092 |
|
|
Jennifer Vanderveldt(4)(6)
|
|
|
12/7/20
|
|
|
|
|
140,064 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
392,179 |
|
|
|
|
|
141,122 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
101,189 |
|
|
(1)
In connection with this offering, the Class B Units were reclassified into the number of vested and unvested common units of EWC Management Holdco as described below.
(2)
Mr. Berg’s time-vesting Class B Units granted on October 15, 2018 (as amended on December 9, 2019) vest over five years as follows: as to (i) 30% on the 18-month anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) 10% on the second anniversary of the date of grant; (iii) 20% on the third anniversary of the date of grant; (iv) 20% on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant and (v) 20% on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Time-vesting Class B Units shall become 100% vested upon a GA Exit (as defined below).
(3)
Mr. Berg’s performance-vesting Class B Units granted on October 15, 2018 (as amended on December 9, 2019) and on December 9, 2019 vest upon the consummation of a GA Exit subject to Mr. Berg’s continued employment through the date of the GA Exit and subject to achievement of a 3.0x multiple of MOIC (as defined below). In connection with this offering, the performance-vesting Class B Units were modified to provide that Class B Units that vested subject to achievement of a 3.0x (MOIC) may also vest based on the achievement of additional factors as described below.
(4)
Time-vesting Class B Units for our named executive officers other than Mr. Berg generally vest over five years, with 50% vesting on the 18-month anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining 50% vesting in equal installments on each quarterly anniversary thereafter.
(5)
Performance-vesting Class B Units generally vest upon the consummation of a GA Exit, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through the date of the GA Exit and subject to achievement of a multiple of MOIC, with approximately 50%, 25% and 25% of the performance-vesting Class B Units becoming vested upon achievement of 2.0x (MOIC), 2.5x (MOIC) and 3.0x (MOIC), respectively. In connection with this offering, the performance-vesting Class B Units were modified (as described below) to provide that the 2.0x (MOIC) and 2.5x (MOIC) performance-vesting units will be converted to time-vesting units (but will remain eligible in vest on achievement of 2.0x (MOIC) or 2.5x (MOIC), as applicable) and the 3.0x (MOIC) performance-vesting units may vest based on the achievement of additional factors described below.
Each Class B Unit represents an equity interest in EWC Ventures that, upon a GA Exit, entitles the holder to a percentage of the profits and appreciation in the equity value of EWC Ventures arising after the date of grant. If EWC Ventures’ equity value had not appreciated in value or decreased in value after the date of grant, then the Class B Units would have no value.
“GA Exit,” as defined in each named executive officer’s award agreement, means the date on which General Atlantic (EW) Collections, L.P. (together with any of its affiliates that have acquired units in EWC Ventures, “GA”) reduces its direct or indirect equity investments in EWC Ventures to less than 20% of the fully diluted units of EWC Ventures or upon a sale of all or substantially all of EWC Ventures’ assets. No GA Exit shall be deemed to have occurred until all of the non-cash proceeds received by GA in any such transaction have been reduced to cash. The effectiveness of this offering will not constitute a GA Exit if it is not accompanied by the requisite sell-down of equity.
“MOIC,” as defined in each named executive officer’s officer award agreement, means, as of the date of the GA Exit, as calculated by the compensation committee of EWC Ventures (x) the total cash-on-cash equity return actually realized by GA (excluding any deal-based, transaction or exit fees of GA, divided by (y) the aggregate equity and any other capital contributions made by GA.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions and the pricing of this offering, all of EWC Ventures’ outstanding equity interests, including its Class B Units, will be reclassified into EWC Ventures Units, based on a hypothetical liquidation of EWC Ventures at the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in the offering. In addition, all of EWC Management Holdco’s Class B Units will be reclassified into the number of vested and unvested common units of EWC Management Holdco equal to the number of EWC Ventures Units into which such Class B Units would have been reclassified pursuant to the prior sentence. The unvested EWC Management Holdco common units will vest following the offering based on the current vesting schedule of the outstanding unvested Class B Units from which they were reclassified, except as described in the immediately following paragraph. Upon termination of employment, all unvested EWC Management Holdco common units will be forfeited and any vested EWC Management Holdco common units will be subject to repurchase by EWC Management Holdco. Vested EWC Management Holdco common units will be entitled to receive distributions, if any, from EWC Management Holdco. Unvested EWC Ventures Units will not be entitled to receive such distributions (other than tax distributions) unless and until such units vest. If any unvested EWC Management Holdco common units are forfeited, they will be cancelled by EWC Management Holdco for no consideration. There are no voting rights associated with the EWC Management Holdco common units, whether vested or unvested. Vested EWC Management Holdco common units may be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, outstanding performance-vesting Class B Units that would have vested upon achievement of 2.0x (MOIC) or a 2.5x (MOIC) will be converted to time-vesting units and will vest as if the units were time-vesting units on the initial date of grant; provided that, such units shall still fully vest upon achievement of 2.0x (MOIC) or a 2.5x (MOIC), as applicable. The outstanding performance-vesting Class B Units that would have vested upon achievement of 3.0x (MOIC) will convert into performance-vesting units eligible to vest on a 3.0x (MOIC) and will also be eligible to vest upon the occurrence of either (i) the achievement of a 2.0x MOIC at such time as GA’s investment in EWC Ventures is no less than 35% of the fully diluted units of EWC Ventures or (ii) the first of December 31, 2022, March 31, 2023, June 30, 2023, September 30, 2023 or December 31, 2023 on which a specific volume weighted average trading price of our common stock is achieved.
Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control
Severance Benefits
David Berg. Under the employment agreement for Mr. Berg, if Mr. Berg’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason,” then, in addition to receiving his accrued amounts, he will receive, subject to the execution of a release of claims and compliance with the restrictive covenants, severance pay in an aggregate amount equal to one times base salary (subject to an off-set of compensation received from any new employer) payable in equal installments over the one-year period following termination, a prorated share of any bonus for the year in which termination occurs based on actual performance for the year and COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents equal to the premiums for continued health benefits under the terms of our benefit plans for one year, except that such COBRA payments shall cease if Mr. Berg becomes eligible for group health coverage through a subsequent employer.
Gavin O’Connor. Under the employment agreement for Mr. O’Connor, if Mr. O’Connor’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason,” then, in addition to receiving his accrued amounts, he will receive, subject to the execution of a release of claims and compliance with the restrictive covenants, salary continuance for 12 months (subject to an off-set of compensation received from any new employer), a prorated share of any bonus for the year in which termination occurs based on target performance for the year and COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents for 12 months equal to the premiums for continued health benefits under the terms of our benefit plans for one year provided that such COBRA payments shall cease if Mr. O’Connor becomes eligible for group health coverage through a subsequent employer.
Jennifer Vanderveldt. Under the employment agreement for Ms. Vanderveldt, if Ms. Vanderveldt’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason,” then, in addition to receiving her accrued amounts, she will receive, subject to the execution of a release of claims and compliance with the restrictive covenants, salary continuance for 12 months (or earlier if she obtains new employment), a prorated share of any bonus for the year in which termination occurs based on target performance for the year, and COBRA premiums for 12 months for her and her eligible dependents equal to the premiums for continued health benefits under the terms of our benefit plans for one year provided that such COBRA payments shall cease if Ms. Vanderveldt becomes eligible for group health coverage through a subsequent employer.
Pursuant to his or her employment agreement, upon a termination due to death or disability (as defined in the employment agreement), each of our named executive officers is entitled to payment of his or her accrued benefits.
Termination for Messrs. Berg and O’Connor’s and Ms. Vanderveldt’s employment for “cause” generally means (i) the indictment, conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere by, the executive to (A) a felony or (B) another crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) the executive’s commission of any act of material dishonesty or breach of trust or any act constituting fraud, embezzlement, theft, misappropriation of funds, money, assets or other property of EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, customers or suppliers, (iii) the executive’s attempt to willfully obtain any personal profit from any transaction in which the executive has an interest not disclosed to the board and that is adverse to the interests of EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, (iv) the executive’s reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs or repeatedly using illegal drugs or alcohol to the point of intoxication, whether or not at the workplace, (v) the executive’s failure or refusal to perform duties, or gross negligence in the performance of the executive’s duties and responsibilities, as reasonably directed by EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, other than as a result of a disability or other approved absence, (vi) the executive’s violation of the rules, regulations, procedures or instructions (whether written or oral) relating to the conduct of employees, directors and/or consultants of EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (that (if capable of cure) is not cured to the board’s reasonable satisfaction within 10 days after written notice thereof to the executive), (vii) the executive’s breach of any non-competition, non-disclosure, non-solicitation or non-disparagement covenant in any agreement with EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, (viii) the executive’s improperly or illegally aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to the material disadvantage or detriment of EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, (ix) without limiting clause (vii) hereof, the executive’s material breach of any written employment or services agreement
(that (if capable of cure) is not cured to the board’s reasonable satisfaction within 10 days after written notice thereof to the executive), or (x) the executive’s breach of any fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to EWC Ventures or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (that (if capable of cure) is not cured to the board’s reasonable satisfaction within 10 days after written notice thereof to the executive).
Termination for Messrs. Berg and O’Connor’s and Ms. Vanderveldt’s employment for “disability” generally means the executive’s substantial inability, due to a physical or mental condition, to perform essential functions of the executive’s position, with or without accommodation, for a period of three (3) consecutive months or for shorter periods aggregating six months during any 12-month period, as determined by the board of directors of EWC Ventures in its good faith judgment.
Termination for Messrs. Berg and O’Connor’s and Ms. Vanderveldt’s employment for “good reason” generally means a termination of the executive’s employment with EWC Ventures’ by the executive (i) following a reduction in the executive’s salary or target bonus percentage, (ii) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment or the Company’s headquarters by more than 50 miles from its current location (for Ms. Vanderveldt and Mr. Berg) or (iii) a material diminution of the executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities; provided, that, “good reason” shall not exist under this clause (iii) solely as a result in a change in the executive’s reporting structure or if such material diminution of authority, duties and responsibilities is a result of (1) the hiring of additional subordinates to fill some of the executive’s duties and responsibilities or (2) any disposition or sale of any subsidiary or division of the Company; provided, however, that, in each case, the executive may not terminate employment for Good Reason unless the executive (A) provides the Company with 30 days’ advance written notice of intent to resign for Good Reason, (B) such notice is given within 90 days following the events or circumstances claimed to give rise to Good Reason, (C) the Company fails to cure such alleged violation within 30 days after the executive delivers such notice and (D) if the Company fails to cure such alleged violation, the executive terminates employment within five days following the end of the 30-day cure period. The executive understands that he or she may be required to travel at the request of the Company and that such travel shall not constitute Good Reason.
Calculations of Benefits to Which the Named Executive Officers Would Be Entitled
Assuming each named executive officer’s termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2020 or a change in control (constituting a GA Exit) occurred on December 31, 2020, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers is estimated in the table below.
|
|
|
Termination
Without Cause
|
|
|
Termination For
Good Reason
|
|
|
Termination
Following a
Change in Control
Constituting a GA
Exit
|
|
|
Change in Control
Constituting a GA
Exit
|
|
David Berg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
|
|
$ |
675,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
675,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
675,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Bonus Payment
|
|
|
|
$ |
161,750 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
161,750 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
161,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
COBRA
|
|
|
|
$ |
30,331 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
30,331 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
30,331 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Accrued PTO
|
|
|
|
$ |
70,096 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
70,096 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
70,096 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,083,503 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,083,503 |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
937,177 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
937,177 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,740,680 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,083,503 |
|
|
Gavin O’Connor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
|
|
$ |
340,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
340,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
340,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Bonus Payment
|
|
|
|
$ |
170,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
170,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
170,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
COBRA
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,247 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,247 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,247 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Accrued PTO
|
|
|
|
$ |
35,308 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
35,308 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
35,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
592,555 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
592,555 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
592,555 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
Without Cause
|
|
|
Termination For
Good Reason
|
|
|
Termination
Following a
Change in Control
Constituting a GA
Exit
|
|
|
Change in Control
Constituting a GA
Exit
|
|
Jennifer Vanderveldt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
|
|
$ |
375,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
375,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
375,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Bonus Payment
|
|
|
|
$ |
187,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
187,500 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
187,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
COBRA
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Accrued PTO
|
|
|
|
$ |
38,942 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
38,942 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
38,942 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
601,442 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
601,442 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
601,442 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
IPO Equity Grants
In connection with this offering, we intend to grant equity awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (a description of which is provided below) to certain directors and employees, including Messrs. Berg and O’Connor and Ms. Vanderveldt, consisting of restricted stock units with an approximate aggregate grant date value of $1.7 million and stock options with an approximate aggregate grant date value of $1.5 million. The number of restricted stock units that will be issued will be equal to the grant date value divided by our public offering price, and the number of stock options that will be issued will be equal to the grant date value of such stock options divided by the Black-Scholes value of an option to purchase one share of our Class A common stock. In particular, based on an assumed public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), it is anticipated that our named executive officers will, in the aggregate, receive new equity awards with respect to 210,961 shares of Class A common stock, with Messrs. Berg and O’Connor and Ms. Vanderveldt receiving 48,611, 19,444 and 25,000 restricted stock units, respectively, and 71,150, 20,329 and 26,427 stock options, respectively. The restricted stock units granted to the named executive officers will vest in three equal installments of 33.33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, and the stock options granted to the named executive officers will cliff vest as to 100% on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject in all cases to continued employment on the applicable vesting date.
Director Compensation
Our directors did not receive director cash fees or receive any grants of Class B Units in fiscal year 2020 with respect to their service on the Board. Class B Units granted to Mr. Berg were in respect of his services as our chief executive officer; Mr. Berg did not receive any compensation for his service as a director in fiscal year 2020.
Pursuant to a binding term sheet entered into between EWC Ventures, General Atlantic (EW) Collections, L.P. and David Coba, pursuant to which, following closing of the merger pursuant to which General Atlantic acquired EWC Ventures (the “EWC Ventures Closing”), David Coba would serve as EWC Ventures’ chief executive officer until the hiring of a new chief executive officer (which occurred on October 8, 2018, when Mr. Berg was hired) and thereafter would serve as a consultant to EWC Ventures for the four-year period commencing on October 8, 2018 (the “David Coba Transition Period”), which David Coba Transition Period may earlier terminate upon certain events set forth in the binding term sheet, including an initial public offering. The binding term sheet provides that during the David Coba Transition Period, David Coba would be entitled to the following: (i) a consulting fee at an annual rate of $200,000, provided that, for the first 30 days of the David Coba Transition Period, the annual rate was $800,000 and (ii) eligibility to participate in EWC Ventures’ benefit plans, to the extent permitted thereunder and to the extent such participation would not result in any adverse tax consequences or other penalties to David Coba or EWC Ventures. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic and for business continuity purposes, David Coba agreed to suspend his consulting fee from April through November 2020. David Coba’s consulting fee was reinstated in December 2020. The aggregate amount of the consulting fee reductions in effect from April through November 2020 was repaid to David Coba in December 2020. Payments and benefits provided to David Coba during the David Coba Transition Period have been made in respect of the services he has rendered as a consultant to EWC Ventures,
and do not constitute fees in respect of services rendered in his capacity as a director. Pursuant to the terms of the binding term sheet, the David Coba Transition Period shall terminate upon the effectiveness of this offering.
Pursuant to a binding term sheet entered into between EWC Ventures, General Atlantic (EW) Collections, L.P. and Joshua Coba, pursuant to which, following the EWC Ventures Closing, Joshua Coba would continue to serve as a member of the board of directors of EWC Ventures and resign from his position as EWC Venture’ chief operating officer and thereafter would serve as a consultant to EWC Ventures for the four-year period commencing on September 25, 2018 (the “Joshua Coba Transition Period”), which transition period may earlier terminate upon certain events set forth in the binding term sheet, including an initial public offering. The binding term sheet provides that during the Joshua Coba Transition Period, Joshua Coba would be entitled to the following: (i) a consulting fee at an annual rate of $100,000 and (ii) eligibility to participate in EWC Ventures’ benefit plans, to the extent permitted thereunder and to the extent such participation would not result in any adverse tax consequences or other penalties to Joshua Coba or EWC Ventures. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic and for business continuity purposes, Joshua Coba agreed to suspend his consulting fee from April through November 2020. Joshua Coba’s consulting fee was reinstated in December 2020. The aggregate amount of the consulting fee reductions in effect from April through November 2020 was repaid to Joshua Coba in December 2020. Payments and benefits provided to Joshua Coba during the Joshua Coba Transition Period have been made in respect of the services he has rendered as a consultant to EWC Ventures, and do not constitute fees in respect of services rendered in his capacity as a director. Pursuant to the terms of the binding term sheet, the Joshua Coba Transition Period shall terminate upon the effectiveness of this offering.
Immediately prior to this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which non-employee directors will be eligible to receive the cash retainers and equity awards and which will be disclosed once implemented. Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director. We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of the board or any committee thereof.
2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt, with the approval of our stockholders, our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”) to become effective in connection with the consummation of this offering. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Administration. The compensation committee of our board of directors (the “Compensation Committee”) will administer the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine the terms and conditions of any agreements evidencing any awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.
Eligibility. Any current or prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors of the Company or its affiliates who are selected by the Compensation Committee will be eligible for awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Number of Shares Authorized. The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for an aggregate of 6,329,783 shares of our common stock. In addition, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will automatically increase each fiscal year beginning with fiscal year 2022 and ending with fiscal year 2031 by the lesser of (a) 1% of the total number of shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year on a fully diluted basis assuming that all shares available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan are issued and outstanding or (b) such number of shares determined by our board of directors. No more than 6,329,783 shares of our common stock may be issued with respect to incentive stock options under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The maximum grant date fair value of cash and equity awards that may be awarded
to a non-employee director under the Omnibus Incentive Plan during any one fiscal year, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such fiscal year, in respect of service as a member of the board of directors during such year, will be $750,000. For the avoidance of doubt, in a year in which a non-employee director serves as an employee or consultant (including as an interim officer), such limit will not apply to compensation approved to be paid to such non-employee director by the other non-employee directors in respect of such service as an employee or consultant. If any award granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan expires, terminates, or is cancelled or forfeited without being settled, vested or exercised, shares of our common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grants. Any shares that are surrendered or tendered to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy withholding taxes owed, or any shares reserved for issuance, but not issued, with respect to settlement of a stock appreciation right, will again be available for grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Change in Capitalization. If there is a change in our capitalization in the event of a stock or extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our common stock or other relevant change in capitalization or applicable law or circumstances, such that the Compensation Committee determines that an adjustment to the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan (or awards thereunder) is necessary or appropriate, then the Compensation Committee shall make adjustments in a manner that it deems equitable. Such adjustments may be to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the limitations on awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the exercise price of outstanding options, or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as the Compensation Committee may determine appropriate.
Awards Available for Grant. The Compensation Committee may grant awards of non-qualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, other cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. Awards may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines, which are referred to herein as “Substitute Awards.”
Stock Options. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (as defined herein) for incentive stock options, or “non-qualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be non-qualified unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an incentive stock option. Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. Under the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (or 110% of the fair market value in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% stockholder) of our common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be 10 years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% stockholder), provided that if the term of a non-qualified option would expire at a time when trading in the shares of our common stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy, unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, the option’s term shall be extended automatically until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (as long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash, by check, by cash equivalent or by such other method as the Compensation Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including (i) by delivery of other property (including previously owned shares, provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) having a fair market value equal to the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes, (ii) if there is a public market for the shares of our common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism or (iii) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee or as set forth in an award agreement, if, on the last day of the option’s term, the fair market value of a share exceeds the
exercise price, the participant has not exercised the option and the option has not previously expired, such option will be deemed exercised by the participant on such last day by means of a “net exercise” procedure described above. In all events of cashless or net exercise, any fractional shares will be settled in cash.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award SARs under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, in the form of either cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee (in the case of Substitute Awards or SARs granted in tandem with previously granted options), the exercise price per share of our common stock underlying each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such share, determined as of the date of grant, and the maximum term of a SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be 10 years from the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee or as set forth in an award agreement, if, on the last day of a SAR’s term, the fair market value of a share exceeds the exercise price, the participant has not exercised the SAR and the SAR has not previously expired, such SAR will be deemed exercised by the participant on such last day and the Company shall make the appropriate payment therefor. Any fractional shares will be settled in cash.
Restricted Stock. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. Restricted stock is common stock that is generally non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee for a specified period. To the extent provided in an award agreement, dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Company and attributable to the restricted stock, will be payable in cash or in shares (or a combination of cash and shares) at the same time that the underlying restricted stock vests.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant restricted stock unit awards, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the Compensation Committee. A restricted stock unit award, once vested, may be settled in a number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of units earned, in cash equal to the fair market value of the number of shares of our common stock earned in respect of such restricted stock unit award or in a combination of the foregoing, at the election of the Compensation Committee. Restricted stock units may be settled at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation Committee. To the extent provided in an award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by us of dividends on shares, which will be payable in cash or in shares (or a combination of cash and shares) at the same time that the underlying restricted stock units are settled.
Deferred Awards. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant deferred awards, which may be a right to receive shares or cash (either independently or as an element of or supplement to any other award), including, as may be required by any applicable law or regulations or determined by the board of directors (or subcommittee thereof), in lieu of any annual bonus, commission or retainer plan or arrangement, under such terms and conditions as the board of directors may determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of our common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, other awards denominated in shares of our common stock, or awards that provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value of our common stock under such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.
Effect of a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change in control, severance or other agreement between us and a participant, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), if the acquirer or successor company in such change in control has not agreed to provide for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation of awards, or such acquirer or successor company has provided for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation of awards but a participant’s employment or service is terminated by us other than for cause (and other than due to death or disability) on or within 24 months following a change in
control, then, unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, (i) all then-outstanding options and SARs held by such participant will become immediately exercisable as of such participant’s date of termination with respect to all of the shares subject to such option or SAR and/or (ii) the restricted period (and any other conditions) shall expire as of such participant’s date of termination with respect to all of the then-outstanding shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other Awards (other than other cash-based awards) held by such participant (including, without limitation, a waiver of any applicable performance conditions); provided that, with respect to any award whose vesting or exercisability is otherwise subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of such award that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on the assumed achievement of actual or target performance as determined by the Compensation Committee. In addition, the Compensation Committee may in its discretion and upon at least ten days’ notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding award and pay the holders, in cash, securities or other property (including of the acquiring or successor company), or any combination thereof, the value of such awards based upon the price per share of the Company’s common stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in connection with the transaction (it being understood that any option or SAR having a per-share exercise price equal to, or in excess of, the fair market value (as of the date specified by the Compensation Committee) of a share of the Company’s common stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without payment or consideration therefor). Notwithstanding the above, the Compensation Committee shall exercise such discretion over the timing of settlement of any award subject to Section 409A of the Code at the time such award is granted.
Nontransferability. Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless the Compensation Committee permits the award to be transferred to a permitted transferee (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan).
Amendment. The Omnibus Incentive Plan will have a term of 10 years. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval, if necessary to comply with any tax, exchange rules or other applicable regulatory requirement. No amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.
The Compensation Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award theretofore granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to any award theretofore granted will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant; and provided further, that, without stockholder approval, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or any SAR, (ii) the Compensation Committee may not cancel any outstanding option and replace it with a new option (with a lower exercise price) or cancel any SAR and replace it with a new SAR (with a lower exercise price) or, in each case, with another award or cash in a manner that would be treated as a repricing (for compensation disclosure or accounting purposes), (iii) the Compensation Committee may not take any other action considered a repricing for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange on which our common shares are listed and (iv) the Compensation Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or SAR that has a per-share exercise price at or above the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of cancellation and pay any consideration to the holder thereof. However, stockholder approval is not required with respect to (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above with respect to certain adjustments on changes in capitalization.
Clawback/Forfeiture. The Compensation Committee has full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder and any other regulatory regimes. The Compensation Committee may, to the extent permitted by applicable law and stock exchange rules or by any applicable Company policy or arrangement, and will, to the extent required, cancel or require reimbursement of any awards granted to the participant or any shares issued or cash received upon vesting, exercise or settlement of any such awards or sale of shares underlying such awards. By accepting an award, the participant agrees that the participant is subject to any clawback policies of the Company in effect from time to time.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant, exercise and vesting of awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local or payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards described in the summary are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.
Stock Options. Holders of incentive stock options will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon vesting or exercise of those options. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before the later of two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming the holding period is satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the incentive stock option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option disposes of those shares, the participant will generally realize taxable compensation at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an incentive stock option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the incentive stock option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes.
No income will be realized by a participant upon grant or vesting of an option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option (“a non-qualified stock option”). Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise, and the participant’s tax basis will equal the sum of the compensation income recognized and the exercise price. We will be able to deduct this same excess amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. In the event of a sale of shares received upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, any appreciation or depreciation after the exercise date generally will be taxed as capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the holding period for such shares is more than one year.
SARs. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant or vesting of a SAR. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.
Restricted Stock. A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (i.e., the vesting date), the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. If the election is made, the participant will not be allowed a deduction for amounts subsequently required to be returned to us. Special rules apply to the receipt and
disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.
Restricted Stock Units. A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant or vesting of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.
Section 162(m). In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to the executives designated in Section 162(m) of the Code, including, but not limited to, its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the next three highly compensated executives of such corporation whose compensation is required to be disclosed in its proxy statement. We reserve the right to award compensation as to which a deduction may be limited under Section 162(m) where we believe it is appropriate to do so.
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The tables below set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock for:
•
each of our directors and named executive officers;
•
each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock;
•
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
•
each of the selling stockholders.
The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned, percentages of beneficial ownership and percentages of combined voting power for before this offering , that are set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares and EWC Ventures Units to be issued and outstanding prior to this offering after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). See “Our Organizational Structure.” The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned, percentages of beneficial ownership and percentages of combined voting power for after this offering that are set forth below are based on (a) the number of shares of common stock and EWC Ventures Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering, (b) an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (c) the use of proceeds from this offering.
The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned, percentages of beneficial ownership and percentages of combined voting power for before this offering, that are set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares and EWC Ventures Units to be issued and outstanding prior to this offering after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). See “Our Organizational Structure.” The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned, percentages of beneficial ownership and percentages of combined voting power for after this offering that are set forth below are based on (a) the number of shares of common stock and EWC Ventures Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering, (b) an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (c) the use of proceeds from this offering. Certain of our 5% equityholders will receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering pursuant to certain purchases described under “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Purchases from Equityholders” and the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and percentages for after this offering set forth below reflect the application of such net proceeds.
The amounts and percentages of Class A common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed below is: c/o European Wax Center, 5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor, Plano, Texas 75024. The tables below do not reflect any shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased in this offering, including through our directed share program described in the section titled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”
The following table assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.
|
|
|
Class A Common
Stock Owned After
Giving Effect to the
Reorganization
Transactions and
Before this Offering
(on a fully
exchanged and
converted basis)(1)
|
|
|
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock Being
Offered
(no option)(2)
|
|
|
Class A Common
Stock Owned
After Giving
Effect to the
Reorganization
Transactions and
this Offering
(on a fully exchanged
and converted basis)(1)
|
|
|
Voting Power(3)
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Before this
Offering
Percentage
|
|
|
After this
Offering
Percentage
|
|
5% Equityholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Atlantic Equityholders(4)
|
|
|
|
|
37,540,081 |
|
|
|
|
|
64.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
1,564,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
34,796,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
54.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
64.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
54.5% |
|
|
EWC Founder Holdco(5)
|
|
|
|
|
13,872,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
23.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
11,878,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
18.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
23.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
18.6% |
|
|
EWC Management Holdco(6)
|
|
|
|
|
4,097,345 |
|
|
|
|
|
7.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,022,373 |
|
|
|
|
|
6.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
7.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
6.3% |
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David P. Berg(7)
|
|
|
|
|
1,456,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
2.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,456,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
2.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
2.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
2.3% |
|
|
Jennifer C. Vanderveldt(7)
|
|
|
|
|
236,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
236,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
Gavin M. O’Connor(7)
|
|
|
|
|
94,803 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
94,803 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
Alexa Bartlett
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Andrew Crawford
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Shaw Joseph
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Dorvin D. Lively
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Laurie Ann Goldman
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(7)
|
|
|
|
|
3,102,503 |
|
|
|
|
|
5.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
3,067,877 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
5.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8% |
|
|
*
Less than 1.0%.
The following table assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.
|
|
|
Class A Common
Stock Owned After
Giving Effect to the
Reorganization
Transactions and
Before this Offering
(on a fully
exchanged and
converted basis)(1)
|
|
|
Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock Being
Offered
(with option)(2)
|
|
|
Class A Common
Stock Owned After
Giving Effect to the
Reorganization
Transactions and this
Offering (on a fully
exchanged and
converted basis)(1)
|
|
|
Voting Power(3)
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Before this
Offering
Percentage
|
|
|
After this
Offering
Percentage
|
|
5% Equityholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Atlantic Equityholders(4)
|
|
|
|
|
37,540,081 |
|
|
|
|
|
64.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
2,206,622 |
|
|
|
|
|
33,617,010 |
|
|
|
|
|
52.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
64.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
52.8% |
|
|
EWC Founder Holdco (5)
|
|
|
|
|
13,872,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
23.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
11,494,412 |
|
|
|
|
|
18.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
23.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
18.0% |
|
|
EWC Management Holdco(6)
|
|
|
|
|
4,097,345 |
|
|
|
|
|
7.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,022,373 |
|
|
|
|
|
6.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
7.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
6.3% |
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David P. Berg(7)
|
|
|
|
|
1,456,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
2.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,456,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
2.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
2.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
2.3% |
|
|
Jennifer C. Vanderveldt(7)
|
|
|
|
|
236,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
236,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
Gavin M. O’Connor(7)
|
|
|
|
|
94,803 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
94,803 |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
|
Alexa Bartlett
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Andrew Crawford
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Shaw Joseph
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Dorvin D. Lively
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Laurie Ann Goldman
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(7)
|
|
|
|
|
3,102,503 |
|
|
|
|
|
5.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
3,067,877 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
5.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8% |
|
|
*
Less than 1.0%.
(1)
Each EWC Ventures Post-IPO Member holds EWC Ventures Units and an equal number of shares of Class B common stock. Each EWC Ventures Post-IPO Member has the right at any time to exchange any vested EWC Ventures Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Description of Capital Stock.” The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth in the table assume that all vested EWC Ventures Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) have been exchanged for shares of Class A common stock.
(2)
Includes 43,221 shares of Class A common stock sold by GAPCO AIV Interholdco (EW), L.P. (“GAPCO AIV Interholdco EW”) (or 60,945 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) and 1,521,677 shares of Class A common stock (or 2,146,677 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) sold by GA AIV-1 B Interholdco (EW), L.P. (“GA AIV-1 B Interholdco EW”).
(3)
Percentage of voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together as a single class. Each holder of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. Our Class B common stock does not have any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) associated with our Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
(4)
Includes 20,914,371 shares of Class A common stock held by GA AIV-1 B Interholdco EW, 592,893 shares of Class A common stock and 2,789,754 shares of Class B common stock held by GAPCO AIV Interholdco (EW) and 13,243,063 shares of Class B common stock held by General Atlantic Partners AIV (EW), L.P. (“GAP AIV EW”). The GA Funds (as hereinafter defined) indirectly hold and share the beneficial ownership of the shares held by GA AIV-1 B Interholdco EW, GAPCO AIV Interholdco EW and GAP AIV EW. The “GA Funds” are General Atlantic Partners AIV-1 A, L.P. (“GAP AIV-1 A”), General Atlantic Partners AIV-1 B, L.P. “(GAP AIV-1 B”), GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. (“GAPCO CDA”), GAP Coinvestments III, LLC (“GAPCO III”), GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC (“GAPCO IV”) and GAP Coinvestments V, LLC (“GAPCO V”). General Atlantic GenPar (EW), L.P. (“GA GenPar EW”) is the general partner of GAP AIV EW. General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC (“GA SPV”) is the general partner of GA GenPar EW, GA AIV-1 B Interholdco EW and GAPCO AIV Interholdco EW. The general partner of GAP AIV-1 A and GAP AIV-1 B is General Atlantic GenPar, L.P. (“GA GenPar”). The general partner of GA GenPar is General Atlantic LLC (“GA LLC”). GA LLC is the sole member of GA SPV, the managing member of GAPCO III, GAPCO IV and GAPCO V and the general partner of GAPCO CDA. The members of the management committee of GA LLC (the “GA Management Committee”) are William E. Ford, Gabriel Caillaux, Andrew Crawford, Martin Escobari, Anton J. Levy, Sandeep Naik, E. Graves Tompkins, N. Robbert Vorhoff, and Eric Chi Zhang. GA AIV-1 B Interholdco EW, GAPCO AIV Interholdco EW, GAP AIV EW, the GA Funds, GA GenPar EW, GA SPV, GA GenPar, and GA LLC (collectively, the “GA Group”) are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Each of the members of the GA Management Committee disclaims ownership of all such shares except to the extent he has a pecuniary interest therein. The business address of the GA Group is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, L.P., 55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10055.
(5)
David Coba is the sole director of EWC Founder Holdco and exercises voting control and dispositive control over the 4,097,345 shares issuable upon the exchange of EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock held by EWC Founder Holdco. David Coba disclaims beneficial ownership in such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of EWC Founder Holdco is 527 Royal Plaza Drive, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301.
(6)
Following the Reorganization Transactions, each member of EWC Management Holdco, the members of which consist of our employees, will exercise voting and dispositive control over the shares to which such member is entitled upon exchange of the vested EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock held by EWC Management Holdco.
(7)
Represents vested EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock held by EWC Management Holdco on behalf of such persons.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:
•
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
•
any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any affiliate or member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
The below discussion excludes compensation arrangements that are described in “Executive Compensation”.
Reorganization Agreement and Related Agreements
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will enter into a Reorganization Agreement (the “Reorganization Agreement”) and related agreements with EWC Ventures, two of our wholly owned subsidiaries and each of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Pre-IPO Members, EWC Founder Holdco and EWC Management Holdco, which will effect the Reorganization Transactions.
The table below sets forth the consideration in EWC Ventures Units, Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be received by our 5% equityholders, directors and executive officers in the Reorganization Transactions, based on an assumed public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus):
Name
|
|
|
EWC Ventures
Units to be Issued in
the Reorganization
Transactions
|
|
|
Class A Common
Stock to be Issued in
the Reorganization
Transactions
|
|
|
Class B Common
Stock to be Issued in
the Reorganization
Transactions
|
|
General Atlantic Equityholders
|
|
|
|
|
16,032,817 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,507,264 |
|
|
|
|
|
16,032,817 |
|
|
EWC Founder Holdco
|
|
|
|
|
13,872,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
13,872,070 |
|
|
EWC Management Holdco
|
|
|
|
|
4,097,345 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
4,097,345 |
|
|
David P. Berg(1)
|
|
|
|
|
1,456,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,456,013 |
|
|
Jennifer C. Vanderveldt(1)
|
|
|
|
|
236,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
236,745 |
|
|
David L. Willis(1)
|
|
|
|
|
524,049 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
524,049 |
|
|
Gavin M. O’Connor(1)
|
|
|
|
|
94,803 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
94,803 |
|
|
Christopher K. Kobus(1)
|
|
|
|
|
219,587 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
219,587 |
|
|
Jyoti A. Lynch(1)
|
|
|
|
|
219,587 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
219,607 |
|
|
Jean M. Grossman(1)
|
|
|
|
|
145,546 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
145,546 |
|
|
(1)
Represents vested EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock held by EWC Management Holdco on behalf of such persons.
The consideration set forth above is subject to adjustment based on the final public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering.
Purchases from Equityholders
Immediately following this offering, based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised, we will use approximately $35.5 million (or approximately $50.0 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full) of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase up to 2,312,441 EWC Ventures Units (or up 3,260,717 EWC Ventures Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full) and corresponding shares of Class B common stock from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members
(including certain General Atlantic Equityholders) at a net price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.
The following table sets forth the cash proceeds that each of our existing 5% equityholders and executive officers will receive from the purchase by us of EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock with the proceeds from this offering, based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
Name
|
|
|
Number of EWC
Ventures Units and
corresponding shares of
our Class B common
stock to be sold to us
(no option)
|
|
|
Cash
proceeds
(no option)
($ in millions)
|
|
|
Number of EWC Ventures
Units and corresponding shares
of our Class B common stock
to be sold to us
(with option)
|
|
|
Cash proceeds
(with option)
($ in millions)
|
|
General Atlantic Equityholders
|
|
|
|
|
1,178,979 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
18.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,662,449 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
25.5 |
|
|
EWC Founder Holdco
|
|
|
|
|
936,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,320,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
|
The consideration set forth above is subject to adjustment based on the final public offering price of our Class A common stock in this offering.
In addition, immediately following this offering, EWC Ventures will use $20.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase 1,212,120 EWC Ventures Units from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and certain employees at a net price equal to the public offering price for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. The purchase of these EWC Ventures Units and shares of Class B common stock is in satisfaction of deferred payment obligations (the “Class C Deferred Payment Obligations”) under the Class C Units held or beneficially owned by such EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members and employees. Our existing 5% holders and executive officers that will receive cash proceeds from this purchase are as follows: EWC Founder Holdco and David L. Willis, who will receive $17.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
Amended and Restated EWC Ventures Limited Liability Company Agreement
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we, EWC Ventures and each of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member and EWC Management Holdco, will enter into the Amended and Restated EWC Ventures Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “EWC Ventures LLC Agreement”). Following the Reorganization Transactions, and in accordance with the terms of the EWC Ventures LLC Agreement, we will operate our business through EWC Ventures and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to the terms of the EWC Ventures LLC Agreement, so long as affiliates of General Atlantic or affiliates of EWC Founder Holdco continue to own any EWC Ventures Units, shares of our Class A common stock or securities exchangeable or convertible into shares of our Class A common stock, we will not, without the prior written consent of such holders, engage in any business activity other than the management and ownership of EWC Ventures and its subsidiaries or own any assets other than securities of EWC Ventures and its subsidiaries and/or any cash or other property or assets distributed by or otherwise received from EWC Ventures and its subsidiaries, unless we determine in good faith that such actions or ownership are in the best interest of EWC Ventures. As the sole managing member of EWC Ventures, we will have control over all of the affairs and decision making of EWC Ventures. As such, through our officers and directors, we will be responsible for all operational and administrative decisions of EWC Ventures and the day-to-day management of EWC Ventures’ business. We will fund any dividends to our stockholders by causing EWC Ventures to make distributions to its equityholders, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member, EWC Management Holdco and us, subject to limitations imposed by our New Senior Secured Credit Facility. See “Dividend Policy.”
The holders of EWC Ventures Units will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any net taxable income of EWC Ventures. Net profits and net losses of EWC Ventures will generally be allocated to its members pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective ownership of EWC Ventures Units, though certain non-pro rata adjustments will be made to reflect tax depreciation, amortization and other allocations. The EWC Ventures LLC Agreement will provide for pro rata cash distributions to the holders of EWC Ventures Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the taxable income of EWC Ventures that is allocated to them. Generally, the tax distributions to us
will be computed based on the sum of (i) EWC Ventures’ estimate of the net taxable income of EWC Ventures allocable to us multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for a corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income) and (ii) certain amounts payable by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
The EWC Ventures LLC Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise determined by us, if at any time we issue a share of our Class A common stock, other than pursuant to an issuance and distribution to holders of shares of our common stock of rights to purchase our equity securities under a “poison pill” or similar stockholder rights plan or pursuant to an employee benefit plan, the net proceeds received by us with respect to such share, if any, shall be concurrently invested in EWC Ventures (unless such shares were issued by us solely to fund (i) our ongoing operations or pay our expenses or other obligations or (ii) the purchase or redemptions from a member of EWC Ventures of EWC Ventures Units (in which case such net proceeds shall instead be transferred to the selling member as consideration for such purchase or redemption)) and EWC Ventures shall issue to us one EWC Ventures Unit. Similarly, except as otherwise determined by us, EWC Ventures will not issue any additional EWC Ventures Units to us unless we issue or sell an equal number of shares of our Class A common stock. Conversely, if at any time any shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired, EWC Ventures will redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of EWC Ventures Units held by us, upon the same terms and for the same price per security, as the shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired. In addition, EWC Ventures will not effect any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the EWC Ventures Units unless it is accompanied by substantively identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of each class of our common stock, and we will not effect any subdivision or combination of any class of our common stock unless it is accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the EWC Ventures Units.
Subject to certain exceptions, EWC Ventures will indemnify all of its members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members and us, and their officers and other related parties, including certain General Atlantic Equityholders, against all losses or expenses arising from claims or other legal proceedings in which such person (in its capacity as such) may be involved or become subject to in connection with EWC Ventures’ business or affairs or the EWC Ventures LLC Agreement or any related document.
EWC Ventures may be dissolved only upon the first to occur of (i) the sale of substantially all of its assets or (ii) as determined by us. Upon dissolution, EWC Ventures will be liquidated and the proceeds from any liquidation will be applied and distributed in the following manner: (a) first, to creditors (including creditors who are members or affiliates of members) in satisfaction of all of EWC Ventures’ liabilities (whether by payment or by making reasonable provision for payment of such liabilities, including the setting up of any reasonably necessary reserves) and (b) second, to the members in proportion to their vested EWC Ventures Units.
Exchange Agreement
At the closing of this offering, we will enter into an Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with EWC Ventures and each of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, including the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members, the Founder Post-IPO Member and EWC Management Holdco, pursuant to which they (or certain transferees thereof), subject to certain restrictions, including any applicable transfer restrictions, will have the right to exchange their shares via a Share Exchange or a Cash Exchange, at our option (as the managing member of EWC Ventures), subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Any decision to require a Cash Exchange rather than a Share Exchange will ultimately be determined by our board of directors. Upon exchange, each share of our Class B common stock will be cancelled.
The Exchange Agreement provides that, in the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to our Class A common stock is proposed by us or our stockholders and approved by our board of directors or is otherwise consented to or approved by our board of directors, the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will be permitted to participate in such offer by delivery of a notice of exchange that is effective immediately prior to the consummation of such offer. In the
case of any such offer proposed by us, we are obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to enable and permit the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members to participate in such offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of our Class A common stock without discrimination. In addition, we are obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to ensure that the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members may participate in each such offer without being required to exchange EWC Ventures Units and shares of our Class B common stock.
The Exchange Agreement also provides that, in the event of a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Company (unless, following such transaction, all or substantially all of the holders of our voting power prior to such transaction continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent) in substantially the same proportions as immediately prior to such transaction) is approved by our board of directors and consummated in accordance with applicable law, we may require that each of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members other than the General Atlantic Post-IPO Members exchange with us all of such EWC Ventures Post-IPO Member’s EWC Ventures Units and shares of our Class B common stock for aggregate consideration for each EWC Ventures Unit and share of our Class B common stock that is equivalent to the consideration payable in respect of each share of our Class B common stock in such transaction.
Stockholders Agreement
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Stockholders Agreement that will provide the General Atlantic Equityholders with the right to nominate a specified number of our directors determined based on the percentage of our common stock beneficially owned by the General Atlantic Equityholders immediately prior to this offering. Within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be required to deliver a written request to increase the size of the board of directors to seven members, and we and the General Atlantic Equityholders will take all necessary action in order to expand the board accordingly. For so long as the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate four directors to serve on our board of directors. When the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own less than 50% but at least 30% of our outstanding common stock, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate three directors. When the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own less than 30% but at least 15% of our outstanding common stock, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate two directors. Thereafter, the General Atlantic Equityholders will be entitled to nominate one director so long as they beneficially own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock.
Additionally, so long as the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, the prior written consent of the General Atlantic Equityholders will be required prior to taking the following actions:
•
any acquisition of the equity securities or assets of any other entity (other than any of our subsidiaries), in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in excess of $100 million and/or the disposition of any of our or our subsidiaries’ equity securities or assets, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in excess of $100 million;
•
entering or effectuating a “Change in Control” as defined in our Stockholders Agreement;
•
incurring indebtedness of the Company and our subsidiaries to the extent such incurrence would result in the Company and our subsidiaries having indebtedness in excess of $150 million in the aggregate other than a drawdown of amounts committed under a debt agreement that was previously consented to by the General Atlantic Equityholders or that was entered into on or prior to the entry into the Stockholders Agreement;
•
appointing or removing our chief executive officer;
•
any increase or decrease in the size of our board of directors;
•
any entry by us or our subsidiaries into voluntary liquidation, dissolution, receivership, bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, or any recapitalization or reorganization;
•
a redemption, repurchase or other acquisition by us of our capital stock (other than any redemption, repurchase or acquisition under any stockholder approved equity compensation plan or pursuant to an offer made to all our stockholders pro rata);
•
payment or declaration of any dividend or distribution on any of our capital stock other than dividends or distributions required to be made pursuant to the terms of any of our outstanding preferred stock;
•
any entry into a joint venture or similar business alliance involving, or entering into any agreement providing for, the investment, contribution or disposition by the Company or our subsidiaries of assets having a fair market value in excess of $100 million, other than transactions solely between or among the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries; or
•
the adoption, approval, issuance or amendment of any poison pill or stockholder rights plan.
Further, so long as the General Atlantic Equityholders beneficially own any of our outstanding common stock, the prior written consent of the General Atlantic Equityholders will be required prior to amending (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event), our or our subsidiaries’ certificate of incorporation, bylaws or similar governing documents if such change is adverse to the rights of the General Atlantic Equityholders.
The General Atlantic Equityholders will be permitted to sell their interest in us without restriction. To the extent a General Atlantic Equityholder or the Founder Post-IPO Member transfers any of their respective shares to an affiliated transferee, that transferee would also be bound by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement in their capacity as a General Atlantic Equityholder or Founder Post-IPO Member, as applicable. To the extent that the General Atlantic Equityholders are no longer entitled to nominate a board member, our board of directors, upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Governance Committee, will nominate a director in their place.
Registration Rights Agreement
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the General Atlantic Equityholders, the Founder Post-IPO Member and certain other investors. Subject to several exceptions, including underwriter cutbacks and our right to defer a demand registration and shelf registration under certain circumstances, the General Atlantic Equityholders and the Founder Post-IPO Member may require that we register for public resale under the Securities Act any or all shares of common stock constituting registrable securities at any time following this offering, subject to the restrictions in the lock-up agreements entered into by each of those parties in connection with this offering, so long as the securities requested to be registered or sold in an underwritten shelf offering are anticipated to have an aggregate offering price of least $50.0 million. The General Atlantic Equityholders and the Founder Post-IPO Member also have the right to sell registrable securities held by them pursuant to an underwritten block trade or similar transaction off of a shelf registration statement, each subject to limited participation rights and other restrictions, including that the aggregate anticipated offering price, net of underwriting commissions, is at least $25.0 million.
If either of the General Atlantic Equityholders or the Founder Post-IPO Member makes a request for registration, the non-requesting parties to the Registration Rights Agreement will be entitled to customary piggyback registration rights in connection with the request, and if the request is for an underwritten offering, such piggyback registration rights will be subject to underwriter cutback provisions, with priority first for registration of shares going first to the General Atlantic Equityholders and the Founder Post-IPO Member on a pro rata basis and second to the other holders under the Registration Rights Agreement. In addition, the parties to the Registration Rights Agreement will be entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to any registration initiated by us or another stockholder, and if any such registration is in the form of an underwritten offering, such piggyback registration rights will be subject to customary cutback provisions, with priority for registration of shares going first to us or such other stockholder, as applicable, second to the General Atlantic Equityholders and the Founder Post-IPO Member and third to the other holders under the Registration Rights Agreement.
In connection with the transfer of their registrable securities, the General Atlantic Equityholders may assign certain of their rights under the Registration Rights Agreement under certain circumstances. In connection
with the registrations described above, we will indemnify any selling stockholders and we will bear all fees and expenses (except underwriting discounts and commissions).
Tax Receivable Agreement
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members that provides for the payment by us to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members of 85% of the benefits, if any, that we realize, or are deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. There is significant existing tax basis in the assets of EWC Ventures as a result of the prior acquisition of interests in EWC Ventures by the General Atlantic Equityholders, and subsequent redemptions, exchanges, or purchases of EWC Ventures Units (in connection with or after this offering) are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of EWC Ventures. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to us and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Actual tax benefits realized by us may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. This payment obligation is an obligation of European Wax Center and not of EWC Ventures.
With respect to future redemptions, exchanges and purchases, the ability to achieve benefits from any existing tax basis, the actual increase in tax basis or other tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of redemptions, exchanges or purchases by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) and purchases or redemptions of EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock from EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees), the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the redemption, exchange or purchase, the extent to which such redemptions, exchanges or purchases are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement constituting imputed interest.
The payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be substantial. Although estimating the amount and timing of payments that may become due under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise, we expect that, as a result of (i) increases in our allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures, in each case as a result of (a) the purchases of EWC Ventures Units (along with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from certain of the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering or in any future offering or (b) Share Exchanges and Cash Exchanges by the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or other assignees) in connection with or after this offering, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies (including the Blocker Companies’ allocable share of certain existing tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of EWC Ventures) and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize in full the potential tax benefit described above, we estimate that payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement would aggregate to approximately $232.0 million over 15 years from the date of the completion of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and assuming all future Share
Exchanges and Cash Exchanges would occur on the date of this offering. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members’ continued ownership of us. The actual amounts we will be required to pay may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, because potential future tax savings that we will be deemed to realize, and the Tax Receivable Agreement payments made by us, will be calculated based in part on the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of each Share Exchange or Cash Exchange and the prevailing applicable federal tax rate (plus the assumed combined state and local tax rate) applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement and will depend on our generating sufficient taxable income to realize the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, and the IRS, or another tax authority may challenge all or part of the tax basis increases or other tax benefits we claim, as well as other related tax positions we take, and a court could sustain such challenge. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge the tax basis increases or other benefits arising under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if the outcome of any such challenge would reasonably be expected to materially affect a recipient’s payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, then we will not be permitted to settle such challenge without the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members. The interests of the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in any such challenge may differ from or conflict with our interests and your interests, and the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members may exercise their consent rights relating to any such challenge in a manner adverse to our interests and your interests. We will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by us and for which payment has been made to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) are subsequently challenged by a taxing authority and are ultimately disallowed. Instead, any excess cash payments made by us to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, we might not determine that we have effectively made an excess cash payment to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) for a number of years following the initial time of such payment and, if any of our tax reporting positions are challenged by a taxing authority, we will not be permitted to reduce any future cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement until any such challenge is finally settled or determined. Moreover, the excess cash payments we previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be greater than the amount of future cash payments against which we would otherwise be permitted to net such excess. The applicable U.S. federal income tax rules for determining applicable tax benefits we may claim are complex and factual in nature, and there can be no assurance that the IRS, any other taxing authority or a court will not disagree with our tax reporting positions. As a result, payments could be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement significantly in excess of any tax savings that we realize in respect of the tax attributes with respect to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
In addition, the Tax Receivable Agreement will provide that in the case of a change in control of EWC Ventures or the material breach of our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, we are required to make a payment to the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members in an amount equal to the present value of future payments (calculated using a discount rate equal to the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum and (ii) one year LIBOR (or its successor rate) plus 100 basis points, which may differ from our, or a potential acquirer’s, then-current cost of capital) under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our, or a potential acquirer’s, liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, modifying or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. These provisions of the Tax Receivable Agreement may result in situations where the EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other stockholders. In addition, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantial and in excess of our, or a potential acquirer’s, actual cash savings in income tax. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fund or finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We may need to incur debt to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.
Decisions we make in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following a redemption of EWC Ventures Units may accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before a redemption of EWC Ventures Units may increase the tax liability of EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) without giving rise to any rights to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Such effects may result in differences or conflicts of interest between the interests of EWC Ventures Pre-IPO Members (or their transferees or assignees) and the interests of other stockholders.
Finally, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. We expect the New Senior Secured Credit Facility may restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us, which could affect our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We currently expect to fund these payments from cash flow from operations generated by our subsidiaries as well as from excess tax distributions that we receive from our subsidiaries. To the extent we are unable to make payments under the agreement for any reason (including because our credit agreement restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us), under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement such payments will be deferred and accrue interest until paid. If we are unable to make payments due to insufficient funds, such payments may be deferred indefinitely while accruing interest until paid, which could negatively impact our results of operations and could also affect our liquidity in future periods in which such deferred payments are made.
Indemnification Agreements
We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf. We will be an indemnitor of first resort.
Consulting Agreement with Mr. David Coba
On September 25, 2018, EWC Ventures entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. David Coba, pursuant to which EWC Ventures agreed to pay Mr. Coba a consulting fee of $0.2 million per year and to reimburse Mr. Coba for certain reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Mr. Coba is one of our founders and is the controlling member of EWC Founder Holdco. The consulting agreement with Mr. Coba will terminate upon consummation of this offering. For the thirteen weeks ended March 27, 2021, we paid Mr. Coba $33,000 under this agreement. For the years ending December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, we paid Mr. Coba $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, under this agreement.
EWC Founder Holdco Receivable
In March 2019, EWC Ventures made withholding payments to the State of California and other states on behalf of EWC Founder Holdco related to the redemption of the equity held by certain former stockholders. EWC Ventures initially took the position that the payments were guaranteed payments resulting in ordinary income and requiring the foregoing withholdings. EWC Ventures subsequently amended its tax filings in California, and California reimbursed EWC Founder Holdco for the overpayments. EWC Ventures and EWC Founder Holdco agreed that the outstanding receivable could be satisfied by offsetting future estimated tax distributions owed to EWC Founder Holdco, resulting in a receivable due to EWC Ventures from EWC Founder Holdco of approximately $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million as of March 27, 2021, December 26, 2020, and December 28, 2019, respectively.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 530,000 shares of Class A common stock, or approximately 5.0% of the shares of Class A common stock to be issued by the Company and offered by this prospectus (not including any shares of Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain employees, directors and other persons associated with us. The number of shares of
Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserve shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of Class A common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares of Class A common stock reserved for the directed share program.
Related Party Transactions Policies and Procedures
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written Related Person Transaction Policy (the “policy”), which will set forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by our Audit Committee. In accordance with the policy, our Audit Committee will have overall responsibility for implementation of and compliance with the policy.
For purposes of the policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in the policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors or Compensation Committee.
The policy will require that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entry into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to our Audit Committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under the policy, our Audit Committee may approve only those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event that we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under the policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to the Audit Committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.
The policy will also provide that the Audit Committee review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Additionally, we will make periodic inquiries of directors and executive officers with respect to any potential related person transaction of which they may be a party or of which they may be aware.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws does not purport to be complete and is not intended to give full effect to provisions of statutory or common law. The summary is subject to and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we expect to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation so that our authorized capital stock will consist of 600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and 60,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share.
Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions, we will have 6 holders of record of our Class A common stock, 2 holders of record of our Class B common stock, and no holders of record of our preferred stock. Of the authorized shares of our capital stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), 21,507,264 shares of our Class A common stock will be issued and outstanding, 36,774,674 shares of our Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding, and no shares of our preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.
After the consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we expect to have 30,542,366 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or 31,490,642 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full), 33,250,113 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding (or 32,301,837 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full) and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.
Common Stock
Voting
The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval, except (i) as required by applicable law or (ii) any amendment (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event) to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the rights of the Class A common stock in a manner that is disproportionately adverse as compared to the Class B common stock, or vice versa, in which case the holders of Class A common stock or the holders of Class B common stock shall vote together as a class.
Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval.
Dividends
The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to the prior rights of holders of any preferred stock then outstanding.
The holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends other than dividends consisting of shares of our Class B common stock, paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class B common stock in connection with stock dividends.
All outstanding shares of common stock and any shares sold and issued in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable by us.
Liquidation or Dissolution
Upon our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Other than their par value, the holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company.
Transferability and Exchange
Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members may exchange, subject to certain restrictions, their vested EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock via a Share Exchange or Cash Exchange, at our option (as the managing member of EWC Ventures), subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon exchange, each share of our Class B common stock so exchanged will be cancelled.
Other Provisions
None of the Class A common stock or Class B common stock has any pre-emptive or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock or Class B common stock.
At such time as no EWC Ventures Units remain exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, our Class B common stock will be cancelled.
Preferred Stock
After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our board of directors also will be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which could have a negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the consummation of this offering.
Registration Rights
We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with the General Atlantic Equityholders, the Founder Post-IPO Member and certain other investors in connection with this offering pursuant to which these parties will have specified rights to require us to register all or a portion of their shares under the Securities Act. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
Corporate Opportunity
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply against the General Atlantic Equityholders, any of our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Organization and Structure—We are controlled by the General Atlantic Equityholders, whose interests in our business may be different than yours, and certain statutory provisions afforded to stockholders are not applicable to us.”
Anti-Takeover Provisions
The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and of the Delaware General Corporation Law summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may
delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares of Class A common stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws
Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws described below, will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisitions of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.
These provisions include:
Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and the Stockholders Agreement, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Our board of directors will initially have six members. In accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, we expect to increase the size of the board of directors to seven members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Super-Majority Vote. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the occurrence of the 50% Triggering Event, other than preferred stock directors and subject to obtaining any required stockholder votes or consents under the Stockholders Agreement, directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2/3% of the total voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, voting together as a single class. This requirement of a super-majority vote to remove directors for cause could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such removal.
Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the occurrence of the 40% Triggering Event, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will also provide that, subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock and except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice chairman of the board or the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the occurrence of the 40% Triggering Event, at the request of the General Atlantic Equityholders. Except as described above, stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.
Advance Notice Procedures. Our amended and restated by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the amended and restated by-laws will not give our board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the amended and restated by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer
from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.
Super-Majority Approval Requirements. The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by-laws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will provide that, following the occurrence of the 40% Triggering Event, the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2/3% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock eligible to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions, including those relating to the classified board, actions by written consent of stockholders, calling of special meetings of stockholders and amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws. This requirement of a super-majority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.
Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by listing standards of the Exchange. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we are not subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they will provide that the General Atlantic Equityholders, their respective affiliates and successors and their transferees will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.
Directors’ Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf. We will be an indemnitor of first resort.
Forum Selection
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, creditors, or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim arising out of or relating to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (iv) action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another
state court sitting in the State of Delaware, or if no state court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will state that the foregoing provision will not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or such other federal securities law. The exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
Securities Exchange
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Exchange under the symbol “EWCZ.”
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of Class A common stock or the availability of Class A common stock for future sales will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. The market price of our Class A common stock could decline because of the sale of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock or the perception that such sales could occur in the future. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of our Class A common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.”
Sale of Restricted Shares
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have 30,542,366 shares of Class A common stock outstanding (or 31,490,642 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), excluding 902,313 shares of Class A common stock underlying the IPO Equity Grants. Of these shares, the 10,600,000 shares sold in this offering (or 12,190,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without further restriction under the Securities Act, except any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In the absence of registration under the Securities Act, shares held by affiliates may only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below or another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer. Upon the completion of this offering, approximately 19,942,366 of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock (or 19,300,642 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144, and would also be subject to the “lock-up” period noted below.
In addition, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), upon consummation of the offering, EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members will own an aggregate of 33,250,113 EWC Ventures Units and 33,250,113 shares of our Class B common stock (or 32,301,837 EWC Ventures Units and 32,301,837 shares of Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members may exchange , subject to certain restrictions, their vested EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock via a Share Exchange or Cash Exchange, at our option (as the managing member of EWC Ventures). Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members upon a Share Exchange would be considered “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 and would also be subject to the “lock-up” period noted below.
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act, or pursuant to a registration statement that is effective under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately 50,697,103 shares of our Class A common stock (or 49,187,795 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom) (on an assumed as-exchanged basis) will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The representatives of the underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our Class A common stock proposed to be sold
for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of:
•
1% of the number of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 305,424 shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us; or
•
the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner-of-sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares of Class A common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part may be entitled to sell such shares of Class A common stock 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the current public information and holding period requirements.
The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.
Registration Statement on Form S-8
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately 6,379,248 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance or sale under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Shares that vest after the effective date of the registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.
Lock-Up Agreements
Our executive officers, directors, the selling stockholders, the General Atlantic Equityholders and certain of our other stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including EWC Ventures Units), subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of these lock-up provisions.
Immediately following the consummation of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), stockholders and other equityholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold 50,697,103 shares of our Class A common stock (assuming the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members
exchange all their EWC Ventures Units and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock for shares of our Class A common stock), representing approximately 79.5% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock (or 49,187,795 shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately 77.1% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds therefrom).
We have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including EWC Ventures Units) during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of these lock-up provisions.
Exchange Agreement
Our Exchange Agreement subjects EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members to certain exchange restrictions. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”
Registration Rights
Our Registration Rights Agreement grants registration rights to the General Atlantic Equityholders, the Founder Post-IPO Member and certain other EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members. Registration of these shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act would result in the shares of Class A common stock becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately on the effectiveness of the registration. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto.
Non-U.S. Holders
This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset (generally, for investment). For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is treated for U.S. federal tax purposes as:
•
a non-resident alien individual;
•
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
•
an estate, other than an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
•
a trust, other than a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder does not include a partnership (including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). If a partnership or other pass-through entity is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or other owner will generally depend upon the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner (or other owner) of a pass-through entity that acquires our Class A common stock, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax considerations of acquiring, owning and disposing of our Class A common stock. Also, it is important to note that the rules for determining whether an individual is a non-resident alien for income tax purposes differ from those applicable for estate tax purposes.
This discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax considerations of such transactions and does not address all tax considerations that might be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of its particular circumstances or to Non-U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws. Furthermore, this summary does not address estate and gift tax considerations, the Medicare contribution or net investment tax or tax considerations under any state, local or foreign laws. In addition, this discussion does not address consequences relevant to Non.-U.S. Holders subject to special rules (e.g., banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions; brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies; and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.).
The following discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), U.S. judicial decisions, administrative rulings and pronouncements and existing and proposed Treasury regulations, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax considerations different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax considerations described below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.
The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of our Class A common stock and no opinion or representation with respect to the U.S. federal income tax considerations to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. federal, state and local, and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.
Distributions
We do not currently expect to make any distributions to holders of our Class A common stock. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Except as described below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our Class A common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or successor form) certifying such stockholder’s entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Class A Common Stock
Except as described below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax,” and “—FATCA,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:
•
the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” below;
•
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or
•
we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) under section 897 of the Code at any time during the period (the “applicable period”) that is the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the Non-US. Holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock, in which case, subject to the exception set forth in the second sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income.
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not a USRPHC or will not become
one in the future. Even if we became a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as USRPHC so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of the applicable regulations) and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and such holder’s holding period. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.
U.S. Trade or Business Income
For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if (i) such income or gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. by the Non-U.S. Holder and (ii) if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the U.S., such income or gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the U.S. Moreover, gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income if we are or have been a USRPHC at any time during the applicable period (subject to the exception set forth above in the second paragraph of “—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Class A Common Stock”). Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form)); instead, such income is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (in the same manner as a U.S. person). Any U.S. trade or business income received by a foreign corporation may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information reporting and, in certain circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the payment of dividends and proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock made within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. Holder (and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption by properly certifying its Non-U.S. Holder status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or other applicable or successor form.
Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
FATCA
Provisions of the Code commonly known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock paid to a non-U.S. entity unless: (i) if the non-U.S. entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such non-U.S. entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations; (ii) if the non-U.S. entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such non-U.S. entity identifies any “substantial” owner (generally, any specified U.S. person who owns, directly or indirectly, more than a specified percentage of such entity); or (iii) the non-U.S. entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.
Withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock. Proposed Treasury regulations, which taxpayers may rely upon until final regulations are issued, eliminate
withholding on payments of gross proceeds. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax, and a Non-U.S. Holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock and the entities through which they hold our Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.
UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated below:
Underwriter
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BofA Securities, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guggenheim Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Truist Securities, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telsey Advisory Group LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Academy Securities, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penserra Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R. Seelaus & Co., LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
10,600,000 |
|
|
The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 1,590,000 shares of Class A common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by Us
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
The selling stockholders
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $8.1 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with FINRA up to $40,000.
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Exchange under the trading symbol “EWCZ”.
We and all of our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders, the General Atlantic Equityholders and certain of our other stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):
•
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock;
•
file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock; or
•
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock;
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of shares of Class A common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock.
The restrictions described above are applicable to our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders, the General Atlantic Equityholders and certain of our other stockholders, subject to the following exceptions:
•
transactions relating to shares of Class A common stock or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, or if such person is not an officer or director of us, acquired by such person from the underwriters in an public offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares shall be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;
•
transfers of shares of Class A common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock as a bona fide gift or, if such person is an individual, to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively such person or immediate family members of such person; provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, such donee agrees to be subject to restricted period, and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares shall be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;
•
if such person is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, distributions of shares of Class A common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock to controlled affiliates, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or other equity holders of it; provided that any such transfer shall not
involve a disposition for value, such transferee agrees to be subject to restricted period, and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares shall be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;
•
facilitating the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Class A common stock;
•
transactions relating to shares of Class A common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that any such transferee agrees to be subject to restricted period and any filing or announcement relating to the transfer will note the applicable circumstances of such transfer;
•
if such person is an individual, transfers of shares of Class A common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock by will or intestacy; provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, such transferee agrees to be subject to restricted period and any filing or announcement relating to the transfer will note the applicable circumstances of such transfer;
•
transfers to us, as permitted or required under any equity incentive plan or other equity award or benefit plan described in the registration statement relating to this offering and this prospectus (each, an “equity plan”), any agreement pursuant to which such shares of Class A common stock were issued, as in effect as of the date of, and which such agreement is described in the registration statement and this prospectus in all material respects, or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by-laws in connection with the repurchase or forfeiture of shares of Class A common stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock; provided that any filing or announcement relating to the transfer will note the applicable circumstances of such transfer;
•
the exercise of options, stock appreciation rights or warrants to purchase shares of Class A common stock pursuant to an equity plan; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares shall be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period and any such shares received upon exercise will remain subject to the restricted period;
•
transfers of shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into Class A common stock to us upon a vesting or settlement event of our securities or upon the exercise of outstanding equity awards, which securities or equity awards have been issued pursuant to an equity plan, on a “cashless” or “net” basis only in an amount necessary to cover tax withholding obligations or the exercise price of options of such person in connection with such vesting or exercise; provided that and any such shares received upon vesting or exercise will remain subject to the restricted period and any filing or announcement relating to the transfer will note the applicable circumstances of such transfer;
•
transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions of Class A common stock to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer for our securities or any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a change of control that, in each case, has been approved by our board of directors (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which such person may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of stock in connection with any such transaction, or vote any stock in favor of any such transaction); provided that all shares of Class A common stock subject to the restricted period that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to the restricted period and any filing or announcement relating to the transfer will note the applicable circumstances of such transfer; and provided, further, that it shall be a condition of transfer, sale, tender or other disposition that if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, any Class A common stock subject to the restricted period shall remain subject to such restrictions;
•
the shares to be sold to the underwriters by such person pursuant to the underwriting agreement, if applicable;
•
transfers or transactions to effect the Reorganization Transactions; provided that any shares received pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions will remain subject to the restricted period and any filing or announcement relating to the transfer will note the applicable circumstances of such transfer;
•
any exchange of EWC Ventures Units and a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock for shares of the Class A common stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement to be entered into by and among us, EWC Ventures and the holders of EWC Ventures Units to effect the Reorganization Transactions; provided that any shares received pursuant to the Exchange Agreement will remain subject to the restricted period and any filing or announcement relating to the exchange will note the applicable circumstances of such transfer; or
•
any shares of Class A common stock and/or any shares of our Class B common stock and any corresponding EWC Ventures Units to be sold to us by such person, if any, solely to the extent specifically disclosed in the prospectus, and the exercise of an option or warrant to the extent the shares of Class A common stock acquired upon exercise are sold pursuant to such sales.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders, the General Atlantic Equityholders and certain of our other stockholders, on such date that (i) we have publicly furnished our earnings release for the quarter ending September 25, 2021 under Item 2.02 of Form 8-K or have filed our report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending September 25, 2021 and (ii) for 10 out of any 15 consecutive trading days ending on such date, the last reported closing price of the shares on the Nasdaq is at least 33% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus (any such 15 trading day period, the “measurement period”), then 25% of such person’s shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock that are subject to the restricted period, which percentage shall be calculated based on the number of such person’s shares subject to the restricted period as of the last day of the measurement period, will be automatically released from such restrictions (the “early lock-up expiration”) immediately prior to the opening of trading on the Exchange on the second trading day following the date on which all of the above conditions are satisfied (the “early lock-up expiration date”). All shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock that are subject to the restrictions hereunder and not released on the early lock-up expiration date will be automatically released from such restrictions 180 days after the date of the prospectus (such date, the “final lock-up expiration date”). We shall announce by press release issued through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, any early lock-up expiration date and the final lock-up expiration date at least two full trading days prior to the opening of trading on the early lock-up expiration date or the final lock-up expiration date, as applicable. “Trading Day” for purposes of the lock-up is a day on which the Exchange is open for the buying and selling of securities.
The restrictions described above are applicable to us, subject to the following exceptions: (A) the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering, (B) the issuance of any shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding on the date set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as described herein, (C) grants of options, restricted stock or other equity awards and the issuance of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants of ours pursuant to the terms of an employee benefit plan, qualified stock option plan or other employee compensation plan in effect on the date set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as described herein; (D) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 to register common stock issuable pursuant to any plans referred to in clause (C) above, (E) the issuance of common stock or other securities to effect the Reorganization Transactions or (F) the issuance of common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, common stock, or the entrance into an agreement to issue common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, common stock, in connection with any merger, joint venture, strategic alliances, commercial or other collaborative transaction or the acquisition or license of the business, property, technology or other assets of another individual or entity or the assumption of an employee benefit plan in connection with a merger or acquisition; provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, common stock that we may issue or agree to issue pursuant to this clause (F) does not exceed 10% of our total outstanding share capital immediately following the completion of this offering; and provided further that the recipients thereof provide to the representatives a signed lock-up letter on or prior to the date of such issuance.
Following notice delivered to each of the representatives of any request for release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions, the representatives in their sole discretion, may release the Class A common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.
In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising such option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under such option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of such option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 530,000 shares of Class A common stock, or approximately 5.0% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus (not including any shares of Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain employees, directors and other persons associated with us. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserve shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of
Class A common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares of Class A common stock reserved for the directed share program.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our results of operations and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
Conflicts of Interest
An affiliate of Truist Securities, Inc. is a lender under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility. As described in “Use of Proceeds,” net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay outstanding borrowings under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility and an affiliate of Truist Securities, Inc. will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of borrowings under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility. Therefore, such underwriter is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest. Truist Securities, Inc. will not confirm any sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.
Selling Restrictions
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1)
of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
China
This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of ADSs, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). The ADSs are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.
Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the ADSs offered by this prospectus or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each an “EEA State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that EEA State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that EEA State or, where appropriate, approved in another EEA State and notified to the competent authority in that EEA State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that EEA State of any Shares at any time under the following exemptions under the EU Prospectus Regulation:
(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation;
(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of the Shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the Shares in any EEA State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt
Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.
Japan
No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of Class A common stock.
Accordingly, the shares of Class A common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.
For Qualified Institutional Investors (“QII”)
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Class A common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.
For Non-QII Investors
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Class A common stock constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.
Korea
The ADSs offered by this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and
the ADSs have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the ADSs may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). Furthermore, the purchaser of the ADSs will comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the ADSs. By the purchase of the ADSs, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the ADSs pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.
Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 (the “CMP Regulations 2018”), the Company has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Switzerland
This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the securities. The securities may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss
Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and no application has or will be made to admit the securities to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:
(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;
(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the UK Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
In the United Kingdom, the offering is only addressed to, and is directed only at, “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, who are also (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); (ii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high value trusts as described in Article 49(2) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means the UK version of Regulation (EU) No 2017/1129 as amended by The Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, which is part of UK law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York. Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon certain legal matters in connection with the offering for the underwriters.
EXPERTS
The financial statement of European Wax Center, Inc. included in this Prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of EWC Ventures and its subsidiaries as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 26, 2020, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the Class A common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus constitutes a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock being sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.
The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is www.sec.gov.
After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website once the offering is completed. You can also review these documents on the SEC’s website, as described above. In addition, we will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
Page
|
|
European Wax Center, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
EWC Ventures and its Subsidiaries (Predecessor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-10 |
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the stockholder and the Board of Directors of European Wax Center, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statement
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of European Wax Center, Inc. (the “Company”) as of April 1, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 1, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit of the financial statement provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Dallas, TX
May 7, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.
European Wax Center, Inc.
Balance Sheet
|
|
|
April 1, 2021
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
Stockholder’s equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
Total stockholder’s equity
|
|
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
European Wax Center, Inc.
Notes to Balance Sheet
1. Nature of business and organization
European Wax Center, Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on April 1, 2021. The Corporation was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of EWC Ventures, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”). The Corporation will be the sole managing member of the Company and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of the Company and continue to conduct the business now conducted by the Company.
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity.
3. Stockholder’s equity
The Corporation is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, 100 shares of which have been issued and are outstanding as of April 1, 2021 for aggregate consideration of $100.
4. Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 7, 2021, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the members and the Board of Directors of EWC Ventures, LLC
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EWC Ventures, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, mezzanine equity and members’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 26, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 26, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Dallas, TX
May 7, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
$ |
36,720 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,264 |
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
5,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,791 |
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
10,280 |
|
|
|
|
|
22,037 |
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
4,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,084 |
|
|
|
|
Advances to related parties
|
|
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
|
|
|
811 |
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
|
|
57,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
41,987 |
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
5,039 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,456 |
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
213,267 |
|
|
|
|
|
198,410 |
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
2,710 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,075 |
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
$ |
606,900 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
576,479 |
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,489 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
25,053 |
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, current portion
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,285 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, current portion
|
|
|
|
|
2,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,458 |
|
|
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
18,449 |
|
|
|
|
|
29,975 |
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net
|
|
|
|
|
262,975 |
|
|
|
|
|
222,994 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
6,528 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,799 |
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,393 |
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
288,877 |
|
|
|
|
|
262,161 |
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mezzanine equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units (8,309,193 Class A Founders’ Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019)
|
|
|
|
|
89,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
104,280 |
|
|
|
|
Class D Units (2,500,000 and 0 Class D Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $26,670 and 0 as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively)
|
|
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Members’ equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units (26,401,089 Class A Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019)
|
|
|
|
|
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
Class B Unit (1 Class B Unit authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Class C Units (1,000 Class C Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
|
|
(61,473) |
|
|
|
|
|
(55,018) |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
(527) |
|
|
|
|
|
(735) |
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity, and members’ equity
|
|
|
|
$ |
606,900 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
576,479 |
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
REVENUE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
56,977 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
83,620 |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
25,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
36,737 |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
13,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,972 |
|
|
Other revenue
|
|
|
|
|
7,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
11,868 |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
103,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
154,197 |
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
35,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
40,898 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative(1)
|
|
|
|
|
38,997 |
|
|
|
|
|
64,967 |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
11,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,132 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
15,534 |
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets and non-cancellable contracts
|
|
|
|
|
1,044 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,451 |
|
|
Impairment of internally developed software
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
18,183 |
|
|
Gain on sale of centers
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,120) |
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
106,626 |
|
|
|
|
|
163,045 |
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
|
|
(3,219) |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,848) |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
(18,276) |
|
|
|
|
|
(15,548) |
|
|
NET LOSS
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
Items included in other comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
|
|
(405) |
|
|
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,287) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,801) |
|
|
Basic and diluted net loss per unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.67) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.70) |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.67) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.70) |
|
|
Weighted average units outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes the following amounts paid to related parties, see Note 17
|
|
|
|
$ |
200 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
200 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
19,582 |
|
|
|
|
|
15,534 |
|
|
Impairment of internally developed software
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
18,183 |
|
|
Loss on noncancellable contracts
|
|
|
|
|
1,085 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,532 |
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
(41) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,920 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
1,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,138 |
|
|
Loss on write down of obsolete inventory
|
|
|
|
|
6,656 |
|
|
|
|
|
552 |
|
|
Gain on sale of centers
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,120) |
|
|
Equity compensation
|
|
|
|
|
2,052 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,570 |
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
|
1,721 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,096 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
5,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,355) |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
|
|
(2,124) |
|
|
|
|
|
(435) |
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(10,499) |
|
|
|
|
|
2,076 |
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
(666) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(1,259) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,156 |
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
1,397 |
|
|
|
|
|
14,701 |
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
(2,158) |
|
|
|
|
|
(9,343) |
|
|
Reacquisition of area representative rights
|
|
|
|
|
(34,685) |
|
|
|
|
|
(33,189) |
|
|
Cash received for sale of centers
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,838 |
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
(36,843) |
|
|
|
|
|
(40,694) |
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
Principal payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
(2,397) |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,050) |
|
|
Proceeds on line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
27,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Payments on line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500) |
|
|
Deferred loan costs
|
|
|
|
|
(763) |
|
|
|
|
|
(638) |
|
|
Contributions from members
|
|
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
|
|
(1,847) |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,194) |
|
|
Advances to related parties, net
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(811) |
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
61,902 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,807 |
|
|
Net increase in cash
|
|
|
|
|
26,456 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,814 |
|
|
Cash, beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
10,264 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,450 |
|
|
Cash, end of period
|
|
|
|
$ |
36,720 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,264 |
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,469 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,342 |
|
|
Non-cash investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property purchased included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
33 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
148 |
|
|
Reacquired rights purchased included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,183 |
|
|
Non-cash financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash equity distributions
|
|
|
|
$ |
122 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Mezzanine Equity and Members’ Equity
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
|
|
|
MEZZANINE EQUITY
|
|
|
|
MEMBERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in
capital
|
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
Total
members’
equity
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
Class D Units
|
|
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
Class B Units
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Balance at December 29, 2018
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
83,652 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(6,170) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(330) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
259,291 |
|
|
Equity compensation
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,570 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,570 |
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,570) |
|
|
|
|
|
(3,624) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,194) |
|
|
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(405) |
|
|
|
|
|
(405) |
|
|
Cumulative impact of ASC 606 adoption
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(200) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(200) |
|
|
Accretion of Class A Founders’
Units to redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
20,628 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(20,628) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(20,628) |
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(24,396) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(24,396) |
|
|
Balance at December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
104,280 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(55,018) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(735) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
210,038 |
|
|
Equity compensation
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,052 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,052 |
|
|
Contributions from members, net
of issuance costs of $91
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,969) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,969) |
|
|
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
Accretion of Class A Founders’
Units to redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(15,040) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
15,040 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
15,040 |
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(21,495) |
|
|
Balance at December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
89,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
83 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(61,473) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
203,874 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
1.
Nature of business and organization
EWC Ventures, LLC (the “Company” or “EWC Ventures”) was organized on December 12, 2012 as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware. Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Company is engaged in selling franchises of European Wax Center, distributing facial and body waxing products to franchisees and providing waxing services directly to consumers at various locations throughout the United States.
On August 8, 2018, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger”) with General Atlantic (EW) Collections, L.P. (“GA Collections”), an entity controlled by affiliates of General Atlantic LLC (“General Atlantic”), and EWC Merger Sub, LLC pursuant to which, GA Collections agreed to acquire a controlling interest in the Company. The merger closed on September 25, 2018 (the “GA Acquisition”) and the Company became a subsidiary of GA Collections on that date.
The Company operates on a fiscal calendar which, in a given year, consists of a 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to December 31st. The fiscal years ended December 26, 2020 (“fiscal year 2020”) and December 28, 2019 (“fiscal year 2019”) both consisted of 52 weeks.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates that the Company will realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the ordinary course of business and as such, include no adjustments that might be necessary in the event that the Company is unable to operate on this basis.
2.
Summary of significant accounting policies
(a)
Basis of presentation and consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, Consolidated Statements of Mezzanine Equity and Members’ Equity and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the Company for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019 and have been presented in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of EWC Ventures and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
(b)
Use of estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results. Significant areas where estimates and judgments are relied upon by management in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, inventory reserves, the expected life of franchise agreements, the useful life of reacquired rights, valuation of equity-based compensation awards, and the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, including indefinite-lived intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(c)
Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash in financial institutions (in excess of federally insured limits) and accounts receivable. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the Company’s large number of franchisees and their dispersion across several geographic areas.
The Company enters into franchise agreements with unrelated third parties to build and operate centers using the European Wax Center brand within defined geographical areas. The Company believes that franchising is
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
an effective and efficient means to expand the European Wax Center brand. The franchisee is required to operate its centers in compliance with its franchise agreement that includes adherence to operating and quality control procedures established by the Company.
The Company has not provided material loans, leases or guarantees to any franchisee or any of the franchisee’s employees or vendors. However, the Company may, from time to time, without obligation, provide relief for franchisees under the franchise agreement or acquire the assets of franchisees at fair value as determined under the franchise agreement if the franchise agreement terminates, subject to applicable law. The Company has minimal financial exposure for the collection of the royalty payments as royalties are generally collected weekly in arrears for the prior week’s sales.
(d)
Segment information
The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
(e)
COVID-19 pandemic
The Company is continuing to monitor the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on its business. This contagious outbreak and the resultant adverse public health developments, including orders to shelter-in-place, travel restrictions and mandated business closures, have adversely affected workforces, organizations, customers, economies and financial markets globally.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020, the Company recommended to all of its franchisees that they temporarily close their centers as state governors began issuing shelter-in-place orders. Most franchisees temporarily closed their centers in March 2020 and in April 2020 the entire franchise network was temporarily closed. Beginning in May 2020, certain governors announced steps to restart non-essential business operations in their respective states and certain centers began to re-open. However, as COVID-19 continued to impact areas in which the Company’s centers operate, certain centers were required to temporarily re-close, pursuant to local guidelines. As of March 2021, nearly all of the Company’s nationwide network had re-opened.
To address and mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business, the Company increased its liquidity by increasing borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) by $10,000 and drawing down the same amount in May 2020 (refer to Note 10—Long-term debt, net). Additionally, the Company issued an aggregate of 2,500,000 Class D Preferred Units (“Class D Units”) for gross proceeds of $25,000 (refer to Note 13—Mezzanine equity and members’ equity). The Company also reduced costs by implementing a temporary furlough of substantially all employees at each corporate-owned center while the centers were closed. The Company also temporarily furloughed certain employees and permanently terminated certain positions at its headquarter location. All corporate-owned centers had re-opened as of December 26, 2020.
There is a significant amount of uncertainty about the length and severity of the consequences caused by the pandemic. While governmental and non-governmental organizations are engaging in efforts to combat the spread and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and related public health issues, the full extent to which the outbreak of COVID-19 could impact the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition is still unknown and will depend on future developments, including new variants of the virus and spikes in cases in the areas where we operate, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, however such effects may be material.
(f)
Revenue recognition
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The Company transitioned to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue From Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), from ASC Topic 605,
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
Revenue Recognition and ASC Subtopic 952-605, Franchisors—Revenue Recognition (together, the “Previous Standards”) on December 30, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method. The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the application of ASC 606 guidance beginning in fiscal year 2019. The $200 cumulative effect of the Company’s transition to ASC 606 is reflected as an adjustment to December 30, 2018 members’ equity. Upon adoption, the Company applied the new standard to all contracts not completed as of the adoption date.
The Company’s transition to ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle. ASC 606 eliminates industry-specific guidance and provides a single revenue recognition model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of ASC 606 is that a reporting entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the reporting entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.
Revenue Recognition Significant Accounting Policies
The Company’s revenues are comprised of product sales, royalty fees, marketing fees, and other revenues which includes technology fees, franchise fees, and service revenues from corporate-owned European Wax Center locations.
Product sales
Product sales primarily include the sale of proprietary wax, wholesale products consumed in the application of wax services and retail merchandise to franchisees, as well as retail merchandise sold in corporate-owned centers. Revenue on product sales is recognized upon transfer of control. Generally, customers take control when the risk of loss, title and insurable risks have transferred to the customer.
Royalty fees
Royalty fees are earned based on a percentage of the franchisees’ gross sales, net of retail product sales. The royalty fee is 6.0% of the franchisees’ gross sales for such period and payment is remitted to the Company on a weekly basis. Franchise agreement royalties represent sales-based royalties that are related entirely to our performance obligation under the applicable franchise agreement and are recognized in the period the franchisees’ sales occur.
Marketing fees
Marketing fees are primarily earned based on a percentage of the franchisees’ gross sales, net of retail product sales. The marketing fee is 3.0% of the franchisees’ gross sales for such period and payment is remitted to the Company on a monthly basis and recognized in the period the franchisees’ sales occur. Additionally, the Company charges a fixed monthly fee to franchisees for search engine optimization and search engine marketing services which is remitted on a monthly basis and recognized in the period when services are provided.
Other revenue
Other revenue primarily consists of service revenue and franchise fees, as well as technology fees, annual brand conference revenues, and training.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
Service revenue from the Company’s corporate owned centers is recognized at the time services are provided. Amounts collected in advance of the period in which service is rendered are recorded as deferred service revenue on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Franchise fees consist of initial franchise fees due at contract inception. The Company’s primary performance obligations under the franchise license are granting the use of the European Wax Center trademarks, system, training, preopening assistance, and center operating assistance in exchange for franchise fees. The rights to use the Company’s intellectual property, and all other services the Company provides under the franchise agreement are highly interrelated, not distinct within the contract, and therefore accounted for under ASC 606 as a single performance obligation, which is satisfied by granting certain rights to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.
Initial franchise fees are payable by the franchisee upon signing a new franchise agreement and are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis commencing at contract inception through the end of the initial franchise license term. Franchise agreements generally have terms of 10 years beginning on the date the center is opened, which is an average of 2 years from the date the franchise agreement is signed. Therefore, the franchise fees are amortized over a 12 year period. These agreements also convey one extension term up to 10 years, depending on contract terms if certain conditions are met. Amounts collected in advance for franchise fees are recorded as deferred revenues on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Technology fees, annual brand conference revenues, and training are recognized as the related services are delivered and are not material to the overall business.
(g)
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of the direct costs associated with wholesale product and retail merchandise sold to franchisees, retail merchandise sold in corporate-owned centers, distribution and outbound freight costs, direct labor and materials for services provided in corporate-owned centers, and inventory obsolescence charges.
(h)
Commissions
The Company pays commissions to its area representatives on a weekly basis based on gross sales as royalty revenue is recognized. The commissions are calculated as 2.25% of the gross sales earned from franchisees in their territory, net of retail product sales which are excluded from franchisees’ royalty calculations, and are recognized in the period the franchisees’ sales occur. Area representatives also receive commission associated with the sales of franchises, which are amortized to expense over the expected life of the related franchise agreement. Commissions expense is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
(i)
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of costs associated with administrative and franchisee support functions related to our existing business as well as growth and development activities. These costs primarily consist of wages, benefits and other compensation-related costs, occupancy, information technology, legal, accounting and other professional fees. Selling, general and administrative expenses excluding equity-based compensation are expensed when incurred, refer to (k) below for discussion of equity-based compensation.
(j)
Advertising expenses
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses include print, digital and social media advertising costs. The Company expenses the costs related to its advertising in the period the related promotional event occurs.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(k)
Equity-based compensation
The Company recognizes compensation expense for equity awards to employees based on the estimated fair value of the equity instrument at the time of grant. For time-based Units, such expense is recognized over the requisite service period of the equity award, which is normally the vesting period. For performance-based Units, expense is recognized over the vesting period when the achievement of specified targets is considered probable. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur by reversing compensation cost for unvested awards when the award is forfeited. See Note 14 for further information.
(l)
Income taxes
The Company is a Delaware limited liability company for federal income tax purposes, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which are also limited liability companies, are not subject to income taxes and no provision or liability for income taxes has been recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(m)
Net loss per unit
Net loss per unit is computed using the “two-class” method. The two-class method requires net loss to be allocated between common member units and participating securities based on their respective right to receive distributions as if all income for the period had been distributed. All of our member units are participating securities as each class has the right to participate in distributions of the Company. The Class A Units are considered the common member units of the Company, and the Class A Founders’ Units have the same participation rights in earnings and losses of the Company as the Class A Units. Class D Units have been excluded from the calculation of net loss per unit under the two-class method because the Class D Preferred Units are preferential to the other classes of units. The Class B Unit and the Class C Units have been excluded from the calculation of net loss per unit because the units only participate in future earnings of the Company and not in losses. Net loss applicable to the common unitholders is calculated as the net loss for the period, less the 10% preferred return accrued on the Class D Units during the period. Net loss applicable to common unitholders is allocated to the Class A Founders’ Units and the Class A Units on a pro rata basis. Basic net loss per unit is computed by dividing the net loss applicable to each respective class by the weighted average number of member units outstanding for the period. There were no potentially dilutive securities in 2019 and 2020, and therefore, the basic and diluted loss per unit have been presented together.
(n)
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions, and short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
(o)
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value, consisting of the carrying amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts, as needed. The Company evaluates its accounts receivable on an ongoing basis and may establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of historical experience, aging analysis and information related to specific accounts. Account balances are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and it is determined that further collection efforts will be unsuccessful. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded as income when received. Historically, the Company has not had a significant amount of write-offs.
(p)
Inventory
Inventory is substantially comprised of wax, wholesale products consumed in the application of wax services and European Wax Center branded products including in-grown hair serums, exfoliates, body washes, lotions,
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
and creams. Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the FIFO method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The Company determines inventory reserves by regularly reviewing and evaluating individual inventory items and their movement history. Inventory is reserved when deemed obsolete or unsellable. The cost of inventories also includes freight-in and U.S. Customs fees for the purchase of inventory.
(q)
Leases
The Company leases various corporate-owned centers and office space to support ongoing business operations. Most lease arrangements contain tenant improvement allowances, rent holidays and/or rent escalation clauses. For purposes of recognizing incentives and minimum rent payments on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases, the Company uses the date it takes possession of the leased space for construction purposes as the beginning of the term. For leases with renewal periods at the Company’s option, the Company determines the expected lease period based on whether the renewal of any options are reasonably assured at the inception of the lease. In addition to rent expense, certain leases require the Company to pay a portion of real estate taxes, utilities, building operating expenses, insurance and other charges in addition to rent.
For tenant improvement allowances, rent escalations, and rent holidays, the Company records a deferred rent liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortizes the deferred rent in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss over the terms of the leases, included within Selling, general and administrative expense, for corporate-owned centers and corporate office space.
(r)
Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated remaining useful life of the related asset, which ranges from one to ten years, as shown in the table below.
Estimated useful lives for Property and equipment are as follows:
|
Computer and other equipment
|
|
|
3 – 5 years
|
|
|
Computer software
|
|
|
4 – 7 years
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3 – 7 years
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
Lesser of the estimated useful life or the remaining lease term.
|
|
Additions to property and equipment include betterments, renewals, and purchases. When long-lived assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the asset account and related accumulated depreciation are relieved, and any gain or loss is included in operating income. Repairs and maintenance expenses are charged to operations when incurred.
The Company invests in software solutions from third party software vendors. Typically, these software solutions may require significant configuration and/or may require customization to integrate into the Company’s infrastructure. The Company includes these software purchases and direct consultant configuration fees within property and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These purchases are segregated and not amortized until the software solution or significant components are ready for their intended use. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life. Expenses related to software solutions that do not qualify for capitalization are expensed as incurred. Recurring licensing or maintenance fees are expensed as incurred.
(s)
Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for impairment, then assets are required to be grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
(t)
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of goodwill and trade names, which are not subject to amortization. The Company reviews the recoverability of goodwill and its trade names on an annual basis (October 1st of the fiscal year) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment indicators that may necessitate impairment testing between the Company’s annual impairment tests include, but are not limited to, underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends.
Goodwill is recognized for the excess of the fair value of an acquired entity over the amounts assigned to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination and is not subject to amortization. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level. For all periods presented, the Company concluded that we have one reporting unit, which is also our sole operating segment. The Company first performs a qualitative assessment of goodwill, a Step 0 analysis, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. When necessary, a quantitative impairment test of goodwill is performed, comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value. If the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference between the carrying value of the reporting unit and its fair value is recorded against goodwill. No impairment was recorded against goodwill for the fiscal years 2020 or 2019.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets, including the Company’s trade names, are tested for impairment at the unit of account. The Company first performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying amount. When necessary, a quantitative impairment test is performed by making a determination of the fair value of the intangible asset. If the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the difference. After recognition of the impairment, if any, the asset is amortized prospectively over its estimated remaining useful life and accounted for in the same manner as other intangible assets that are subject to amortization. No impairment was recorded against the Company’s trade names for the fiscal years 2020 or 2019.
It is possible that changes in circumstances or changes in management’s judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in an impairment charge of a portion or all of its goodwill or other intangible assets.
(u)
Fair value measurements
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1
Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
Level 2
Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3
Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
(v)
Financial instruments
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Debt under the Term Loan of $240,552 and Revolving Credit Facility of $30,000 approximate the fair value due to the variable rate and the fact that the amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility was negotiated in May 2020 there have been no significant changes in our credit rating or pricing of similar debt.
(w)
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company uses interest rate caps to manage its exposure to variable interest rates. The Company’s policy is to not use any financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.
Derivatives are recorded at fair value. If a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the changes in fair value are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/loss until the underlying hedge item is recognized in earnings. Fair values of derivative contracts are classified as current or long-term, depending on the maturity date of the derivative contract, and are presented in Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The cash flows from derivatives treated as hedges are classified on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the same category as the item being hedged.
The Company has elected to use the income approach to value the derivatives, using observable Level 2 market expectations at measurement dates and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present discounted amount reflecting current market expectations about those future amounts. Level 2 inputs for derivative valuations are limited to inputs other than those quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (specifically LIBOR swap rates and credit risk at commonly quoted intervals). Mid-market pricing is used as a practical expedient. Derivatives are discounted to present value at the measurement date at overnight index swap rates.
(x)
Deferred financing costs
Deferred financing costs represent the cost of obtaining financing arrangements and are amortized over the term of the related debt agreement using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs are reflected as a direct reduction of the related debt liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of deferred financing costs are included in interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
(y)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive loss is entirely comprised of the cumulative change in the fair value of our cash flow hedge. There were no reclassifications of other comprehensive income or loss to earnings during fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(z)
Class A Founders’ Units and Class D Units subject to possible redemption
Due to the contingently redeemable nature of the Class A Founders’ Units and Class D Units, the Company classifies the Class A Founders’ Units and Class D Units as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company believes that the related contingent events and the redemption of the Class A Founders’ Units is probable, and therefore the Class A Founders’ Units are measured at fair value. The Company has made an accounting policy choice to record the shares at the current redemption value (i.e. fair value) versus accreting over time to the redemption value. The Company does not currently believe that the related contingent events and the redemption of the Class D Units is probable to occur. Therefore, the Company is not currently accreting the Class D Units to redemption value and will only do so if the Units become probable of redemption in the future.
(aa)
Malware incident
In December 2019, a malware incident occurred where certain wax center professionals were not able to access their workstations nor the point of sale system. The Company engaged a third-party specialist to contain the incident and to conduct an investigation and concluded that there was no breach or compromise of assets including client data and there was no impact to the internal control over financial reporting or financial data. As remediation to the franchisees, the Company provided relief to help offset the impact of the outage in the form of royalty relief for half of December 2019 and waiver of the monthly technology and marketing fees. The incident resulted in a $1,767 reduction of Royalty fee revenue, $112 reduction of Other revenues, and an expense of $1,282 related to remediation efforts included in Selling, general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the year ended December 28, 2019.
(bb) Implications of being an Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”) and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with those standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
(cc) Recently adopted accounting pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This guidance requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of a promised good or service to its customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such transfer. This guidance also specifies accounting for certain costs incurred by an entity to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and provides for enhancements to revenue specific disclosures intended to allow users of the financial statements to clearly understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with its customers. The Company adopted this new guidance on December 30, 2018 (the beginning of its fiscal year 2019) utilizing the modified retrospective method. See above for revenue recognition policies and Note 15.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic ASC 350). This guidance eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value, essentially eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. The new standard requires goodwill impairment to be based upon the results of step one of the impairment test, which is defined as the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit over its fair value. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This guidance is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that year. Early adoption of this standard is permitted. The Company adopted the amendment on December 30, 2018 (the beginning of its fiscal year 2019) and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The new standard makes more financial and non-financial hedging strategies eligible for hedge accounting. It also amends presentation and disclosure requirements and changes how companies assess hedge effectiveness. This ASU requires adoption using a modified retrospective transition approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment recognized to the opening balance of retained earnings on the adoption date with prior periods not recast. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted this ASU in fiscal year 2019. The effects of this standard did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This new standard requires entities to disclose transfers into and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and purchases and issues of Level 3 assets and liabilities, as well as a narrative description of the uncertainty of the fair value measurements from the use of significant unobservable inputs. This standard is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption of this standard is permitted. The Company adopted the amendment on December 29, 2019 (the beginning of its fiscal year 2020) and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(dd) Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases and established ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases. ASC 842 requires a lessee to recognize a lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet along with additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of future payments. ASC 842 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the adoption of this standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements, including the materiality of the addition of ROU assets and lease liabilities on its Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In June 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments (Topic 326)—Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. The standard replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13, and related amendments, are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not completed its assessment of the standard but does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. Under this standard, companies will apply the same criteria for capitalizing implementation costs as they would for an arrangement that has a software license. The adoption of this new guidance prescribes the balance sheet, statement of operations, and cash flow classification of the capitalized implementation costs and related amortization expense, and additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures. This standard will be effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. This standard may be applied either prospectively to eligible costs incurred on or after the date of the new guidance or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the adoption of this standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform: Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments in this update provide temporary, optional guidance to ease the burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The amendments provide optional expedients and
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
exceptions for applying GAAP to transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments primarily include relief related to contract modifications and hedging relationships. The relief provided by this ASU does not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022. However, hedging relationships that apply certain optional expedients prior to December 31, 2022, will be retained through the end of the hedging relationship, including for periods after December 31, 2022. We will evaluate the impact of this guidance as contracts are modified through December 2022.
In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, which clarified the scope of ASU 2020-04 indicating that certain optional expedients and exceptions included in ASU 2020-04 are applicable to derivative instruments affected by the market-wide change in interest rates used for discounting, margining, or contract price alignment. We will evaluate the impact of this guidance, along with the guidance from ASU 2020-04, as contracts are modified through December 2022.
3.
Sales of corporate-owned centers
In May 2019, the Company sold seven corporate-owned centers for an aggregate purchase price of $1,838. The assets sold had a negative carrying value, as the carrying value of the centers’ liabilities exceeded the carrying value of the assets. The difference between the consideration received and the carrying value of the net assets sold was $2,120, which was recognized as a gain in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company had no sales of corporate-owned centers during the year ended December 26, 2020.
4.
Fair value measurements
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
We use valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to their present value on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement costs). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. These two types of inputs create a three-tier fair value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Refer to Fair Value discussion within the Significant Accounting Policies section of Note 2 for the three levels of the valuation hierarchy.
The Company uses interest rate caps to manage its interest rate exposure. These interest rate caps are recorded at fair value. Changes in fair value of are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has elected to use the income approach to value the interest rate cap, using observable Level 2 market expectations at measurement dates and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present discounted amount reflecting current market expectations about those future amounts. Level 2 inputs for derivative valuations are limited to inputs other than those quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (specifically LIBOR swap rates and credit risk at commonly quoted intervals). Mid-market pricing is used as a practical expedient. Derivatives are
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
discounted to present value at the measurement date at overnight index swap rates. Refer to Note 11—Derivative instruments and hedging activity for additional discussion.
Fair value measurements are summarized below:
|
|
|
Fair
Market
Value
|
|
|
Quoted prices
in active markets
for identical assets
(Level 1)
|
|
|
Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
|
|
|
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Change in fair
value included in
comprehensive
income
|
|
Interest rate cap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
208 |
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
$ |
(735) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(735) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(405) |
|
|
5.
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Prepaid inventory
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
Prepaid other & other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
2,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,084 |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,574 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,084 |
|
|
The prepaid other & other current assets amounts are primarily comprised of prepaid technology and maintenance contracts, sales taxes, insurance, and rent.
6.
Inventory
Inventory is comprised of finished goods. The allowance for obsolete inventory included in Inventory on the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $6,599 and $1,229 as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively. The increase in the inventory obsolescence reserve during the year ended December 26, 2020 related to a pilot program for certain retail products with a limited shelf-life that did not have a chance to scale, due to COVID-19, as well as a planned product restaging effort approved by management during the year ended December 26, 2020.
A summary of changes in the inventory obsolescence reserve for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Balance beginning of year
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,229 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,042 |
|
|
Charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
6,656 |
|
|
|
|
|
552 |
|
|
Write-offs of reserved inventory
|
|
|
|
|
(1,286) |
|
|
|
|
|
(365) |
|
|
Balance end of year
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,599 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,229 |
|
|
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
7.
Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Computer and other equipment
|
|
|
|
$ |
487 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
184 |
|
|
Computer software
|
|
|
|
|
8,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,653 |
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
|
|
974 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,124 |
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
|
|
2,433 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,663 |
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
(7,645) |
|
|
|
|
|
(6,377) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,286 |
|
|
Construction-in-process
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
Software implementation-in-process
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Total property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,039 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,456 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $1,649 and $2,198 for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively. In fiscal year 2019, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $18,183 related to the Company’s abandonment of an internally developed point-of-sale software system.
8.
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
A summary of goodwill and intangible assets as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019 is as follows:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Value
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Carrying
Value
|
|
Franchisee relationships
|
|
|
|
|
7.74 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
114,594 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(25,870) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
88,724 |
|
|
Reacquired rights
|
|
|
|
|
9.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
68,973 |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,304) |
|
|
|
|
|
60,669 |
|
|
Favorable lease assets
|
|
|
|
|
1.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
(110) |
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
(34,284) |
|
|
|
|
|
149,453 |
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
Total intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
247,551 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(34,284) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
213,267 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Value
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Carrying
Value
|
|
Franchisee relationships
|
|
|
|
|
8.74 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
114,594 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(14,442) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
100,152 |
|
|
Reacquired rights
|
|
|
|
|
9.92 |
|
|
|
|
|
36,182 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,847) |
|
|
|
|
|
34,335 |
|
|
Favorable lease assets
|
|
|
|
|
2.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
(61) |
|
|
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,946 |
|
|
|
|
|
(16,350) |
|
|
|
|
|
134,596 |
|
|
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Value
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Carrying
Value
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
Total intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
214,760 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(16,350) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
198,410 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
328,551 |
|
|
|
Area representative rights represent an agreement with area representatives to sell franchise licenses and provide support to franchisees in a geographic region. From time to time, the Company enters into agreements to reacquire certain area representative rights. These reacquisition costs totaled $32,791 and $36,182 for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively. The initial term of the area representative agreements is ten years with an additional ten-year renewal at the option of the area representative. The reacquired rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining expected term of the agreement prior to the reacquisition. Amortization expense for reacquired rights was $6,457 and $1,847 for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively.
Franchisee relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization expense for franchisee relationships was $11,428 for each of the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019. Amortization expense for franchisee relationships and reacquired rights is included in Depreciation and amortization expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Favorable lease assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization of favorable lease assets of $48 and $61 was recorded within depreciation and amortization expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively.
Future expected amortization expense of the Company’s intangible assets as of December 26, 2020 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years Ending
|
|
|
Franchisee
Relationships
|
|
|
Reacquired
Rights
|
|
|
Favorable
Lease Assets
|
|
2021
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,555 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
48 |
|
|
2022
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,555 |
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,555 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,555 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
2025
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,555 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
31,584 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,894 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
88,724 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
60,669 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
60 |
|
|
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
9.
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,838 |
|
|
Accrued inventory
|
|
|
|
|
3,321 |
|
|
|
|
|
906 |
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
|
|
2,169 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,679 |
|
|
Accrued taxes and penalties
|
|
|
|
|
1,732 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,708 |
|
|
Accrued lease termination costs
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
Accrued technology and subscription fees
|
|
|
|
|
1,536 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,233 |
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,305 |
|
|
Accrued insurance settlement liability
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,100 |
|
|
Accrued AR development rights holdback liability
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2,183 |
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
2,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,829 |
|
|
Total Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,489 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
25,053 |
|
|
10.
Long-term debt, net
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
|
|
$ |
240,552 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
227,956 |
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
|
|
(2,428) |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,285) |
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
268,124 |
|
|
|
|
|
228,671 |
|
|
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
(5,149) |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,677) |
|
|
Total long-term debt, net
|
|
|
|
$ |
262,975 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
222,994 |
|
|
In September 2018, EW Holdco, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Term Loan and Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”), which included a secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with maximum borrowings of $20,000 and a secured term loan (the “Term Loan”) for $190,000, with a maturity date of September 25, 2024. EW Intermediate Holdco, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and EW Holdco, LLC’s direct parent, granted to the lenders a first priority security interest in generally all rights, title and interest in, to and under substantially all assets and equity interests of such parties, which include substantially all tangible assets of the Company.
The Term Loan was amended on April 29, 2019, resulting in incremental borrowings of $40,000 subject to the same terms. On January 2, 2020, the Company executed another incremental borrowing of $15,000 subject to the same terms. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on May 7, 2020, the Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended to increase the borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility by $10,000 to an aggregate amount of up to $30,000. The Company analyzed the amendments pursuant to the guidance in ASC 470-50, Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments and determined that the amendments did not give rise to a modification nor an extinguishment, but rather an exercise of the original terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facility.
Borrowings under the Term Loan bear interest at an index rate as defined in the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facility plus an applicable margin of 5.5% (6.5% at December 26, 2020), payable quarterly through December 28, 2019 and monthly thereafter. The Term Loan requires principal payments
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
equal to approximately $2,400 per fiscal year, payable in quarterly installments with the final scheduled principal payment on the outstanding Term Loan borrowings due on September 25, 2024. Beginning in fiscal year 2020, additional principal payments could be due in May of each year, which are based upon a calculation of Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the credit agreement. No such payments were required in May 2020. Proceeds from the Senior Secured Credit Facility were used to repay the outstanding balance of $129,350 on an original secured term loan of $130,000 that was entered into on January 18, 2018. The remaining original proceeds were used to redeem a portion of the then existing members’ membership interests in the Company as part of the GA Acquisition, and proceeds from the incremental borrowings in fiscal year 2019 and 2020 were used for general corporate purposes and to reacquire certain area representative rights during fiscal year 2020.
The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at the index rate, as defined in the credit agreement plus an applicable margin of 3.5% (4.25% at December 26, 2020). Interest was due and payable quarterly through December 28, 2019 and is payable monthly thereafter. The Revolving Credit Facility was fully drawn in May 2020. As of December 26, 2020, there was $30,000 outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Proceeds from the Revolving Credit Facility were used for general corporate purposes as well as to reacquire certain area representative rights during fiscal year 2020.
The credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with a number of affirmative and negative covenants, including certain restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens against the Company’s and its subsidiaries assets, sales of assets, and other restrictions on payments. The credit agreement also contains a quarterly maintenance covenant that requires us to maintain a net leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) that does not exceed 8.75 to 1.00. As result of the increased borrowings during fiscal year 2020, beginning with the month ended June 27, 2020 and for the twelve months thereafter, the Company is required to maintain $6,000 of minimum liquidity, as defined by the credit agreement. During this twelve-month period, the financial covenant requiring maintenance of a maximum leverage ratio, as defined by the credit agreement, is not in in effect.
Annual future principal payments due on the term loan as of December 26, 2020 are as follows:
Fiscal Years Ending
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
2021
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,428 |
|
|
2022
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
233,268 |
|
|
Total principal
|
|
|
|
|
240,552 |
|
|
Less: unamortized debt discount
|
|
|
|
|
(5,149) |
|
|
Total debt, net
|
|
|
|
$ |
235,403 |
|
|
11.
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
In December 2018, the Company entered an interest rate cap derivative instrument which was designated as a cash flow hedge. The Company’s objective is to mitigate the impact of interest expense fluctuations on the Company’s profitability resulting from interest rate changes by capping the LIBOR component of the interest rate at 4.5% on $175,000 of principal outstanding under its long-term debt arrangement, as the interest rate cap provides for payments from the counterparty when LIBOR rises above 4.5%. The interest rate cap has a $175,000 notional amount and is effective December 31, 2018, for the monthly periods from and including January 31, 2019 through September 25, 2024. The interest rate cap has a deferred premium; accordingly, the Company will pay a monthly premium for the interest rate cap over the term of the agreement. The annual premium is equal to 0.11486% on the notional amount.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
Changes in the cash flows of interest rate cap derivatives designated as hedges are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in interest payments on a principal balance equal to the designated derivative’s notional amount, attributable to the hedged risk. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap are recognized in other comprehensive income and are reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and into interest expense when the hedged interest obligations affect earnings. Cash flows related to derivatives qualifying as hedges are included in the same section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as the underlying assets and liabilities being hedged. Refer to Note 4—Fair value measurements for information on the fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap derivative instrument.
Our cash flow hedge position related to the interest rate cap derivative instrument is as follows:
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Classification
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate cap, non-current portion
|
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
90 |
|
|
Interest rate cap, current portion
|
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(181) |
|
|
|
|
|
(180) |
|
|
Interest rate cap, non-current portion
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(346) |
|
|
|
|
|
(645) |
|
|
Total derivative liabilities designated as hedging instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(735) |
|
|
12.
Commitments and contingencies
Leases
The Company leases various retail locations and office space under non-cancellable lease agreements with terms expiring through February 2026. The Company is required, under the terms of certain of its lease agreements, to pay for common area maintenance. Common area maintenance rates are adjusted annually by the landlords and calculated based on the monthly square footage occupied by the Company. Rent expense, including common area maintenance and property taxes, was $3,064 and $2,774 for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively, and is included in Selling, general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Aggregate future minimum annual rental payments required under the lease agreements as of December 26, 2020, are as follows and do not include taxes and common area maintenance:
Fiscal Years Ending
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
2021
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,398 |
|
|
2022
|
|
|
|
|
2,166 |
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
1,573 |
|
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
1,429 |
|
|
2025
|
|
|
|
|
1,212 |
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
2,180 |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,958 |
|
|
Exit or Disposal Activities
During fiscal year 2019, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters from Hallandale Beach, Florida to Plano, Texas. As a result of this relocation, the Company vacated a portion of its leased properties in Hallandale Beach and recognized an exit obligation charge and related exit obligation liability on the cease-use date, in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. In fiscal year 2020, the Company
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
vacated the remaining portion of the leased property in Hallandale Beach and recognized an exit obligation charge and related liability on the cease-use date for the remaining portion of the property. A summary of the exit liability and related activity for the periods presented is as follows:
|
|
|
Exit Cost
Obligation – Leases
|
|
Exit cost obligation at cease-use date in fiscal 2019
|
|
|
|
$ |
778 |
|
|
Exit cost obligation at December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
$ |
778 |
|
|
Additional exit cost obligation at cease-use date in fiscal 2020
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
Accretion during fiscal year 2020
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
Net payments made during fiscal year 2020
|
|
|
|
|
(333) |
|
|
Exit cost obligation at December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
The charges, recorded as Selling, general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, primarily included the present value of the remaining lease obligation on the cease use dates, net of estimated sublease income. The total cost expected to be incurred for these exit obligations is $957 which includes $937 in exit costs fully recorded at the cease-use dates and $20 of total accretion expense.
The current and non-current components of the exit liabilities related to the leased property were included within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities and Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively, as follows:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
360 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
272 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
255 |
|
|
|
|
|
506 |
|
|
Total exit cost obligation
|
|
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
778 |
|
|
Purchase Commitments
As of December 26, 2020, the Company had purchase commitments of approximately $6,549, primarily related to inventory and advertising, of which the Company expects to pay $6,418 during fiscal year 2021.
Litigation
The Company is exposed to various asserted and unasserted potential claims encountered in the normal course of business. Although the outcomes of potential legal proceedings are inherently difficult to predict, the Company does not expect the resolution of these occasional legal proceedings to have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flow.
13.
Mezzanine equity and members’ equity
As outlined in the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Operating Agreement”), there are four classes of membership interests:
Class A Units
On September 25, 2018, the Company converted its issued and outstanding common units and incentive units into 34,710,282 Class A Common Units (“Class A Units”). There are 8,309,193 Class A Units held by the founders of the Company through EWC Holdings, Inc. (“Class A Founders’ Units”), which are redeemable at fair value at EWC Holdings’ option if no sale transaction or initial public offering (“IPO”) has occurred prior
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
to the 8th anniversary of the GA Closing Date (September 25, 2018). As the Class A Founders’ Units are contingently redeemable, the Class A Founders’ Units are presented as “Mezzanine equity” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Mezzanine Equity and Members’ Equity and are measured at fair value. All other Class A Units do not have a redemption option and are presented within permanent Members’ equity. Class A Units represent common interests that hold a voting interest equal to the percentage determined by dividing the aggregate number of Class A Units and Class D Units held by such Member, by the aggregate number of issued and outstanding Class A Units and Class D Units. Class A Units hold a distribution preference over Class B and Class C Units.
Class B Unit
The Class B Unit provides for the allocation of profits from the Company to EWC Management Holdco, LLC (“Management Holdco”). Management Holdco holds Class A Units and Class C Units on behalf of certain individuals as well as the Class B Unit and facilitates the implementation of the Incentive Plan (as defined in Note 14) and the allocation of profits interests awarded thereunder. The Company and Management Holdco adopted the Incentive Plan authorizing up to 4,733,220 Class B Units of Management Holdco, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Incentive Plan and the Operating Agreement. The Class B Unit provides an interest in the future profits of the Company satisfying the requirements for a partnership profits interest transferred in connection with the performance of services. The Incentive Units issued under the Operating Agreement were also structured as profits interests. The Class B Unit has no voting rights.
Class C Units
On September 25, 2018, the Company issued 1,000 Class C Units in connection with the GA Acquisition described in Note 1. Class C Units dilute other units by participating exclusively in a deferred payment amount of $20,000, which is only payable upon a market condition event. Class C units have no voting or distribution rights.
Class D Units
On May 7, 2020, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement with GA Collections under which the Company issued 1,742,798 “Class D Units” to GA Collections for $10.00 per unit for total proceeds of $17,428. In connection with this issuance, the Company amended its operating agreement such that the Class D Units were subject to the terms of the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated May 7, 2020.
On June 15, 2020, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement with EWC Holdings, Inc. under which the Company issued 598,468 additional Class D Units for $10.00 per unit for total proceeds of $5,985. On June 15, 2020, the Company also issued 158,734 Class D Units to various other investors resulting in total aggregate proceeds of $1,587.
Class D Units hold a voting interest equal to the percentage determined by dividing the aggregate number of Class A Units and Class D Units held by such Member, by the aggregate number of issued and outstanding Class A Units and Class D Units. Class D Units hold a distribution preference over Class A, B and C Units. Class D Units also have a preferred return of 10% on unreturned capital as defined in the Operating Agreement that accrues daily and is compounded quarterly.
The Class D Units are redeemable at the option of the holders upon an IPO. As the Class D Units are contingently redeemable, and GA Collections, the holder of the Class D units, has the right to cause the Class D Units to become redeemable due to their control of the Board of Directors, the Class D Units are presented as “Mezzanine equity” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Mezzanine Equity and Members’ Equity. The Class D Units are not accreted to redemption value as the Company does not currently believe that the related contingent events and the redemption of the Units is probable to occur.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
Distribution
All distributions are made to the members of the Company as follows: first to the holders of Class D Units, pro rata in accordance with their respective ownership of Class D units, until the cumulative distributions to each holder are equal to the aggregate original Class D Units purchase price of all the units held by such Member then outstanding; second, to the holders of Class D Units, pro rata in accordance with their respective ownership of Class D units, until the unreturned Class D preferred return is equal to zero; third, to the holders of Class A Units, pro rata in accordance with their respective ownership of Class A Units, until the cumulative distributions to each holder are equal to the aggregate original Class A units purchase price of all the units held by such Member then outstanding; fourth, to the holders of Class A Units, Class D Units and the Class B Unit, pro rata in accordance with their percentage interests until the cumulative aggregate distributions to the General Atlantic Members in respect of their Class A Units held on the GA closing date yield a return on invested capital multiple of 2.0; fifth, to the holders of Class C Units, pro rata in accordance with their respective ownership of Class C Units, until the aggregate distributions to the Class C Units are equal to the deferred payment amounts, and sixth, to the holders of Class A Units, Class D Units and the Class B Unit, pro rata in accordance with their percentage interests.
Liquidation Preference
Upon a Dissolution Event (as defined in the Operating Agreement), the Company will be liquidated and its affairs will be wound up. All proceeds from such liquidation will be distributed first to creditors, and then to members in accordance with the distribution preferences described above.
14.
Equity-based compensation
On December 12, 2018, the Company and Management Holdco adopted the Amended and Restated EWC Management Holdco, LLC Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), under which Management Holdco may grant Class B Units of Management Holdco (“Incentive Units”) to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Plan was 4,733,220 as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019.
The Company’s Board of Directors approves this issuance of Incentive Units and determines the vesting schedule for all equity awards. Time-based Incentive Units granted under the Plan generally vest over 5 years. The Company expenses time-based Incentive Units granted to employees based on the fair value of the award on a straight-line basis over the associated service period of the award.
Incentive Units with performance-based vesting criteria vest in one or more tranches contingent upon the achievement of pre-determined milestones related to the achievement of certain targets. Unit-based compensation expense is recognized for these awards over the vesting period based on the projected probability of achievement of the respective target(s). In each period, the stock-based compensation expense may be adjusted, as necessary, in response to any changes in the Company’s forecast with respect to the recipient achieving his target(s).
The Company estimates the fair value of Incentive Units as of the grant date based on a determination of the total fair value of the Company’s equity as of the valuation date which is then run through a hypothetical liquidation model. The weighted average assumptions for the grants are provided in the following table. Since the Company’s shares are not publicly traded, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The term is based on the estimated time to a liquidity event. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
Valuation assumptions:
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
|
December 28,
2019
|
|
Term
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Risk-free Rate
|
|
|
|
|
0.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
2.2% |
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
|
|
46% |
|
|
|
|
|
34% |
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
The following table summarizes activity under the Incentive Plan for time-based awards:
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Weighted average
grant date
fair value
|
|
Unvested outstanding, December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
2,352,292 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.57 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
244,371 |
|
|
|
|
|
2.63 |
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
(652,079) |
|
|
|
|
|
2.26 |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
(108,715) |
|
|
|
|
|
2.28 |
|
|
Unvested outstanding, December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
1,835,869 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.70 |
|
|
Vested as of December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
652,079 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.26 |
|
|
The following table summarizes activity under the Incentive Plan for performance-based awards:
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Weighted average
grant date
fair value
|
|
Unvested outstanding, December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
1,568,704 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.38 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
245,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
0.68 |
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
(96,167) |
|
|
|
|
|
0.33 |
|
|
Unvested outstanding, December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
1,718,311 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
Vested as of December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
The Company recognized approximately $2,052 and $1,570 in unit-based compensation expense in Selling, general, and administrative expense related to Class B Units during the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively. As of December 26, 2020, there was approximately $3,959 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to time-based Incentive Units. The total unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future forfeitures as they occur. As of December 26, 2020, the Company expects to recognize its remaining time-based Incentive Unit compensation expense over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years. As of December 26, 2020, there was approximately $853 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to performance-based Incentive Units.
15.
Revenue from contracts with customers
Costs to obtain a contract
Costs to obtain a contract include commissions paid to area representatives associated with the sale of franchises within the area representative’s respective region. As of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, $453 and $429 of commissions paid in connection with the sale of franchise licenses are capitalized within prepaid expenses and other current assets (short-term portion) and $2,630 and $2,994 are capitalized
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
within other non-current assets (long-term portion), respectively. The commissions are amortized to expense over the expected life of the related franchise agreement. $429 and $395 of commissions was amortized to selling, general and administrative expenses during the year ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively.
Contract Liabilities
Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue resulting from franchise fees, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying franchise agreement. Also included are service revenues from corporate-owned centers, including customer prepayments in connection with the Wax Pass program. Contract liabilities are classified as Deferred revenue on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Deferred franchise fees are reduced as fees are recognized in revenue over the term of the franchise license for the respective center. Deferred service revenues are recognized over time as the services are performed. The following table reflects the change in contract liabilities between December 29, 2018 and December 26, 2020:
|
|
|
Contract liabilities
|
|
Balance at December 29, 2018
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,179 |
|
|
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
(3,408) |
|
|
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period
|
|
|
|
|
4,486 |
|
|
Balance at December 28, 2019
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,257 |
|
|
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
(2,461) |
|
|
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period
|
|
|
|
|
2,083 |
|
|
Balance at December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,879 |
|
|
The weighted average remaining amortization period for deferred revenue is 4.2 years.
The following table illustrates estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as of December 26, 2020. The Company has elected to exclude short term contracts, sales-based royalties and any other variable consideration recognized on an “as invoiced” basis.
Contract liabilities to be recognized in:
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
2021
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,351 |
|
|
2022
|
|
|
|
|
1,004 |
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
974 |
|
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
914 |
|
|
2025
|
|
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
2,792 |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,879 |
|
|
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
The summary set forth below represents the balances in deferred revenue as of December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Franchise fees
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,542 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,657 |
|
|
Service revenue
|
|
|
|
|
1,337 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,600 |
|
|
Total deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
8,879 |
|
|
|
|
|
9,257 |
|
|
Long-term portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
6,528 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,799 |
|
|
Current portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,351 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,458 |
|
|
16.
Employee retirement plan
The Company offers its employees the opportunity to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan, where eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation subject to limitations set by the Internal Revenue Code. For the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the employer match expense recognized under this plan was $301 and $375, respectively, of which, $291 and $353, respectively, is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses and $10 and $22, respectively, is included in Cost of revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Amounts due to the plan administrator were $33 and $16 at December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively, included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
17.
Related party transactions
The Company recognized advances to certain related party members of $689 as of December 26, 2020 and $811 as of December 28, 2019 related to payments of fees on behalf of the members in connection with the GA Acquisition. These advances are reported in Advances to related parties within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In 2020, the Company agreed that these advances would be settled through reduction of future distributions to members. The Company settled $122 of the advances in 2020 through a reduction of distributions to these members. Additionally, the Company pays fees to certain members for consulting services provided to the Company. Related party consulting fees of $200 and $200 are included in Selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively.
18.
Net loss per unit
Net loss per unit is computed using the “two-class” method by dividing the net loss applicable to each respective class by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period. Net losses are allocated to the Class A Founders’ Units and the Class A Units. There were no dilutive securities in 2020 and 2019 and therefore, basic and diluted net loss per unit have been presented together. There were no securities outstanding during 2020 and 2019 that were excluded from diluted net loss per unit on the basis of being anti-dilutive.
Loss per unit for the periods presented is computed as follows:
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
$ |
(21,495) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
Less: preferred return on Class D Units
|
|
|
|
|
(1,670) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Net loss applicable to common unitholders
|
|
|
|
$ |
(23,165) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
Net loss applicable by class of common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
(5,545) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(5,840) |
|
|
EWC Ventures, LLC and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
December 28, 2019
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
(17,620) |
|
|
|
|
|
(18,556) |
|
|
Net loss applicable to common unitholders
|
|
|
|
$ |
(23,165) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(24,396) |
|
|
Weighted average outstanding units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
Basic and diluted net loss per unit applicable to unitholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.67) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.70) |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.67) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(0.70) |
|
|
19.
Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 7, 2021, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
On December 31, 2020, the Company entered an agreement to reacquire certain area representative rights totaling approximately $7,250, which is to be paid through cash on-hand. This agreement provided for the Company to pay approximately $4,000 as of December 31, 2020, and the remaining $3,250 through September 2021.
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
March 27,
2021
|
|
|
December 26,
2020
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
$ |
28,687 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
36,720 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
12,274 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,070 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
14,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,280 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
8,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,574 |
|
|
Advances to related parties
|
|
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
|
|
64,736 |
|
|
|
|
|
57,333 |
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
4,835 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,039 |
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
216,142 |
|
|
|
|
|
213,267 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
328,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
328,551 |
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
|
|
3,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,710 |
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
$ |
617,564 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
606,900 |
|
|
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
23,832 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,489 |
|
|
Long-term debt, current portion
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
Deferred revenue, current portion
|
|
|
|
|
2,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,351 |
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
28,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
18,449 |
|
|
Long-term debt, net
|
|
|
|
|
262,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
262,975 |
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
6,601 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,528 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
298,922 |
|
|
|
|
|
288,877 |
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mezzanine equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units (8,309,193 Class A Founders’ Units authorized, issued
and outstanding as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020)
|
|
|
|
|
121,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
89,240 |
|
|
Class D Units (2,500,000 Class D Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020; aggregate liquidation preference of $27,298 and $26,670 as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020, respectively)
|
|
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
Members’ equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units (26,311,170 and 26,401,089 Class A Units authorized, issued and
outstanding as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020)
|
|
|
|
|
264,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
265,791 |
|
|
Class B Unit (1 Class B Unit authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Class C Units (1,000 Class C Units authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020)
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
|
|
(91,979) |
|
|
|
|
|
(61,473) |
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
(368) |
|
|
|
|
|
(527) |
|
|
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity, and members’ equity
|
|
|
|
$ |
617,564 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
606,900 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
For the 13 Weeks Ended
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
March 28, 2020
|
|
REVENUE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,617 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,345 |
|
|
Royalty fees
|
|
|
|
|
8,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,901 |
|
|
Marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
4,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,559 |
|
|
Other revenue
|
|
|
|
|
2,256 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,018 |
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
36,657 |
|
|
|
|
|
32,823 |
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
|
9,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,678 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative(1)
|
|
|
|
|
11,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,378 |
|
|
Advertising
|
|
|
|
|
4,884 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,688 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
5,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,898 |
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
31,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
27,642 |
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
|
|
5,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,181 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
(4,536) |
|
|
|
|
|
(4,222) |
|
|
NET INCOME
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
959 |
|
|
Items included in other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
(665) |
|
|
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,261 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
294 |
|
|
Basic and diluted net income per unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
Basic and diluted weighted average units outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
26,323,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes the following amounts paid to related parties, see Note 11
|
|
|
|
$ |
33 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
For the 13 Weeks Ended
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
March 28, 2020
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
959 |
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
5,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,898 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Equity compensation
|
|
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
|
(8,206) |
|
|
|
|
|
3,044 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
(4,374) |
|
|
|
|
|
(3,896) |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
|
|
(3,479) |
|
|
|
|
|
388 |
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
6,962 |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,164) |
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(76) |
|
|
|
|
|
94 |
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
(1,987) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,450 |
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
(224) |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,320) |
|
|
Reacquisition of area representative rights
|
|
|
|
|
(4,275) |
|
|
|
|
|
(28,192) |
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
(4,499) |
|
|
|
|
|
(29,512) |
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds on line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
17,000 |
|
|
Proceeds on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
Principal payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
(607) |
|
|
|
|
|
(576) |
|
|
Deferred loan costs
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(35) |
|
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,683) |
|
|
Contributions from members
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Repurchase of Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
(942) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
(1,547) |
|
|
|
|
|
29,706 |
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
|
|
|
|
|
(8,033) |
|
|
|
|
|
1,644 |
|
|
Cash, beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
36,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
10,264 |
|
|
Cash, end of period
|
|
|
|
$ |
28,687 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,908 |
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,187 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,854 |
|
|
Non-cash investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reacquired rights purchased included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,381 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,239 |
|
|
Non-cash financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash equity distributions
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
122 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
MEZZANINE EQUITY
|
|
|
|
MEMBERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in
capital
|
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
Total
members’
equity
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
Class D Units
|
|
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
Class B Units
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Balance at December 26,
2020
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
$
|
89,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
83 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(61,473) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
203,874 |
|
|
Equity compensation
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
Repurchase of Class A
Units
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(89,919) |
|
|
|
|
|
(942) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(942) |
|
|
Contributions
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
Accretion of Class A
Founders’ Units
to redemption
value
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
31,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(383) |
|
|
|
|
|
(31,608) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(31,991) |
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,102 |
|
|
Balance at March 27, 2021
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
121,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
24,909 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,311,170
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
264,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(91,979)
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(368)
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
172,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEZZANINE EQUITY
|
|
|
|
MEMBERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
Additional
paid-in
capital
|
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
Total
members’
equity
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
Class D Units
|
|
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
Class B Units
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Balance at
December 28,
2019
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
$
|
104,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(55,018) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(735) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
210,038 |
|
|
Equity compensation
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(827) |
|
|
|
|
|
(978) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,805) |
|
|
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(665) |
|
|
|
|
|
(665) |
|
|
Reduction of Class A Founders’ Units to redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
(17,781) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
17,781 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
17,781 |
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
959 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
959 |
|
|
Balance at March 28, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
86,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
265,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(37,256)
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,400)
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
227,135
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
1.
Nature of business and organization
EWC Ventures, LLC (the “Company” or “EWC Ventures”) was organized on December 12, 2012 as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware. Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Company is engaged in selling franchises of European Wax Center, distributing facial and body waxing products to franchisees and providing waxing services directly to consumers at various locations throughout the United States.
On August 8, 2018, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger”) with General Atlantic (EW) Collections, L.P. (“GA Collections”), an entity controlled by affiliates of General Atlantic LLC (“General Atlantic”), and EWC Merger Sub, LLC pursuant to which, GA Collections agreed to acquire a controlling interest in the Company. The merger closed on September 25, 2018 (the “GA Acquisition”) and the Company became a subsidiary of GA Collections on that date.
The Company operates on a fiscal calendar which, in a given year, consists of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to December 31st. The quarters ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020 both consisted of 13 weeks.
These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates that the Company will realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the ordinary course of business and as such, include no adjustments that might be necessary in the event that the Company is unable to operate on this basis.
2.
Summary of significant accounting policies
(a)
Basis of presentation and consolidation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 26, 2020 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto for the year ended December 26, 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Accounting policies used in the preparation of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with the accounting policies described in the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto for the year ended December 26, 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(b)
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results. Significant areas where estimates and judgments are relied upon by management in the preparation of the financial statements include revenue recognition, inventory reserves, the expected life of franchise agreements, the useful life of reacquired rights, valuation of equity-based compensation awards, and the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, including indefinite-lived intangible assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
(c)
COVID-19 pandemic
The Company is continuing to monitor the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on its business. Beginning in March 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, most franchisees temporarily closed their centers in order to promote the health and safety of its members, team members and their communities. In April 2020, the entire franchise network was temporarily closed. Beginning in May 2020, certain governors announced steps to restart non-essential business operations in their respective states and certain centers began to re-open. As of March 2021, all of the Company’s nationwide network had re-opened.
Although conditions in the United States have recently improved, there is a significant amount of uncertainty about the effects a resurgence in COVID-19 cases could have on our business, our industry and overall economic activity.
(d) Implications of being an Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”) and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with those standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
(e) Recently adopted accounting pronouncements
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. Under this standard, companies will apply the same criteria for capitalizing implementation costs as they would for an arrangement that has a software license. The adoption of this new guidance prescribes the balance sheet, statement of operations, and cash flow classification of the capitalized implementation costs and related amortization expense, and additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. This standard may be applied either prospectively to eligible costs incurred on or after the date of the new guidance or retrospectively. The Company adopted this standard on December 27, 2020 (the beginning of its fiscal year 2021) on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
(f) Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases and established ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases. ASC 842 requires a lessee to recognize a lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet along with additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of future payments. ASC 842 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the adoption of this standard will have on its financial statements, including the materiality of the addition of ROU assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet.
In June 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments (Topic 326)—Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. The standard replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13, and related amendments, are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not completed its assessment of the standard but does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on its financial statements.
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform: Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments in this update, as well as subsequently issued amendments, provide temporary, optional guidance to ease the burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The amendments provide optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments primarily include relief related to contract modifications and hedging relationships. The relief provided by this ASU does not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022. However, hedging relationships that apply certain optional expedients prior to December 31, 2022, will be retained through the end of the hedging relationship, including for periods after December 31, 2022. We will evaluate the impact of this guidance as contracts are modified through December 2022.
3.
Fair value measurements
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
We use valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to their present value on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement costs). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. These two types of inputs create a three-tier fair value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.
GAAP categorizes inputs used in fair value measurements into three broad levels as follows:
•
(Level 1) Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•
(Level 2) Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or can be corroborated by observable market data.
•
(Level 3) Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes valuation techniques that involve significant unobservable inputs.
The Company uses interest rate caps to manage its interest rate exposure. These interest rate caps are recorded at fair value. Changes in fair value of our interest rate caps are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company has elected to use the income approach to value the interest rate cap, using observable Level 2 market expectations at measurement dates and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present discounted amount reflecting current market expectations about those future amounts. Level 2 inputs for derivative valuations are limited to inputs other than those quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (specifically LIBOR swap rates and credit risk at commonly quoted intervals). Mid-market pricing is used as a practical expedient. Derivatives are discounted to present value at the measurement date at overnight index swap rates. Refer to Note 8—Derivative instruments and hedging activity for additional discussion.
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
Fair value measurements are summarized below:
|
|
|
Fair
Market
Value
|
|
|
Quoted prices
in active markets
for identical assets
(Level 1)
|
|
|
Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
|
|
|
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
|
|
Interest rate cap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
|
$ |
(368) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(368) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Debt under the secured term loan (the “Term Loan”) of $239,945 and the secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) of $30,000 approximate the fair value due to the variable rate and the fact that since the amendment to the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) was negotiated in May 2020 there have been no significant changes in our credit rating or pricing of similar debt.
4.
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
Prepaid inventory
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,505 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,000 |
|
|
Deferred IPO fees
|
|
|
|
|
2,039 |
|
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
Prepaid other & other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
4,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,535 |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,432 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,574 |
|
|
The prepaid other & other current assets amounts are primarily composed of prepaid technology, marketing and maintenance contracts, sales taxes, insurance and rent.
5.
Intangible assets, net
A summary of intangible assets as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020 is as follows:
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
Weighted Average
Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Value
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Carrying
Value
|
|
Franchisee relationships
|
|
|
|
|
7.49 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
114,594 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(28,727) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
85,867 |
|
|
Reacquired rights
|
|
|
|
|
9.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
76,557 |
|
|
|
|
|
(10,144) |
|
|
|
|
|
66,413 |
|
|
Favorable lease assets
|
|
|
|
|
0.99 |
|
|
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
(122) |
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191,321 |
|
|
|
|
|
(38,993) |
|
|
|
|
|
152,328 |
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
Total intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
255,135 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(38,993) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
216,142 |
|
|
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
Weighted Average
Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Value
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Carrying
Value
|
|
Franchisee relationships
|
|
|
|
|
7.74 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
114,594 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(25,870) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
88,724 |
|
|
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
|
Weighted Average
Remaining Useful
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
Value
|
|
|
Accumulated
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
Carrying
Value
|
|
Reacquired rights
|
|
|
|
|
9.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
68,973 |
|
|
|
|
|
(8,304) |
|
|
|
|
|
60,669 |
|
|
Favorable lease assets
|
|
|
|
|
1.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
|
|
(110) |
|
|
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
(34,284) |
|
|
|
|
|
149,453 |
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
63,814 |
|
|
Total intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
247,551 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(34,284) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
213,267 |
|
|
|
Area representative rights represent an agreement with area representatives to sell franchise licenses and provide support to franchisees in a geographic region. From time to time, the Company enters into agreements to reacquire certain area representative rights. During the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021, reacquisition costs totaled $7,656. Of the total consideration, $4,275 was paid during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and $3,381 is related to certain purchase price holdbacks which are recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 27, 2021. These purchase price holdbacks were paid in May 2021.
During the 13 weeks ended March 28, 2020, reacquisition costs totaled $32,431 which consisted of $28,192 of cash consideration paid during the period and $4,239 of certain purchase price holdbacks, which were paid during the remainder of fiscal year 2020.
The initial term of the area representative agreements is ten years with an additional ten-year renewal at the option of the area representative. The reacquired rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining expected term of the agreement prior to the reacquisition. Amortization expense for reacquired rights was $1,840 and $1,658 for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively.
Franchisee relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization expense for franchisee relationships was $2,857 for both the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020. Amortization expense for franchisee relationships and reacquired rights is included in depreciation and amortization expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.
Favorable lease assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization of favorable lease assets of $12 was recorded within depreciation and amortization expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for both the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively.
Future expected amortization expense of the Company’s intangible assets as of March 27, 2021 is as follows:
Fiscal Years Ending
|
|
|
Franchisee
Relationships
|
|
|
Reacquired
Rights
|
|
|
Favorable
Lease Assets
|
|
2021 (from March 28, 2021)
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,571 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,523 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
36 |
|
|
2022
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
2025
|
|
|
|
|
11,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
31,584 |
|
|
|
|
|
31,434 |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
85,867 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
66,413 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
48 |
|
|
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
6.
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following:
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,283 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
Accrued inventory
|
|
|
|
|
4,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,321 |
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
|
|
1,953 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,169 |
|
|
Accrued taxes and penalties
|
|
|
|
|
1,713 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,732 |
|
|
Accrued lease termination costs
|
|
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
Accrued technology and subscription fees
|
|
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,536 |
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
1,436 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
Accrued professional fees
|
|
|
|
|
2,528 |
|
|
|
|
|
967 |
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
1,937 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,349 |
|
|
Total Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
23,832 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,489 |
|
|
7.
Long-term debt, net
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
|
|
$ |
239,945 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
240,552 |
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
|
|
(2,428) |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,428) |
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
267,517 |
|
|
|
|
|
268,124 |
|
|
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
(4,815) |
|
|
|
|
|
(5,149) |
|
|
Total long-term debt, net
|
|
|
|
$ |
262,702 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
262,975 |
|
|
In September 2018, EW Holdco, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facility, which included the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan, with a maturity date of September 25, 2024. EW Intermediate Holdco, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and EW Holdco, LLC’s direct parent, granted to the lenders a first priority security interest in generally all rights, title and interest in, to and under substantially all assets and equity interests of such parties, which include substantially all tangible assets of the Company.
Borrowings under the Term Loan bear interest at an index rate as defined in the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facility plus an applicable margin of 5.5% (6.5% at March 27, 2021) and is payable monthly. The Term Loan requires principal payments equal to approximately $2,400 per fiscal year, payable in quarterly installments with the final scheduled principal payment on the outstanding Term Loan borrowings due on September 25, 2024. Beginning in fiscal year 2020, additional principal payments could be due in May of each year, which are based upon a calculation of Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the credit agreement.
The Revolving Credit Facility has a maximum borrowing capacity of $30,000 and bears interest at the index rate, as defined in the credit agreement plus an applicable margin of 3.5% (4.25% at March 27, 2021). Interest on the Revolving Credit Facility is payable monthly.
The credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with a number of affirmative and negative covenants, including certain restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens against the Company’s and its subsidiaries assets, sales of assets, and other restrictions on payments. The
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
credit agreement also contains a quarterly maintenance covenant that requires us to maintain a net leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) that does not exceed 8.75 to 1.00. As result of the increased borrowings during fiscal year 2020, beginning with the month ended June 27, 2020 and for the twelve months thereafter, the Company is required to maintain $6,000 of minimum liquidity, as defined by the credit agreement. During this twelve-month period, the financial covenant requiring maintenance of a maximum leverage ratio, as defined by the credit agreement, is not in in effect.
8.
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
In December 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate cap derivative instrument which was designated as a cash flow hedge. The Company’s objective is to mitigate the impact of interest expense fluctuations on the Company’s profitability resulting from interest rate changes by capping the LIBOR component of the interest rate at 4.5% on $175,000 of principal outstanding under its long-term debt arrangement, as the interest rate cap provides for payments from the counterparty when LIBOR rises above 4.5%. The interest rate cap has a $175,000 notional amount and is effective December 31, 2018, for the monthly periods from and including January 31, 2019 through September 25, 2024. The interest rate cap has a deferred premium; accordingly, the Company will pay a monthly premium for the interest rate cap over the term of the agreement. The annual premium is equal to 0.11486% on the notional amount.
Changes in the cash flows of interest rate cap derivatives designated as hedges are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in interest payments on a principal balance equal to the designated derivative’s notional amount, attributable to the hedged risk. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap are recognized in other comprehensive income and are reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and into interest expense when the hedged interest obligations affect earnings. Cash flows related to derivatives qualifying as hedges are included in the same section of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as the underlying assets and liabilities being hedged. Refer to Note 3—Fair value measurements for information on the fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap derivative instrument.
Our cash flow hedge position related to the interest rate cap derivative instrument is as follows:
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Classification
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate cap, current portion
|
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(181) |
|
|
|
|
|
(181) |
|
|
Interest rate cap, non-current
portion
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
(187) |
|
|
|
|
|
(346) |
|
|
Total derivative liabilities designated as hedging instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(368) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(527) |
|
|
The table below presents the net unrealized gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) resulting from fair value adjustments of hedging instruments:
|
|
|
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI
|
|
|
13 Weeks Ended
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
13 Weeks Ended
March 28, 2020
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate cap
|
|
|
|
$ |
159 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(665) |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
159 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(665) |
|
|
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
9.
Commitments and contingencies
Exit or Disposal Activities
During fiscal year 2019, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters from Hallandale Beach, Florida to Plano, Texas. As a result of this relocation, the Company vacated a portion of its leased properties in Hallandale Beach and recognized an exit obligation charge and related exit obligation liability on the cease-use date, in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. In fiscal year 2020, the Company vacated the remaining portion of the leased property in Hallandale Beach and recognized an exit obligation charge and related liability on the cease-use date for the remaining portion of the property. A summary of the exit liability and related activity for the periods presented is as follows:
|
|
|
Exit Cost
Obligation − Leases
|
|
Exit cost obligation at December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
Accretion
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
|
|
(88) |
|
|
Exit cost obligation at March 27, 2021
|
|
|
|
$ |
529 |
|
|
The charges, recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, primarily included the present value of the remaining lease obligation on the cease use dates, net of estimated sublease income.
The current and non-current components of the exit liabilities related to the leased property were included within accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets, respectively, as follows:
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
December 26, 220
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
$ |
366 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
360 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
|
|
255 |
|
|
Total exit cost obligation
|
|
|
|
$ |
529 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
Litigation
The Company is exposed to various asserted and unasserted potential claims encountered in the normal course of business. Although the outcomes of potential legal proceedings are inherently difficult to predict, the Company does not expect the resolution of these occasional legal proceedings to have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flow.
10.
Revenue from contracts with customers
Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue resulting from franchise fees, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying franchise agreement. Also included are service revenues from corporate-owned centers, including customer prepayments in connection with the Wax Pass program. Contract liabilities are classified as deferred revenue on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Deferred franchise fees are reduced as fees are recognized in revenue over the term of the franchise license for the respective center. Deferred service revenues are recognized over time as the services are performed. The following table reflects the change in contract liabilities for the periods indicated:
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Contract liabilities
|
|
Balance at December 26, 2020
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,879 |
|
|
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
|
|
(691) |
|
|
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period
|
|
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
Balance at March 27, 2021
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,089 |
|
|
The weighted average remaining amortization period for deferred revenue is 4.3 years.
The following table illustrates estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as of March 27, 2021. The Company has elected to exclude short term contracts, sales-based royalties and any other variable consideration recognized on an “as invoiced” basis.
Contract liabilities to be recognized in:
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
2021 (from March 28, 2021)
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,227 |
|
|
2022
|
|
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
1,004 |
|
|
2024
|
|
|
|
|
945 |
|
|
2025
|
|
|
|
|
875 |
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
3,003 |
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,089 |
|
|
The summary set forth below represents the balances in deferred revenue as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020:
|
|
|
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
December 26, 2020
|
|
Franchise fees
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,882 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,542 |
|
|
Service revenue
|
|
|
|
|
1,207 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,337 |
|
|
Total deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
9,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,879 |
|
|
Long-term portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
6,601 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,528 |
|
|
Current portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,488 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,351 |
|
|
11.
Related party transactions
The Company recognized advances to certain related party members of $689 as of March 27, 2021 and December 26, 2020 related to payments of fees on behalf of the members in connection with the GA Acquisition. These advances are reported in advances to related parties within the condensed consolidated balance sheets. In 2020, the Company agreed that these advances would be settled through reduction of future distributions to members. Additionally, the Company pays fees to certain members for consulting services provided to the Company. Related party consulting fees of $33 and $50 are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively.
12.
Net income per unit
Net income per unit is computed using the “two-class” method by dividing the net income applicable to each respective class by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period. The Company’s
EWC VENTURES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
participating securities consist of incentive units underlying the Class B Unit and the Class D Units. There were no potential common units outstanding during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively. As such, weighted average outstanding units are the same for both basic and diluted net income per unit.
Income per unit for the periods presented is computed as follows:
|
|
|
13 Weeks Ended
March 27, 2021
|
|
|
13 Weeks Ended
March 28, 2020
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
959 |
|
|
Less: preferred return on Class D Units
|
|
|
|
|
(628) |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Less: net income allocated to participating securities
|
|
|
|
|
(9) |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
|
Net income applicable to common unitholders
|
|
|
|
$ |
465 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
958 |
|
|
Net income applicable by class of common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
229 |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
353 |
|
|
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
Net income applicable to common unitholders
|
|
|
|
$ |
465 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
958 |
|
|
Basic and diluted weighted average outstanding units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,309,193 |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
|
26,323,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
26,401,089 |
|
|
Basic and diluted net loss per unit applicable to unitholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Founders’ Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
Class A Units
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
13.
Subsequent events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 21, 2021, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
In May 2021, the Company paid the remaining $3,300 in purchase price holdbacks for area representative rights reacquired during the 13 weeks ended March 27, 2021.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following sets forth the expenses and costs (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the Class A common stock registered hereby. Other than the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee and the FINRA filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates:
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
|
|
$ |
22,939 |
|
|
|
Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee
|
|
|
|
|
195,000 |
|
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
|
|
33,413 |
|
|
|
Printing expenses
|
|
|
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
1,800,000 |
|
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
3,400,000 |
|
|
|
Transfer agent fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
|
2,300,000 |
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,105,352 |
|
|
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a director will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that we will indemnify each director and officer and may indemnify employees and agents, as determined by our board, to the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.
The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws.
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the limitation of directors’ personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends
or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our officers and directors.
The underwriting agreement for this offering will provide that each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless our Company, each of our directors, each of our officers who signs the registration statement, and each person who controls our Company within the meaning of the Securities Act but only with respect to written information relating to such underwriter furnished to our Company by or on behalf of such underwriter specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.
We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.
Under the stockholders agreement, a form of which stockholders agreement was filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the S-1 Registration Statement, we will agree to indemnify the stockholders party thereto and their affiliates from any losses to the extent arising out of, resulting from, or relating to their purchase and/or ownership of our common stock or; common units in EWC Ventures or any litigation to which they are made a party in their capacity as a stockholder or owner of securities (or as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, affiliate or controlling person of a stockholder) of us.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Set forth below is information regarding securities sold or granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed for such sales and grants.
In April 2021, in connection with its formation, the Registrant sold 100 shares of common stock to EWC Ventures, LLC for aggregate consideration of $100. The shares of common stock described above were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the transaction.
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions described under “Prospectus Summary—The Reorganization Transactions”, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the Registrant will issue an aggregate of 21,507,264 shares of its Class A common stock to the General Atlantic Post-IPO Stockholders and 36,774,674 shares of its Class B common stock to the EWC Ventures Post-IPO Members, in an amount equal to the number of EWC Ventures Units held by each such EWC Ventures Post-IPO Member. The shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock described above will be issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) on the basis that the transactions will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transactions.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)
Exhibits
See Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto, which is incorporated as if fully set forth herein.
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.
See the Index to the consolidated financial statements on page F-1 for a list of the financial statements included in this registration statement. All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings.
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
Exhibit
Number
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2#
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3#
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1#
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2#
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5+
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11+
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.17+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.18+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.19+#
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1#
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
Number
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
23.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.1#
|
|
|
|
|
#
Previously filed.
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on the 28th day of July, 2021.
EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC.
By:
/s/ David P. Berg
Name: David P. Berg
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on July 28, 2021 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.
|
Signature
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
/s/ David P. Berg
David P. Berg
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
|
|
|
/s/ Jennifer Vanderveldt
Jennifer Vanderveldt
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
/s/ Cindy Thomassee
Cindy Thomassee
|
|
|
Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
*
Alexa Bartlett
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
*
Andrew Crawford
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
*
Laurie Ann Goldman
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
*
Shaw Joseph
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
*
Dorvin D. Lively
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
*By:
/s/ Jennifer Vanderveldt
Jennifer Vanderveldt
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 1.1
[ ● ] Shares
EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC.
CLASS A COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.00001 PER SHARE
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
August [ ● ],
2021
August [ ● ], 2021
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
BofA Securities, Inc.
Jefferies LLC
| c/o | Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036 |
| c/o | BofA Securities, Inc.
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036 |
| c/o | Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022 |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
European Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “Underwriters”)
and certain shareholders of the Company (the “Selling Shareholders” named in Schedule I hereto severally propose to
sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [ ● ] shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of
the Company (the “Firm Shares”), of which [●] shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and [●]
shares are to be sold by the Selling Shareholders, each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s
name in Schedule I hereto.
The Company also proposes to issue and sell to
the several Underwriters not more than an additional [●] shares of its Class A common stock, par value $[●] per share, of
the Company (the “Additional Shares”) if and to the extent that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”),
BofA Securities, Inc. (“BofA”) and Jefferies LLC (“Jefferies”, and together with Morgan Stanley
and BofA, the “Representatives”), as representatives of the Underwriters, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf
of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such Additional Shares granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and
the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shares.” The shares of Class A common stock,
par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred
to as the “Common Stock.” The Company and the Selling Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred
to as the “Sellers.”
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[●]), including a preliminary
prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information
(if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”;
the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company
to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus.”
If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b)
under the Securities Act (a “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration
Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.
For purposes of this Agreement, “free
writing prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “preliminary prospectus”
shall mean each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted information
pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, “Time of Sale Prospectus” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the
time of its effectiveness together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule III hereto, and “broadly
available road show” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities
Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary
prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated
by reference therein as of the date hereof.
Morgan Stanley has agreed to reserve a portion
of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates
and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus
and the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold
by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program, at the direction of the Company, are referred to hereinafter
as the “Directed Shares”. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the
business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.
1.
Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters
that:
(a) The
Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect,
and no proceedings for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act are pending before or, to the Company’s
knowledge, threatened by the Commission.
(b)
(i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of
the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply
and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will comply in all material respects with
the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not,
and at the time of each sale of Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers
and at the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 5 and Section 3, respectively), the Time of Sale Prospectus,
as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not, contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale
Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not
contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements
or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter
furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being
understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the Underwriter Information (as defined
in Section 11(b) of this Agreement).
(c) The
Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the
Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act
has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file,
pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company
complies, or will comply, in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto,
and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or
referred to, and will not, without the Representatives’ prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing
prospectus.
(d)
The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in each
of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good
standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification,
except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(e)
Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated, organized or formed, is validly existing as a corporation or other business
entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation (to the extent that the concept
of good standing is applicable in such jurisdiction), has the corporate or other business entity power and authority to own or lease its
property and to conduct its business as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus
and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction (to the extent that the concept of good standing
is applicable in such jurisdiction) in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification,
except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock or other equity interests
of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly
or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims except for liens pursuant to the Existing
Senior Credit Facility (as defined in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus).
(f)
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(g)
The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters, in all material respects, to the description thereof
contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(h)
The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the
Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(i)
The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of the Shares will not be subject to
any preemptive or similar rights.
(j)
The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will
not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (iii) any agreement
or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary,
except in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv), where such contravention would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on the Company, as a whole, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with,
any governmental body, agency or court is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except
such as have been obtained or waived or as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with
the offer and sale of the Shares or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)
in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.
(k)
There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from
that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(l)
There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described
in all material respects in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would
not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated
by each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the
Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations,
contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus
or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.
(m)
Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto,
or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the applicable requirements
of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(n)
The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof
as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as
an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(o)
The Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws
and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants
or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them
under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of
any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses
or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(p)
There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures
required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related
constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(q)
Except as described in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements
or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement
under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares
registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.
(r) (i)
None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any director or officer, or to the knowledge of the Company, any employee,
affiliate, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in
furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property,
gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a
government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official
capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office)
(“Government Official”) in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable
anti-corruption laws; (ii) the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance
with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures
reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein;
and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in
furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to
any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.
(s)
The operations of the Company and each of its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with all applicable
financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and
Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the
applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and each of its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules
and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental
agency having jurisdiction over the Company (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or
proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries
with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
(t)
(i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any director or officer thereof, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any
employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”)
that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:
(A)
the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control
, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively,
“Sanctions”), or
(B)
located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea,
Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).
(ii)
The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available
such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:
(A)
to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such
funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or
(B)
in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering,
whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).
(iii)
For the past five years (or if the Company has owned a subsidiary for a shorter period, for the duration of such ownership), the
Company and each of its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in,
any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was
the subject of Sanctions.
(u)
Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus
and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct
or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor
declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends;
and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock (other than the exercise or settlement of equity awards or warrants
or grants of equity awards or forfeiture of equity awards outstanding as of such respective dates as of which information is given in
each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, in each case granted pursuant to the equity compensation
plan described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus,
respectively.
(v) The
Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property (other than intellectual
property, which is addressed exclusively in Section 1(w) below) and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them
which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and
defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as would not reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and any real property and buildings held under lease by the
Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(w)
(i) The Company and its subsidiaries own or otherwise have the right to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, copyrights,
know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures),
trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) used in or reasonably necessary
to the conduct of their businesses, except where the failure to own, possess or acquire any of the foregoing, individually or in the aggregate,
would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ii) except
as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Intellectual
Property Rights owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed
to the Company and its subsidiaries, are valid, subsisting and enforceable; (iii) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge,
threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, scope or enforceability of any such Intellectual Property
Rights, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(iv) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or
other violation of third-party Intellectual Property Rights which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision,
ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(v) to the Company’s knowledge, no third party is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated
or otherwise violated, the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property Rights in such a way which would reasonably
be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and (vi) to the Company’s knowledge,
the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their business does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, and
the Company and its subsidiaries have not infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated any third-party Intellectual Property.
(x) Except
as would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole: (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries uses and has used any software and other
materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (“Open Source
Software”) in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Software; and (ii) neither the Company nor
any of its subsidiaries uses or distributes or has used or distributed any Open Source Software in any manner that requires or has
required (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any software code or other technology owned by
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (B) any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries
to be (1) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (2) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (3) redistributed
at no charge.
(y)
(i) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, (i) the Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied and are presently in compliance with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’
internal and external privacy policies, contractual obligations, applicable laws, statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of
any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority, in each case, relating to the collection, use, transfer, import,
export, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of personal, personally identifiable, sensitive,
confidential or regulated data (“Data Security Obligations”, and such data, “Data”); (ii) the Company
has not received any written notification of or complaint regarding, and is unaware of any other, facts that, individually or in the aggregate,
would reasonably indicate non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation; and (iii) there is no action, suit or proceeding by or before
any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or threatened alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation.
(z)
The Company and its subsidiaries have used commercially reasonable efforts to establish and maintain, and have established, maintained,
implemented and complied with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies
and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster
recovery and security plans. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, there has been no breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or
modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or Data used in connection with the operation
of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ businesses (“Breach”) and the Company and its subsidiaries have
not been notified of and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in, any such Breach.
(aa)
Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent
and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers,
manufacturers or contractors.
(bb) The
Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks
and in such amounts as in the Company’s reasonable judgment are customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither
the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for, except as would not, singly
or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and neither the Company
nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when
such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost
that would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.
(cc)
The Company and each of its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal,
state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to have such certificates,
authorizations and permits would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification
of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling
or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(dd)
The financial statements included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, together
with the related schedules and notes thereto, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of
the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries
as of the dates shown and its results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) applied on a consistent
basis throughout the periods covered thereby except for any normal year-end adjustments in the Company’s quarterly financial statements.
The other financial information included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been
derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the
information shown thereby. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in each of the Registration Statement,
the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the
Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described
therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect
to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in each
of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably
and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate and such data is consistent with the sources from which they are derived, in each
case in all material respects.
(ee)
Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and delivered its
report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules filed with the Commission as part of the Registration
Statement and included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent registered
public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder
adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
(ff)
The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance
that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access
to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability
for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
Since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.
(gg)
Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares
of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D
or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee
compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.
(hh)
The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments
or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time
of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed
Share Program.
(ii)
No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained,
is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.
(jj)
The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 12 to offer, Shares to
any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company
to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication
to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.
(kk)
The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through
the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, singly or in the aggregate,
have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon
(except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S.
GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company
or any of its subsidiaries which, singly or in the aggregate, has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice
or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and
which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(ll)
From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission through the date hereof, the
Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging
Growth Company”).
(mm)
The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication with any person other than Testing-the-Waters Communications
with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning
of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are reasonably believed to be accredited investors within the meaning of Rule
501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.
The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.
The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication other than those listed on Schedule III hereto. “Written
Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning
of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any communication with potential investors
undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) or Rule 163B of the Securities Act.
(nn)
As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective
purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus,
and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included,
includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order
to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(oo)
Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any securities rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating
organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.
2.
Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders. Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, represents
and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:
(a)
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder.
(b)
The execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of, and the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under,
this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such Selling
Shareholder (if such Selling Shareholder is a corporation), or (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Shareholder
or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder, except
in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Selling Shareholders and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body,
agency or court is required for the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as have
been obtained or waived or as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and
sale of the Shares.
(c)
Such Selling Shareholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement”
within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder
free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization
and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder
or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.
(d) Upon
payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by
the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust
Company (“DTC”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such
Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice
of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the
“UCC”)) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the
meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a
valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the
meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security
entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Shareholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting
occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the
Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be
registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate
entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.
(e)
Each such Selling Stockholder has delivered to the Representatives an executed lock-up agreement in substantially the form attached
hereto as Exhibit A (the “Lock-up Agreement”).
(f)
Such Selling Shareholder is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in
the Registration Statement , the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.
(g) (i)
The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, as
of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, comply in
all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time
of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet
available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then
amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus as of its date does not contain and, as
amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading; provided, in each case, that the representations and warranties set forth in this
paragraph shall only apply to any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact made in reliance
upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf
of such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in such documents, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished
by such Selling Shareholder to the Company consists of (i) the legal name of such Selling Shareholder and (ii) the number of shares
of Common Stock beneficially owned prior to the offering by such Selling Stockholder and the information contained in the respective
footnote related to such Selling Stockholder set forth in the beneficial ownership table, which appears in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus, and the Time of Sale Prospectus in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption
“Principal and Selling Stockholders” (the “Selling Shareholder Information”).
(h)
(i) None of such Selling Shareholder or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of such Selling Shareholder, any director,
officer, employee, agent, representative, or affiliate thereof, is a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons
that are:
(A)
the subject of any Sanctions, or
(B)
located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea,
Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).
(ii)
Such Selling Shareholder will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make
available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:
(A)
to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such
funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or
(B)
in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering,
whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).
(iii)
For the past five years, such Selling Shareholder has not knowingly engaged in, is not now knowingly engaged in, and will not
knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or
transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.
(iv)
(a) None of such Selling Shareholder or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of such Selling Shareholder, any director,
officer, employee, agent, representative, or affiliate thereof has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment,
promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly
or indirectly, to any Government Official in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption
laws; (b) such Selling Shareholder and each of its subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption
laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve
compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (c) neither the Selling Shareholder nor any
of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay,
or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption
laws.
(v)
The operations of such Selling Shareholder and each of its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance
with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority
or body or any arbitrator involving such Selling Shareholder or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws
is pending or, to the knowledge of the Selling Shareholder, threatened.
(i)
Such Selling Shareholder represents and warrants that it is not (i) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (ii) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or (iii) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plan or account under Section
3(42) of ERISA, 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101, or otherwise.
3.
Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters,
and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions
hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $[ ● ] a share (the “Purchase Price”)
the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears
the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto
opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
On the basis of the representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares,
and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [ ● ] Additional Shares at the Purchase
Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share
equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. The Representatives
may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30
days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters
and the date on which such Additional Shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written
notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares or later than ten business days after the date of such
notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made
in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “Option
Closing Date”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to
such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number
of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite
the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
4.
Terms of Public Offering. The Sellers are advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters propose to make a public
offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective
as in the Representatives’ judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by the Representatives that the Shares are to
be offered to the public initially at $[ ● ] a share (the “Public Offering Price”) and to certain
dealers selected by the Representatives at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[ ● ] a share under
the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[ ● ]
a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.
5.
Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in immediately
available funds in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on [ ● ], 2021, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [ ● ],
2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the
“Closing Date.”
Payment for any Additional
Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such
Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date
specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event
not later than [ ● ], 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives.
The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be
registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than one full business day
prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered
to the Representatives on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters.
The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection
with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid.
6.
Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters
and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that
the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ● ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.
The several obligations of the Underwriters are
subject to the following further conditions:
(a)
Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:
(i)
no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant
to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission;
(ii)
there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or
of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is
defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and
(iii)
there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise,
or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of
Sale Prospectus that, in the Representatives’ judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the Representatives’
judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(b)
The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer
of the Company, to the effect set forth in Sections 6(a)(i) and 6(a)(ii) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties
of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of
the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.
The officer signing
and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.
(c)
The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton
& Garrison LLP (“Paul Weiss”), outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(d)
The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Paul Weiss, counsel for the Selling Shareholders, dated
the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(e)
The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins LLP,
counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
With respect to
the negative assurance letters to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6(c) and 6(e) above, Paul Weiss and Latham & Watkins LLP
may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time
of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but
are without independent check or verification, except as specified.
(f)
The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing
Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent
public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters”
to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the
Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off
date” not earlier than the date hereof.
(g)
The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a certificate signed by the Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, dated respectively as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form agreed with the
Representatives.
(h)
The Firm Shares and Additional Shares, if any, shall have been approved for [quotation/listing] upon notice of issuance on the
Nasdaq Global Select Market.
(i)
The Lock-up Agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between the Representatives and certain shareholders,
officers and directors of the Company shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
(j)
The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate of each of the Selling Shareholders, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that the representations of such Selling Shareholder are true and correct and that such
Selling Shareholder has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder
at or prior to the Closing Date.
(k)
Such other documents as the Representatives may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization
and issuance of the Shares to be sold on such Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Shares.
(l)
The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to the Representatives
on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:
(i)
a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate
delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;
(ii)
an opinion and negative assurance letter of Paul Weiss, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating
to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section
6(c) hereof;
(iii)
an opinion of Paul Weiss, outside counsel for the Selling Shareholders, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional
Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(d) hereof;
(iv)
an opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date,
relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required
by Section 6(e) hereof;
(v)
a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters
pursuant to Section 6(f) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date”
not earlier than two business days prior to such Option Closing Date; and
(vi)
such other documents as the Representatives may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization
and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional
Shares.
7.
Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
(a)
To furnish to the Representatives, upon request and without charge, as many copies of the Registration Statement as the representatives
may reasonably request (including exhibits thereto) and to furnish to the Representatives in New York City, without charge, prior to
10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in
Section 7(e) or 7(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto
or to the Registration Statement as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(b)
Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to the
Representatives a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which
the Representatives reasonably object in a timely manner, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b)
under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.
(c)
To furnish to the Representatives a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by,
or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which the Representatives reasonably
object in a timely manner.
(d)
Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant
to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise
would not have been required to file thereunder.
(e)
If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available
to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the
Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall
occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration
Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale
Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith subject to Section 7(b) above, to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish,
at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus
so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when
the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended
or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
will comply with applicable law.
(f)
If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters
the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in
connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend
or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu
thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion
of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare,
file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses the Representatives
will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other
dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented
will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities
Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
(g)
To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives
shall reasonably request; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity
or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified, (ii) file any general consent to service of process
in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject.
(h)
To make generally available (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis
and Retrieval System) to the Company’s security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement
covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement
which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(i)
To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares
are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.
(j)
The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior
to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the
Restricted Period referred to in Section 7.
(k)
If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or
development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement,
at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
The Company also
covenants with each Underwriter that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will
not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Restricted
Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract
to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares
of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or
other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock,
whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities,
in cash or otherwise or (3) publicly file or confidentially submit any registration statement with the Commission relating to the
offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; provided
that confidential or non-public submissions to the Commission of any registration statements under the Securities Act may be made
if and only if (x) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made during the Restricted Period and
(y) the Company shall have provided the Representatives prior written notice of its intention to confidentially submit a draft registration
statement with the Commission at least two business days prior to such confidential or non-public submission.
The restrictions
contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by the Company of shares
of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding
on the date hereof as described in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus, (C) grants of options, restricted stock or other
equity awards and the issuance of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock (whether upon the exercise
of stock options or otherwise) to employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants of the Company pursuant to the terms of an
employee benefit plan, qualified stock option plan or other employee compensation plan in effect on the date hereof and described in
the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; (D) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 to register Common Stock issuable
pursuant to any plans referred to in clause (C) above, (E) the issuance of Common Stock or other securities to effect the Reorganization
Transactions described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (F) the issuance of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock, or the entrance into an agreement to issue Common Stock or any securities convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock, in connection with any merger, joint venture, strategic alliances, commercial
or other collaborative transaction or the acquisition or license of the business, property, technology or other assets of another individual
or entity or the assumption of an employee benefit plan in connection with a merger or acquisition; provided that the aggregate
number of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock that the Company
may issue or agree to issue pursuant to this clause (F) shall not exceed 10% of the total outstanding share capital of the Company immediately
following the issuance of the Shares; and provided further that the recipients thereof provide to the Representatives a signed
lock-up letter substantially in the form of the lock-up letter described in Section 6(i).
If the Representatives,
in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions on the transfer of Shares set forth in a Lock-up Agreement for an
officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days
before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the
release or waiver.
8.
Covenants of the Sellers. Each Seller, severally and not jointly, covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
(a)
Each Seller will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed
Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments
to such form.
(b)
Each Seller will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed
and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation,
and each Seller undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as each Underwriter may reasonably request in connection
with the verification of the foregoing Certification.
9.
Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated,
the Sellers agree to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations and those of the Selling Shareholders
under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants
and counsel for the Selling Shareholders in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and
all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the
Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company
and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering
of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the
transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon to the extent not borne
by the Sellers under Section 5, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with
the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for
offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment
memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with
the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA (provided that such fees and expenses of counsel to be reimbursed
pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) shall not to exceed $40,000), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing
of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares
on the Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar
or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken
in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation
or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses
of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging
expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in
connection with the road show with the remaining 50% of the cost of such aircraft to be paid by the Underwriters, (ix) the document production
charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by Morgan Stanley in
connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by Morgan Stanley
in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of
the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in
this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” , Section 12 entitled “Directed Share Program
Indemnification” and the last paragraph of Section 14 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including
fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses
connected with any offers they may make and all travel and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees incurred by them
in connection with the participation in investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing
of the offering of the Shares; provided that this clause (xi) does not include the cost of any chartered aircraft, which shall
be paid 50% by the Company as described in clause (viii).
The provisions of
this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses
among themselves.
10.
Covenants of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, covenants with the Company not to take any
action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared
by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of
the Underwriter.
11.
Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any,
who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and
each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending
or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus
or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company
information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show”
as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any such
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating
to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it
being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Underwriters through the Representatives consists of the
information described as such in paragraph (c) below.
(b)
Each Selling Shareholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if
any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act,
and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending
or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus
or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any road
show, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication or arise out of, or are based upon,
any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement or any amendment
thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus
as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any road show, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Testing-the-Waters
Communication in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Shareholder that constitutes
Selling Shareholder Information. The liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph
shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder under this
Agreement.
(c) Each
Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Shareholders, the directors
of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or
any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon,
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment
thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing
prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to
file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any
Testing-the-Waters Communication or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing
by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary
prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by any such Underwriter consists of the
following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the selling concession amount appearing in the
[ ● ] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, the information concerning sales to discretionary
accounts appearing in the [ ● ] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” the information concerning
stabilization and the over-allotment option in the [ ● ] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” and
the information concerning internet distributions in the [ ● ] paragraph under the caption
“Underwriting” (the “Underwriter Information”).
(d) In
case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which
indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), 11(b), 11(c) or 12(b), such person
(the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the
“indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party
may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such
proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be
at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed in
writing to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate
due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of
the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be
liable for (i) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all
Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act
or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act, (ii) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for
the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local
counsel) for all Selling Shareholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such
Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the
Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the
Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the
Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders
and such control persons of any Selling Shareholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the persons named as
attorneys-in-fact for the Selling Shareholders under the Powers of Attorney. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for
any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final
judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability
by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party,
effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a
party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional
release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
(e)
To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a), 11(b), 11(c) or 12(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party
or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such
paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified
party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering
of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying
party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions
that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits
received by the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be
deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received
by each Seller and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table
on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Sellers on the one
hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Sellers
or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are several
in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The liability of each Selling Shareholder
under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price
of the Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement.
(f)
The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11
were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other
method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(e). The amount paid or payable
by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 11(e) shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed
to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by
reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies
which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
(g)
The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and other statements
of the Company and the Selling Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless
of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any
Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, by or on behalf of any Selling Shareholder or any person controlling any Selling Shareholder,
or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment
for any of the Shares.
12.
Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person,
if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (“Morgan Stanley Entities”)
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for
distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii)
that arise out of, or are based upon, the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant
agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, or
gross negligence of the Morgan Stanley Entities.
(b)
In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect
of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 12(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the
Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan
Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees
and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right
to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i)
the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded
parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate
due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley
Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses
of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan
Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company
agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The
Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding
in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan
Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims
that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
(c)
To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 12(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient
in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley
Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand
and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 12(c)(i)
above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to
in clause 12(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other
hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the
other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net
proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received
by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares. If the loss,
claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates
to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(d)
The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12
were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by
any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 12(c). The amount
paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Section 12, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan
Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f)
of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The
remedies provided for in this Section 12 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available
to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
(e)
The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 12 shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the
Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed
Shares.
13.
Termination. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by the Representatives to the Company, if after
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to or on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (i)
trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange,
the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board
of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter
market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred,
(iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall
have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the Representatives’
judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in
the Representatives’ judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms
and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.
14.
Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by
the parties hereto.
If, on the Closing
Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that
it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased
on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite
their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting
Underwriters, or in such other proportions as the Representatives may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter
or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that
any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 14 by an amount in excess
of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or
Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default
occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory
to the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Shareholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after
such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the
Selling Shareholders. In any such case either the Representatives or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing
Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time
of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter
or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which
such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date,
the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to
be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters
would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting
Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
If this Agreement
shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to comply with the
terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations
under this Agreement (other than, with respect to a defaulting Underwriter, by reason of default by such Underwriter), the Sellers will
reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket
expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement
or the offering contemplated hereunder.
15.
Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements
(to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the
Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary
prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.
(b)
The Company and each Selling Shareholder acknowledge that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters
have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company, any of the Selling Shareholders or
any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company and each Selling Shareholder only those duties and obligations set forth in this
Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any,
(iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company and each Selling Shareholder, and (iv) none of the activities
of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation
of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. The Company and each Selling Shareholder waive to the
full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty
in connection with the offering of the Shares.
(c)
Each Selling Shareholder further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Selling Shareholders
with certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation in connection with the offering, the Underwriters
are not making a recommendation to any Selling Shareholder to participate in the offering or sell any Shares at the Purchase Price, and
nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.
16.
Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes. (a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes
subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest
and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special
Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state
of the United States.
(b)
In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding
under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted
to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement
were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
For purposes of
this Section a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted
in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity”
as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that
term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is
defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned
to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S.
Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and
(ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
17.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same
effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic
mail (including any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other
applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly
and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
18.
Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of
New York.
19.
Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall
not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
20.
Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall
be delivered, mailed or sent to the Representatives at (i) in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New
York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department, (ii) in care of BofA Securities, Inc.,
One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: [●] and (iii) in care of Jefferies LLC, 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York
10022; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor, Plano, Texas 75024, Attention:
Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary and if to the Selling Shareholders shall be delivered, mailed or sent to the Selling Shareholders
in care of General Atlantic Service Company, L.P., 55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10055, Attention: Gordon Cruess
and Erin Lacerna.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC. |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]
| | The Selling Shareholders named in Schedule I hereto, acting severally |
| | |
|
By: |
|
|
|
Attorney-in Fact |
Accepted as of the date hereof
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
BofA Securities, Inc.
Jefferies LLC
Acting severally on behalf of
themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto
By: |
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
By: |
BofA Securities, Inc. |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
By: |
Jefferies LLC |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement] |
Schedule I
Selling
Shareholder |
Number
of Firm Shares
To Be Sold |
|
|
GA AIV-1 B
Interholdco (EW), LP |
|
GAPCO AIV Interholdco
(EW), LP |
|
|
|
|
|
Total: |
|
Schedule II
Underwriter |
Number of Firm
Shares
To Be Purchased |
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
|
BofA Securities, Inc. |
|
Jefferies LLC |
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
|
Guggenheim Securities LLC |
|
Truist Securities, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
Total: |
|
SCHEDULE III
Time of Sale Prospectus
| 1. | Preliminary Prospectus issued [●] , 2021. |
| 2. | The public offering price per share for the Shares is $[●] . The number
of Firm Shares is [●] . The number of Additional Shares is [●]. |
| 3. | Written Testing-the-Water Communications: |
EXHIBIT A
LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
[●],
2021
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
BofA Securities, Inc.
Jefferies LLC
| c/o | Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036 |
| c/o | BofA Securities, Inc.
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036 |
c/o |
Jefferies LLC 520 Madison Avenue |
|
New York, New York 10036 |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley
& Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”), BofA Securities, Inc. (“BofA”) and Jefferies LLC (“Jefferies”,
and together with Morgan Stanley and BofA, the “Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the
“Underwriting Agreement”) with European Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives
(the “Underwriters”), of [●] shares (the “Shares”)
of the Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”).
To induce the Underwriters that may participate
in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without
the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention
to, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “Restricted
Period”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell,
sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend,
or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule
13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), by the undersigned or any other securities
so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers
to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction
described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The
undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction designed
or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition of any shares of Common Stock, or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, even if any such sale or disposition transaction or transactions
would be made or executed by or on behalf of someone other than the undersigned.
The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:
(a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock
or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the
completion of the Public Offering or, if the undersigned is not an officer or director of the Company, acquired by the undersigned from
the Underwriters in any public offering;
(b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any
other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock as a bona fide gift or, if the undersigned
is an individual, to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or immediate family members of the undersigned;
provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value;
(c) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership,
limited liability company or other business entity, distributions of shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to controlled affiliates, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or other
equity holders of the undersigned; provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value;
(d) facilitating the establishment of a trading
plan on behalf of a shareholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of
shares of Common Stock;
(e) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock
or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock by operation of law pursuant to a qualified
domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;
(f) if the undersigned is an individual, transfers
of shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock by will or
intestacy; provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value;
(g) transfers to the Company, as permitted or
required under any equity incentive plan or other equity award or benefit plan described in the registration statement relating to
the Public Offering (the “Registration Statement”) and the Prospectus (each, an “Equity Plan”), any
agreement pursuant to which such shares of Common Stock were issued, as in effect as of the date of, and which such agreement is
described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in all material respects, or the Company’s certificate of
incorporation or bylaws in connection with the repurchase or forfeiture of shares of Common Stock or any other securities so owned
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock;
(h) the exercise of options, stock appreciation
rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Equity Plan;
(i) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any
securities convertible into Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting or settlement event of the Company’s securities or upon the
exercise of outstanding equity awards, which securities or equity awards have been issued pursuant to an Equity Plan, on a “cashless”
or “net” basis only in an amount necessary to cover tax withholding obligations or the exercise price of options of the undersigned
in connection with such vesting or exercise;
(j) transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions
of Common Stock to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer for securities of the Company or any merger, consolidation or other
business combination involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company that, in each case, has been approved by the Board
of Directors of the Company (including, without limitation, entering into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the
undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of stock in connection with any such transaction, or vote any stock
in favor of any such transaction); provided that all shares of Common Stock subject to this agreement that are not so transferred,
sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to this agreement; and provided, further, that it shall be a condition of
transfer, sale, tender or other disposition that if such tender offer or other transaction is not completed, any Common Stock subject
to this agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions herein;
(k) the shares to be sold to the Underwriters by
the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, if applicable;
(l) transfers or transactions to effect the Reorganization
Transactions described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (the “Reorganization Transactions”);
(m) any exchange of membership interests of EWC
Ventures, LLC and a corresponding number of shares of the Class B common stock of the Company for shares of the Common Stock in accordance
with the Exchange Agreement to be entered into by and among the Company, EWC Ventures, LLC and the holders of membership interests in
EWC Ventures, LLC in connection with the Reorganization Transactions and as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus;
(n) any shares of Common Stock and/or any shares
of Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company and any corresponding units of EWC Ventures, LLC to be sold to
the Company by the undersigned, if any, solely to the extent specifically disclosed in the Prospectus, and the exercise of an option
or warrant to the extent the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise are sold pursuant to such sales;
provided that (A) in the case of any transfer
or distribution pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (e) and (f) above, each donee, transferee, pledgee or distributee shall sign and deliver
a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this agreement, (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses
(a), (b), (c) and (h) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares
of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period, (C) in the case of clauses (h), (i), (l)
and (m) above, that any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting, conversion, exchange or settlement shall be subject
to all of the restrictions set forth in this agreement, (D) in the case of clause (d) above (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer
of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is
required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement
or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period
and (E) any filing or announcement by the Company or the undersigned relating to a transfer or distribution under clauses (e), (f), (g),
(i), (j), (l) or (m) above shall note the applicable circumstances that cause such clause to apply and explain that the filing or announcement
relates solely to transfers or distributions falling within the category described in the relevant clause. For the purpose of clause (j),
“Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction),
in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant
to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons
would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity). [In addition, the undersigned
agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period,
make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.] The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions
with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in
compliance with the foregoing restrictions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, on such date
that (i) the Company has publicly furnished its earnings release for the quarter ending September 25, 2021 under Item 2.02 of Form
8-K or has filed its report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending September 25, 2021 and (ii) for 10 out of any 15 consecutive Trading
Days ending on such date, the last reported closing price of the Shares on the Exchange is at least 33% greater than the initial
public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (any such 15 Trading Day period, the
“Measurement Period”), then 25% of the undersigned’s Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable
for shares of Common Stock that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, which percentage shall be calculated based on the number of the
undersigned’s Shares subject to the Lock-Up Period as of the last day of the Measurement Period, will be automatically
released from such restrictions (the “Early Lock-Up Expiration”) immediately prior to the opening of trading on
the Exchange on the second Trading Day following the date on which all of the above conditions are satisfied (the “Early
Lock-Up Expiration Date”). All Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock that are
subject to the restrictions hereunder and not released on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date will be automatically released from such
restrictions 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (such date, the “Final Lock-Up Expiration Date”). The
Company shall announce by press release issued through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, any Early Lock-Up Expiration Date and
the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date at least two full Trading Days prior to the opening of trading on the Early Lock-Up Expiration
Date or the Final Lock-Up Expiration Date, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that this paragraph conflicts
with the second paragraph of this agreement, the undersigned will be entitled to the earliest release date for the maximum number of
Shares available under this paragraph. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Company may impose reasonable procedures
relating to the removal of legends and stop transfer instructions relating to this agreement. For purposes of this agreement, a
“Trading Day” is a day on which the Nasdaq Global Select Market is open for the buying and selling of
securities.
[Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
the undersigned shall be permitted to make one or more demands for or otherwise exercise any rights the undersigned holds pursuant to
an agreement with the Company described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus with respect to any confidential or non-public submission
for registration (or, with respect to any securities automatically released pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, public filing
for registration) of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock (provided
that, in the case of any such confidential or non-public submission, (i) no public announcement of such demand or exercise of rights
shall be made, (ii) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made and (iii) no such confidential
or non-public submission shall become a publicly available registration statement during the Restricted Period).]
If the undersigned is an officer or director of
the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares
the undersigned may purchase in the offering.
If the undersigned is an officer or director
of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver
of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company
of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release
or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or
waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two
business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release
or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule
5130(i)(5) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this agreement to the extent and
for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
The undersigned understands that the Company and
the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands
that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the
Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned
with respect to the Public Offering of the Shares and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory
and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may
provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation to you in connection with the Public
Offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering or sell any Shares at the
price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter
is making such a recommendation.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
this agreement shall be of no further force or effect and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this agreement
upon the earlier to occur, if any, of (i) October 31, 2021, in the event the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by that date,
(ii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto, the date the Company files an application to withdraw
the Registration Statement related to the Public Offering, (iii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto,
the date either the Representatives, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, notifies the other(s) in writing that it does
not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, or (iv) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions
thereof which survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder.
Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs
depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement,
the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.
This agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of law provisions.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
(Name) |
|
|
|
|
|
(Address) |
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP
[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]
Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:
This letter is being delivered to you by Morgan
Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”), BofA Securities, Inc. (“BofA”) and Jefferies LLC (“Jefferies”)
as representatives of the several underwriters in connection with the offering by European Wax Center, Inc. (the “Company”)
of [ l ] shares of Class A common stock, $[ l]
par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), and the lock-up agreement dated [ l ], 2021 (the
“Lock-up Agreement”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release]
dated ____, 20__, with respect to ____ shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).
Morgan Stanley, BofA and Jefferies hereby agree
to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Agreement, but only with respect to the Shares, effective _____,
20__; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press
release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve
as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].
Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby,
the Lock-up Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
|
BofA Securities, Inc. |
|
Jefferies LLC |
|
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II of the Underwriting Agreement |
|
By: |
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
By: |
BofA Securities, Inc. |
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
By: |
Jefferies LLC |
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
cc: Company
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF PRESS RELEASE
[European Wax Center, Inc.]
[Date]
[European Wax Center, Inc.] (the “Company”) announced
today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s
recent public sale of [ l ] shares of its Class A common stock are [waiving][releasing]
a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers
or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on ____, 20__ , and the shares may be sold
on or after such date.
This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in
the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United
States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Exhibit 2.1
REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT
Dated as of [_________], 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
Article I DEFINITIONS |
1 |
|
1.1 |
Certain Defined Terms |
1 |
|
1.2 |
Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement |
4 |
|
1.3 |
Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions |
5 |
|
|
|
|
Article II THE REORGANIZATION |
6 |
|
2.1 |
Transactions |
6 |
|
2.2 |
Consent to Reorganization Transactions |
9 |
|
2.3 |
No Liabilities in Event of Termination; Certain Covenants |
10 |
|
|
|
|
Article III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
11 |
|
3.1 |
Representations and Warranties |
11 |
|
|
|
|
Article IV MISCELLANEOUS |
12 |
|
4.1 |
Amendments and Waivers |
12 |
|
4.2 |
Successors and Assigns |
12 |
|
4.3 |
Notices |
12 |
|
4.4 |
Further Assurances |
13 |
|
4.5 |
Entire Agreement |
14 |
|
4.6 |
Governing Law |
14 |
|
4.7 |
Jurisdiction |
14 |
|
4.8 |
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
14 |
|
4.9 |
Severability |
14 |
|
4.10 |
Enforcement |
14 |
|
4.11 |
Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures |
15 |
|
4.12 |
Expenses |
15 |
Exhibits
Exhibit A |
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation |
Exhibit B |
Amended and Restated Bylaws |
Exhibit C |
GA Collections Restructuring |
Exhibit D |
Tax Receivable Agreement |
Exhibit E |
Merger Agreement 1 |
Exhibit F |
Merger Agreement 2 |
Exhibit G |
Subscription Agreement |
Exhibit H |
Exchange Agreement |
Exhibit I |
Company LLC Agreement |
Exhibit J |
Stockholders Agreement |
Exhibit K |
Registration Rights Agreement |
Exhibit L |
Management Holdco LLC Agreement |
Exhibit M |
Exchange and Redemption Agreement |
Exhibit N |
Class C Purchase Agreement |
Exhibit O |
Company Holder Purchase Agreement |
REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT
REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”),
dated as of [________], 2021, by and among European Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), EWC Merger
Sub 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub 1”), EWC Merger Sub 2, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger
Sub 2”), EWC Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), EWC Management Holdco,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Management Holdco”), EWC Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation (“EWC
Holdings”), the GA Parties (as defined below), and the individuals designated as the “Other Members” on the signature
pages hereto.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Pubco (the “Board”)
has determined to effect an underwritten initial public offering (the “IPO”) of Pubco’s Class A Common Stock
(as defined below);
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to effect the
Reorganization Transactions (as defined below) in contemplation of the IPO; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the
Reorganization Transactions and the IPO, the applicable parties hereto intend to enter into the Reorganization Documents (as defined below).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing
recitals and of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
Article I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Certain
Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Blockers” means, collectively,
GAPCO Blocker and GA Blocker.
“Business Day” means a day, other
than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by applicable
law to close.
“Class A Common Stock” shall
mean Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of Pubco, having the rights set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation.
“Class A Units” means Class A
Units, as such term is defined in the Existing Company LLC Agreement.
“Class B Common Stock” shall
mean Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of Pubco, having the rights set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation.
“Class B Units” means Class B
Units, as such term is defined in the Existing Company LLC Agreement.
“Class C Units” means Class C
Units, as such term is defined in the Existing Company LLC Agreement.
“Class D Units” means Class D
Units, as such term is defined in the Existing Company LLC Agreement.
“Company Common Units” means Common
Units, as such term is defined in the Company LLC Agreement.
“Discounted Price” means (i) the
IPO Price Per Share less (ii) the underwriting discount per share paid to the underwriters in the IPO.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.
“Existing Company LLC Agreement”
means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of June 15, 2020 and effective
as of May 7, 2020, by and among the Company and the other Persons listed on the signature pages thereto.
“Form 8-A Effective Time”
means the date and time on which the Registration Statement becomes effective, which will occur after the Pricing, on such date and at
such time as determined by Pubco.
“GA AIV” means General Atlantic
Partners AIV (EW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
“GA AIV-1” means GA AIV-1 B Interholdco
(EW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
“GA Blocker” means General Atlantic
AIV (EW) Blocker, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“GA Collections” means General
Atlantic (EW) Collections, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
“GA Company Holders” means, collectively,
GA AIV-1, GA AIV and GAPCO AIV.
“GA Parties” means, collectively,
GAPCO AIV, GA AIV-1, GA Blocker, GAPCO Blocker, GA Collections, GA AIV and General Atlantic GenPar (EW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
“GAPCO AIV” means GAPCO AIV Interholdco
(EW), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
“GAPCO Blocker” means GAPCO AIV
Blocker (EW), LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Incentive Plan” means the Equity
Incentive Plan of Management Holdco, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, pursuant to which Class B
Units of Management Holdco may be issued.
“IPO Closing” means the initial
closing of the sale of the Class A Common Stock in the IPO.
“IPO Offering Expenses” means
the amount of any IPO offering expenses borne by Pubco (as agreed in writing by Pubco and the Company, for which email shall be sufficient).
“IPO Price Per Share” means the
per share public offering price for the Class A Common Stock.
“Management Holdco Common Units”
means common limited liability company units in Management Holdco.
“Management
Holdco Equity Agreements” means the award agreements by and among Management Holdco and those Persons who prior to the
IPO held Management Holdco Class B Units pursuant to the Incentive Plan.
“Management
Holdco LLC Agreement” means the limited liability company agreement of Management Holdco, as it may be amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Management
Holdco Partners” means each Person who prior to the IPO held Management Holdco Class B Units pursuant to the Incentive
Plan.
“Person” means any individual,
firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, estate, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity.
“Pricing” means such date and
time as the Board or the pricing committee thereof prices the IPO.
“Primary Amount” means an amount
equal to the product of (i) the IPO Price Per Share multiplied by (ii)(x) the number of shares of Class A Common
Stock sold at the IPO Closing less (y) the number of Secondary Securities purchased immediately following the IPO Closing.
“Registration Statement” means
the registration statement on Form 8-A filed by Pubco under the Exchange Act with the SEC to register the Class A Common Stock.
“Reorganization Documents” means
each of the documents attached as an exhibit hereto and all other agreements and documents entered into in connection with the Reorganization
Transactions.
“SEC” means the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
“Secondary Securities” means the
Company Common Units purchased by Pubco pursuant to the Company Holder Purchase Agreement.
“Unvested Company Common Units”
means Unvested Common Units, as such term is defined in the Company LLC Agreement.
1.2 Terms
Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement. Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:
Term |
Section |
Agreement |
Preamble |
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation |
2.1(a)(i) |
Blocker Mergers |
2.1(b)(iv) |
Board |
Recitals |
Class B Subscriber |
2.1(b)(vi) |
Class C Purchase Agreement |
2.1(c)(ii) |
Company |
Preamble |
Company Holder Purchase Agreement |
2.1(c)(ii) |
Company LLC Agreement |
2.1(b)(vi) |
Company Member Schedule |
2.1(b)(viii) |
Exchange Agreement |
2.1(b)(vii) |
Exchange and Redemption Agreement |
2.1(b)(xiii) |
Former Class C Unitholders |
2.1(b)(xiii) |
GA Parties |
Preamble |
Hypothetical Liquidation Value |
2.1(b)(viii) |
IPO |
Recitals |
Management Holdco |
Preamble |
Management Holdco LLC Agreement |
2.1(b)(xii) |
Merger Agreement 1 |
2.1(b)(iv) |
Merger Agreement 2 |
2.1(b)(iv) |
Merger Sub 1 |
Preamble |
Merger Sub 2 |
Preamble |
Mergers |
2.1(b)(v) |
Post-Reorg Company Members |
2.1(b)(viii) |
Pubco |
Preamble |
Registration Rights Agreement |
2.1(b)(x) |
Reorganization Transaction |
2.1 |
Reorganization Transactions |
2.1 |
Stockholders Agreement |
2.1(b)(ix) |
Subscription Agreement |
2.1(b)(vi) |
Tax Receivable Agreement |
2.1(b)(ii) |
1.3 Other
Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and
words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.
References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless
otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this
Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein,
shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any
plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this
Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed
by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and
other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any statute shall be deemed to refer to
such statute as amended from time to time and to any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. References to any agreement or
contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof
and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date
mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. The parties hereto have participated jointly
in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this
Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring
or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
Article II
THE REORGANIZATION
2.1 Transactions.
Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and on the basis of and in reliance upon the representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto shall take the actions described in this Section 2.1 (each, a “Reorganization
Transaction” and, collectively, the “Reorganization Transactions”):
(a) On
or prior to the Pricing, the applicable parties shall take the actions set forth below (or cause such actions to take place):
(i) Pubco
shall adopt and file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware an amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Pubco,
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).
(ii) The
Board shall adopt amended and restated by-laws of Pubco in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
(b) Immediately
following Pricing and prior to the Form 8-A Effective Time, the applicable parties shall take the actions set forth below (or cause
such actions to take place) in the order set forth below:
(i) GA
Collections, together with certain of their affiliates, shall undertake an internal restructuring, as described on Exhibit C
hereto.
(ii) As
a condition to the Mergers (as defined below), Pubco, the Blockers and certain of the Post-Reorg Company Members (other than Pubco) shall
enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).
(iii) The
Company shall sell to Pubco, and Pubco shall repurchase from the Company, all of the Company’s outstanding shares of Class A
Common Stock for $100.
(iv) Immediately
following the transaction set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iii) above, pursuant to a Merger Agreements each in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit E (the “Merger Agreement 1”) and Exhibit F (the “Merger Agreement
2”), Merger Sub 1 and Merger Sub 2 shall simultaneously merge with and into GA Blocker and GAPCO Blocker respectively, with
GA Blocker and GAPCO Blocker surviving the mergers, and pursuant to which GA AIV-1 and GAPCO AIV shall each receive shares of Class A
Common Stock and the right to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (the mergers described in this clause (b)(iv), the “Blocker
Mergers”).
(v) Immediately
following the Blocker Mergers, GA Blocker and GAPCO Blocker shall each merge with and into Pubco sequentially, with Pubco surviving each
merger (the mergers described in clause (b)(iv) and this clause (b)(v), the “Mergers”).
(vi) As
a condition to receiving Company Common Units in the reclassification described in clause (viii)(x) below, each of the Post-Reorg
Company Members (other than Pubco) shall enter into a Subscription Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the
“Subscription Agreement”), whereby such Post-Reorg Company Member (each, a “Class B Subscriber”)
shall subscribe for, and Pubco shall issue to each such Class B Subscriber upon payment therefor, the number of shares of Class B
Common Stock equal to the number of Company Common Units set forth opposite such Post-Reorg Company Member’s name on the Company
Member Schedule.
(vii) As
a condition to receiving Company Common Units in the reclassification described in clause (viii)(x) below, each of the Post-Reorg
Company Members (other than Pubco) shall enter into an Exchange Agreement with the Company and Pubco in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H
(the “Exchange Agreement”), whereby each such Post-Reorg Company Member shall be permitted to exchange with Pubco its
Company Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock, for shares of Class A Common Stock or cash, at Pubco’s option,
as the managing member of the Company.
(viii) The
Company shall: (x) amend and restate its limited liability company agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I
(the “Company LLC Agreement”) so that, among other things, (I) all Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C
Units and Class D Units outstanding as of immediately following Pricing shall be reclassified into the number of Company Common Units
(rounded up or down to the nearest whole number) having a value equal to the amount that would have been distributed in respect thereof
pursuant to Section 6.4(b) of the Existing Company LLC Agreement had the Company been liquidated on the date of the Pricing
and gross proceeds from such liquidation been distributed to the members of the Company immediately following Pricing pursuant to Section 6.4(b) of
the Existing Company LLC Agreement in an aggregate amount equal to the total equity value of all Class A Units, Class B Units,
Class C Units and Class D Units immediately following Pricing that is implied by the IPO Price Per Share (with respect to each
Class A Unit, Class B Unit, Class C Unit and Class D Unit, its “Hypothetical Liquidation Value”),
as set forth on Exhibit A to the Company LLC Agreement; provided that certain of such Company Common Units will continue to
be subject to vesting on terms set forth in the Management Holdco Equity Agreements pursuant to which such units were originally granted
(as amended); (II) Pubco shall become the sole managing member of the Company and (III) after giving effect to the reclassification
described in clause (I) above and the contribution and exchange described in clause (iii) below, each of the Persons (the “Post-Reorg
Company Members”) listed on the Register of Members (as such term is defined in the Company LLC Agreement) (the “Company
Member Schedule”) shall be or become members of the Company and shall own the number of Company Common Units set forth opposite
such Post-Reorg Company Member’s name on the Company Member Schedule; and (y) as soon as reasonably practicable, provide written
notice to each Post-Reorg Company Member setting forth the Hypothetical Liquidation Value attributable to the Class A Units, Class B
Units, Class C Units and Class D Units previously held thereby and the resulting number of Company Common Units then owned thereby.
(ix) Pubco
and the GA Company Holders shall enter into a Stockholders Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the “Stockholders
Agreement”).
(x) Pubco,
the GA Company Holders, EWC Holdings and the other parties thereto shall enter into the Registration Rights Agreement in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit K (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).
(xi) Management
Holdco shall reclassify each Class A Unit, Class B Unit, Class C Unit and Class D Unit (as such terms are defined
in the Management Holdco LLC Agreement) outstanding as of the Pricing into a number of Management Holdco Common Units equal to the number
of Company Common Units into which such Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units shall be reclassified
pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(viii), provided that all such Management Holdco Common Units which result from the reclassification of
Class B Units in Management Holdco that remained subject to contractual vesting conditions, as set forth in the Management Holdco
Equity Agreement pursuant to which such interests were originally granted (as amended), will continue to be subject to the same vesting
conditions.
(xii) The
Company and the Management Holdco Partners shall enter into a limited liability company agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L
(the “Management Holdco LLC Agreement”) so that, among other things, (I) each of the Management Holdco Partners
shall own the number of Management Holdco Common Units set forth opposite such Management Holdco Partner’s name on the schedule
set forth therein and (II) at any time after the date of the Exchange Agreement, subject to certain restrictions (including any transfer
restrictions set forth in the Management Holdco Equity Agreements), each Management Holdco Partner can elect to (A) cause Management
Holdco to distribute the vested Company Common Units indirectly owned by such Management Holdco Partner to such Management Holdco Partner
(along with the corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock held indirectly by such Management Holdco Partner) in redemption of
its corresponding Management Holdco Common Units, (B) exchange such Company Common Units and corresponding shares of Class B
Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock or cash, at Pubco’s option, as the managing member of the Company, and (C) if
such Management Holdco Partner receives shares of Class A Common Stock, transfer such shares of Class A Common Stock.
(xiii) Pursuant
to an Exchange and Redemption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M (the “Exchange and Redemption Agreement”),
Management Holdco shall distribute a number of Company Common Units, along with their corresponding Class B Common Stock, to certain
members of Management Holdco who held Class C Units in the Company before the recapitalization in Section 2.1(b)(viii) (such
members, the “Former Class C Unitholders”) in redemption of a corresponding number of Management Holdco Common
Units.
(c) Immediately
following the IPO Closing, the applicable parties shall take the actions set forth below (or cause such actions to take place):
(i) Pubco
shall acquire a number of Company Common Units (rounded up or down to the nearest whole number) equal to the quotient of (A) the
Primary Amount divided by (B) the IPO Price Per Share (such that the Company shall be responsible for the underwriting discount
per share paid in the IPO Closing with respect to the Primary Amount); provided that for administrative convenience and subject
to the following sentence, the net amount per Company Common Unit paid to the Company by Pubco shall be the Discounted Price. The aggregate
purchase price for such Company Common Units will be paid in cash by Pubco to, or at the direction of, the Company; provided that
Pubco may reduce the amount paid thereby by the amount of any IPO Offering Expenses borne by Pubco and not otherwise reimbursed.
(ii) Using
a portion of the proceeds from the IPO, (1) pursuant to a Purchase Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N
(the “Class C Purchase Agreement”), the Company shall purchase from each of the Former Class C Unitholders
the number of Company Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock listed opposite their respective names on Schedule I thereto
for an aggregate price of $20,000,000, which shares of Class B Common Stock shall thereafter be automatically cancelled and cease
to exist and (2) pursuant to a Purchase Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O (the “Company Holder
Purchase Agreement”), Pubco shall purchase from each of the GA Company Holders and the other Persons party thereto the number
of Company Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock listed opposite their respective names on Schedule I thereto at a price
of the Discounted Price per Company Common Unit.
2.2 Consent
to Reorganization Transactions.
(a) Each
of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents to all of the Reorganization Transactions. Each of the parties hereto shall
take all reasonable action necessary or appropriate in order to effect, or cause to be effected, to the extent within its control, each
of the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO.
(b) The
parties hereto shall deliver to each other, as applicable, prior to or at the time immediately following Pricing, each of the Reorganization
Documents to which it is a party, together with any other documents and instruments necessary or appropriate to be delivered in connection
with the Reorganization Transactions.
2.3 No
Liabilities in Event of Termination; Certain Covenants.
(a) In
the event that the IPO is abandoned or, unless the Board, the Company and the GA Parties otherwise agree, the IPO Closing has not occurred
by [_____], 2021, (a) this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect except for this Section 2.3
and Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.12 and (b) there shall be no liability on the part of any of the
parties hereto, except that such termination shall not preclude any party from pursuing judicial remedies for damages and/or other relief
as a result of the breach by the other parties of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein prior to such termination.
(b) In
the event that this Agreement is terminated for any reason after the consummation of any Reorganization Transaction, but prior to the
consummation of all of the Reorganization Transactions, the parties agree, as applicable, to cooperate and work in good faith to execute
and deliver such agreements and consents and amend such documents and to effect such transactions or actions as may be necessary to re-establish
the rights, preferences and privileges that the parties hereto had prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, or any
part thereof, including, without limitation, voting any and all securities owned by such party in favor of any amendment to any organizational
document and in favor of any transaction or action necessary to re-establish such rights, powers and privileges and causing to be filed
all necessary documents with any governmental authority necessary to reestablish such rights, preferences and privileges (it being understood
and agreed that if such termination occurs subsequent to the events described in Section 2.1(b)(viii) hereof, the parties agree
to amend the Company LLC Agreement so that the governance, transfer restrictions, liquidity rights and other related provisions therein
with respect to Pubco, Pubco’s subsidiaries and Pubco’s and the Company’s securities correspond in all substantive respects
with the provisions contained in the Existing Company LLC Agreement as in effect on the date hereof).
(c) For
the avoidance of doubt, each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that until the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions: (i) the
parties hereto shall not receive or lose any voting, governance or similar rights in connection with this Agreement or the Reorganization
Transactions and (ii) the rights of the parties hereto under the Existing Company LLC Agreement shall not be affected.
Article III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
3.1 Representations
and Warranties. Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to all of the other parties hereto as follows:
(a) The
execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement and of the applicable Reorganization Documents, to the extent a party
thereto, has been or prior to the time immediately following Pricing will be duly authorized by all necessary action. If such party is
not an individual, such party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization
or incorporation;
(b) Such
party has or prior the time immediately following Pricing will have the requisite power, authority, legal right and, if such party is
an individual, legal capacity, to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Reorganization Documents, to the extent a party thereto,
and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, as the case may be;
(c) This
Agreement and each of the Reorganization Documents to which it is a party has been (or when executed will be) duly executed and delivered
by such party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with
its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar
laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding
in equity or at law) and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and
(d) Neither
the execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement and the applicable Reorganization Documents, to the extent a party
thereto, nor the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, nor compliance by such party with the
terms and provisions hereof or thereof, will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), (i) if such
party is not an individual, contravene or conflict with, or result in a breach or termination of, or constitute a default under (or with
notice or lapse of time or both, result in the breach or termination of or constitute a default under) the organizational documents of
such party, (ii) constitute a violation by such party of any existing requirement of law applicable to such party or any of its properties,
rights or assets or (iii) require the consent or approval of any Person, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), as would
not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of such party to consummate
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the applicable Reorganization Documents.
Article IV
MISCELLANEOUS
4.1 Amendments
and Waivers. This Agreement (including the Exhibits) may be modified, amended or waived only with the written approval of Pubco, the
Company and the GA Parties; provided, however, that any modification, amendment or waiver that would affect any other party
hereto in a manner materially and disproportionately adverse to such party shall be effective against such party so materially and adversely
affected only with the prior written consent of such party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The failure of any
party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect
the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 4.1, nothing in this Section 4.1 shall be deemed to contradict the provisions of Section 2.3
hereof.
4.2 Successors
and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors
and permitted assigns.
4.3 Notices.
All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission and e-mail
transmission, so long as a receipt of such e-mail is requested and not received by automated response). All such notices, requests and
other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a
Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been received on the
next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. All such notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall
be given to such party as follows:
If to any of the GA Parties addressed to it at:
| c/o General Atlantic LLC
55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor
New York, NY 10055
|
| Attention: | Christopher Lanning, Managing Director, Chief Legal Officer
and General Counsel |
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
|
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019-6064 |
| Attention: | Matthew W. Abbott |
| E-mail: | mabbott@paulweiss.com |
If to Pubco, the Company or Management Holdco addressed to
it at:
|
European Wax Center, Inc.
5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor
Plano, TX 75024 |
| Attention: | Gavin O’Connor, Chief Legal
Officer |
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
|
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019-6064 |
| Attention: | Matthew W. Abbott |
| E-mail: | mabbott@paulweiss.com |
If to any other party, at the address, facsimile number or e-mail address
specified for such party on the Company Member Schedule or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify
for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.
4.4 Further
Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request
of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party
may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry
out the intent of the parties hereunder.
4.5 Entire
Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement, together with the Reorganization Documents, embodies the
complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any
prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter
hereof in any way.
4.6 Governing
Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law
rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.
4.7 Jurisdiction.
The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of
or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether brought by any party or any of its affiliates or
against any party or any of its affiliates) shall be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction,
any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents
to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such
suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in
an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within
or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party
as provided in Section 4.3 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.
4.8 WAIVER
OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
4.9 Severability.
Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable
law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or
rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction,
but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision
had never been contained herein.
4.10 Enforcement.
Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements
in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limiting
any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the right, without posting a bond, to an injunction, temporary
restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically
the terms and provisions hereof.
4.11 Counterparts;
Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile, e-mail or .pdf format signature(s).
4.12 Expenses.
Unless otherwise provided in the Reorganization Documents, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution
of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed
this Reorganization Agreement as of the date first above written.
| EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC. |
| |
| By: | |
| | Name:
Title: |
| EWC VENTURES, LLC |
| |
| By: | |
| | Name:
Title: |
| EWC MANAGEMENT HOLDCO, LLC |
| |
| By: | |
| | Name:
Title: |
| EWC HOLDINGS, INC. |
| |
| By: | |
| | Name:
Title: |
[Signature
Page to the Reorganization Agreement]
| GA PARTIES: |
| |
| EWC MERGER SUB 1, INC. |
| | |
| By: | |
| | Name:
Title: |
| EWC MERGER SUB 2, INC. |
| | |
| By: | |
| | Name:
Title: |
| GAPCO AIV INTERHOLDCO (EW), L.P. |
| |
| By: | General
Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
its general partner |
| By: | General
Atlantic LLC,
its sole member |
[Signature
Page to the Reorganization Agreement]
| GA AIV-1 B INTERHOLDCO (EW), L.P. |
| | |
| By: | General
Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
its general partner |
| By: | General
Atlantic LLC,
its sole member |
| GENERAL ATLANTIC AIV (EW) BLOCKER, LLC |
| |
| By: | GA
AIV-1 B Interholdco (EW), L.P.,
its sole member |
| By: | General
Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
its general partner |
| By: | General
Atlantic LLC,
its sole member |
[Signature
Page to the Reorganization Agreement]
| GAPCO
AIV BLOCKER (EW), LLC, |
| | |
| By: | GAPCO
AIV Interholdco (EW), L.P.,
its sole member |
| By: | General
Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
its general partner |
| By: | General
Atlantic LLC,
its sole member |
| GENERAL ATLANTIC (EW) COLLECTIONS, L.P. |
| | |
| By: | General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
its general partner |
| By: | General Atlantic LLC,
its sole member |
[Signature
Page to the Reorganization Agreement]
| GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS AIV (EW), L.P. |
| | |
| By: | General
Atlantic GenPar (EW), L.P.,
its general partner |
| By: | General
Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
its general partner |
| By: | General
Atlantic LLC,
its sole member |
| GENERAL ATLANTIC GENPAR (EW), L.P. |
| | |
| By: | General
Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
its general partner |
| By: | General
Atlantic LLC,
its sole member |
[Signature
Page to the Reorganization Agreement]
|
OTHER MEMBERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
Sanjeev Khanna |
|
|
|
|
|
Govind Agrawald |
[Signature
Page to the Reorganization Agreement]
Exhibit 5.1
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
212-373-3000
212-757-3990
July 28, 2021
European Wax Center, Inc.
5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor
Plano, Texas 75024
Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 333-257874)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel to European
Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as
amended (the “Registration Statement”) of the Company, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “Rules”). You
have asked us to furnish our opinion as to the legality of the securities being registered under the Registration Statement. The
Registration Statement relates to the registration under the Act of up to 12,190,000 shares of the Company’s Class A
common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”), consisting of (i) shares of Common Stock (the
“Primary Shares”) that may be offered by the Company (including shares issuable by the Company upon exercise of the
underwriters’ over-allotment option) and (ii) shares of Common Stock (the “Secondary Shares” and, together with
the Primary Shares, the “Shares”) that may be offered by certain stockholders of the Company (including shares that may
be sold by certain stockholders of the Company upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).
European Wax Center, Inc. |
2 |
In connection with the furnishing of this opinion,
we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (collectively,
the “Documents”):
1.
the Registration Statement;
2.
the form of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), included as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration
Statement;
3.
the form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement
(the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”);
4.
the form of the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company, included as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement;
5.
the form of Merger Agreement, included as Exhibit 2.2 to the Registration Statement (the “GA Blocker Merger Agreement”);
and
European Wax Center, Inc. |
3 |
6.
the form of Merger Agreement, included as Exhibit 2.3 to the Registration Statement (the “GAPCO Blocker Merger Agreement”
and, together with the GA Blocker Merger Agreement, the “Merger Agreements”).
In addition, we have examined (i) such corporate
records of the Company that we have considered appropriate, including a copy of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, and by-laws,
as amended, of the Company, certified by the Company as in effect on the date of this letter and copies of resolutions of the board of
directors of the Company relating to the issuance of the Shares, certified by the Company and (ii) such other certificates, agreements
and documents that we deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. We have also relied upon the factual
matters contained in the representations and warranties of the Company made in the Documents and upon certificates of public officials
and the officers of the Company.
In our examination of the documents referred to above,
we have assumed, without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individuals who have
executed any of the documents reviewed by us, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals
of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, reproduced or conformed copies of valid existing agreements or other documents,
the authenticity of all the latter documents and that the statements regarding matters of fact in the certificates, records, agreements,
instruments and documents that we have examined are accurate and complete. We have also assumed that the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation will be properly filed in the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the issuance of the Shares.
European Wax Center, Inc. |
4 |
Based upon the above, and subject to the stated assumptions,
exceptions and qualifications, we are of the opinion that:
1.
The Primary Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued, delivered
and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, and in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Primary
Shares will be validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable.
2.
The Secondary Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued, delivered
and paid for in connection with the Reorganization Transactions as described in the Registration Statement pursuant to the Merger Agreements,
the Secondary Shares will be validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable.
The opinions expressed above are limited to the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Our opinion is rendered only with respect to the laws, and the rules, regulations and orders
under those laws, that are currently in effect.
We hereby consent to use of this opinion as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” contained in the prospectus included
in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent
is required by the Act or the Rules.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
/s/ Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP |
|
|
|
PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP |
Exhibit 10.5
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
by and between
EUROPEAN
WAX CENTER, INC.
and
[__________]
as Indemnitee
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS |
| 2 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 2 INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS |
| 7 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 3 INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY |
| 7 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 4 INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL |
| 8 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 5 INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS |
| 8 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 6 ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS |
| 8 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 7 CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY |
| 9 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 8 EXCLUSIONS |
| 9 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 9 ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM |
| 11 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 10 PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT |
| 12 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 11 PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION |
| 13 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 12 PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS |
| 14 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 13 REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE |
| 15 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 14 SECURITY |
| 17 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 15 NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION; NOMINATING MEMBER |
| 17 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 16 ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT |
| 20 |
|
| |
ARTICLE 17 MISCELLANEOUS |
| 21 |
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
Indemnification
Agreement, dated effective as of [_________] (this “Agreement”), by and between European Wax Center, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [____________] (“Indemnitee”). Capitalized terms used
herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 1.
WHEREAS,
the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide
or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses
to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law;
WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize
the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive
litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the
Company;
WHEREAS, the Company’s Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”)
requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant
to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”);
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and the
DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts
providing for indemnification may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”),
executive officers and other key employees of the Company;
WHEREAS,
this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto
and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder (regardless of, among other
things, any amendment to or revocation of governing documents or any change in the composition of the Board or any Corporate Transaction);
and
WHEREAS, Indemnitee
will serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed
or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is otherwise terminated by the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises
and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement:
1.1. “Affiliate”
shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (as in effect on the date hereof).
1.2. “Agreement”
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
1.3. “Beneficial
Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act (as in effect on the date hereof).
1.4. “Board”
shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
1.5. “By-Laws”
shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated By-Laws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time).
1.6. “Certificate
of Incorporation” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
1.7. “Change
in Control” shall mean, and shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the
following events:
(a) Acquisition
of Stock by Third Party. Any Person other than a Permitted Holder is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities
of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, unless
(i) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction
in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or (ii) such
acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (c) of
this definition;
(b) Change
in Board of Directors. Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose appointment or election
by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority
of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election
was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (b) (collectively, the “Continuing
Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
(c) Corporate
Transactions. The effective date of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (in each case, a “Corporate
Transaction”), unless following such Corporate Transaction: (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities
who were the Beneficial Owners of Voting Securities of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction beneficially own, directly
or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company or other Person resulting
from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation or other Person that as a result of such transaction owns
the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially
the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; (ii) no Person (excluding
any corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the Permitted Holders) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of
50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company or other Person resulting from such
Corporate Transaction, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to such Corporate Transaction; and (iii) at least a
majority of the board of directors of the Company or other Person resulting from such Corporate Transaction were Continuing Directors
at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Corporate Transaction; or
(d) Other
Events. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation
of an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Company of all or substantially
all of the Company’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s
assets to a Person, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of which are Beneficially Owned by (i) the
stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (ii) the Permitted Holders.
1.8. “Company”
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include, in addition to the resulting corporation or other entity, any
constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that,
if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents,
so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request
of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, manager, managing member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions
of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation or other entity as Indemnitee would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
1.9. “Continuing
Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(b).
1.10. “Corporate
Status” shall describe the status as such of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager,
managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request
of the Company.
1.11. “Corporate
Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c).
1.12. “Delaware
Court” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.
1.13. “DGCL”
shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
1.14. “Disinterested
Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification
is sought by Indemnitee.
1.15. “Enterprise”
shall mean the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent)
absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.
1.16. “Exchange
Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
1.17. “Expenses”
shall include all reasonable and documented costs, expenses and fees, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, retainers,
court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone
charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with
prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or negotiating
for the settlement of, responding to or objecting to a request to provide discovery in, or otherwise participating in, any Proceeding.
Expenses also shall include expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation,
the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent and any
federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this
Agreement. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties
against Indemnitee.
1.18. “Indemnification
Arrangements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.
1.19. “Indemnitee”
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
1.20. “Indemnitee-Related
Entities” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise (other than the Company, any other Enterprise controlled by the Company or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance
policy of the Company or any such controlled Enterprise) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of
expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any other Enterprise controlled by the Company may also have an indemnification
or advancement obligation.
1.21. “Independent
Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a person admitted to practice law in any state of the United States or the District of Columbia
who is a member of a law firm, that is of outstanding reputation, experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is as of the date
of selection of such firm, nor has been during the period of three years immediately preceding the date of selection of such firm, retained
to represent: (a) the Company or Indemnitee in any material matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under
this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (b) any other party to the Proceeding giving
rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include
any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing
either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses,
claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. For purposes of this definition,
a “material matter” shall mean any matter for which billings exceeded or are expected to exceed $100,000.
1.22. “Nominating
Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8.
1.23. “Permitted
Holder” shall mean GA AIV-1 B Interholdco (EW), L.P., General Atlantic Partners AIV (EW), L.P., GAPCO AIV Interholdco (EW),
L.P. and their respective Affiliates and Related Parties.
1.24. “Person”
shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof); provided,
however, that the term “Person” shall exclude: (a) the Company; (b) any Subsidiaries of the Company; and
(c) any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of a corporation or other entity owned, directly or
indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
1.25. “Proceeding”
shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation,
inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, including, without limitation, any and
all appeals, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including, without limitation, intentional
or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was,
is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer or key employee
of the Company, by reason of any action taken by or omission by Indemnitee, or of any action or omission on Indemnitee’s part while
acting as a director or officer or key employee of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request
of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise;
in each case whether or not acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification,
reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL; including any proceeding
pending on or before the date of this Agreement but excluding any proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights
under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL.
1.26. “Related
Party” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) any controlling stockholder, controlling member, general partner, Subsidiary,
spouse or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of such Person, (b) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership
or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more Permitted Holders and/or such
other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (a), or (c) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director
or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (b), acting solely in such capacity.
1.27. “Section 409A”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2.
1.28. “Subsidiary”
with respect to any Person, shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities
or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.
1.29. “Voting
Securities” shall mean any securities of the Company (or a surviving entity as described in the definition of a “Change
in Control”) that vote generally in the election of directors (or similar body).
1.30. References
to “fines” shall include any excise tax or penalty assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan;
references to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “serving at the request
of the Company” shall include, without limitation, any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company
which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit
plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in
the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in
a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
1.31. The
phrase “to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law”
shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes
or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL
and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of
this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.
ARTICLE 2
INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS
Subject to Article 8, the Company shall
indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 if Indemnitee is, was
or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in
the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8, to the fullest extent not prohibited by
applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3,
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding
or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct
was unlawful. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter
as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
liable to the Company, except to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnification.
ARTICLE 3
INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT
OF THE COMPANY
Subject to Article 8, the Company shall
indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 if Indemnitee is, was
or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company
to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8, to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent
affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually
and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter
therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter
as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
liable to the Company, except to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnification.
ARTICLE 4
INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO
IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement,
to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or
in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee
against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For the avoidance
of doubt, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but
less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against
all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each resolved claim, issue
or matter, whether or not Indemnitee was wholly or partly successful; provided that Indemnitee shall only be entitled to indemnification
for Expenses with respect to unsuccessful claims under this Article 4 to the extent Indemnitee acted in good faith and in
a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful. For purposes of this Article 4 and without limitation,
the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or by settlement, shall be
deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
ARTICLE 5
INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is
not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred
by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 6
ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND
EXONERATION RIGHTS
In addition to and notwithstanding any limitations
in Articles 2, 3 or 4, but subject to Article 8, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate
Indemnitee to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law if Indemnitee is, was
or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant in, any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to
procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3, penalties
and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect
of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s
behalf in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be available under this Article 6 on account of Indemnitee’s
conduct that constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not
in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.
ARTICLE 7
CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY
7.1. To
the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law, if the indemnification rights provided
for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying
Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties,
amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute
to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.
7.2. The
Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if
joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.
7.3. The
Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought
by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee subject to the other
terms and provisions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 8
EXCLUSIONS
8.1. Notwithstanding
any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity, contribution or advancement
of Expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:
(a) except
as provided in Section 15.4, for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy
of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other indemnity provision of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except with respect to any excess
beyond any amounts that have actually been paid under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity provision or otherwise
as of such date with respect to such claim; or
(b) for
an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the
meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any similar successor statute) or similar provisions of state statutory law
or common law; or
(c) in
connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, including, without limitation,
any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, managers, managing
members, employees or other indemnitees, other than a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement,
unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification
payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or
(d) for
the payment of amounts required to be reimbursed to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended,
or any similar successor statute; or
(e) for
any payment to Indemnitee that is determined to be unlawful by a final judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration, arbitral
or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an
appeal must be filed has expired without such filing and under the procedures and subject to the presumptions of this Agreement; or
(f) in
connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement if a court or arbitration, arbitral
or administrative body of competent jurisdiction determines by final judicial decision that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee
in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous.
The exclusions in this Article 8
shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.
ARTICLE 9
ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM
9.1. Subject
to Article 8, the Company shall, unless prohibited by applicable law, advance the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee
in connection with any Proceeding within ten business days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such
advances, together with a reasonably detailed written explanation of the basis therefor and an itemization of legal fees and disbursements
in reasonable detail, from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and
interest free. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances, to the fullest extent permitted by this Agreement, solely upon the execution and
delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately
determined, by final judicial decision of a court or arbitration, arbitral or administrative body of competent jurisdiction from which
there is no further right to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement
or pursuant to applicable law. This Section 9.1 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification
payment is excluded pursuant to Article 8.
9.2. If
the Company shall be obligated under Section 9.1 hereof to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, then the
Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election
to do so. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding
include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power
of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm (in addition
to local counsel) selected by the Company representing Indemnitee and other present and former directors or officers of the Company.
The retention of such law firm by the Company shall be subject to prior written approval by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld, delayed or conditioned. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding and the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such
Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined
voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, then the Company shall assume such defense using a single law
firm (in addition to local counsel) selected by Indemnitee and any other present or former directors or officers of the Company who are
parties to such Proceeding. After (x) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company, delivery of the required
notice to Indemnitee, approval of such law firm by Indemnitee and the retention of such law firm by the Company, or (y) in the case
of retention of any such law firm selected by Indemnitee, the completion of such retention, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee
under this Agreement for any Expenses of any other law firm incurred by Indemnitee after the date that such first law firm is retained
by the Company with respect to the same Proceeding; provided, that in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the
Company (a) Indemnitee shall have the right to retain a separate law firm in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole expense;
and (b) if (i) the retention of a law firm by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company in writing, (ii) Indemnitee
shall have reasonably concluded that (1) there may be a conflict of interest between either (x) the Company and Indemnitee
or (y) Indemnitee and another present or former director or officer of the Company also represented by such law firm in the conduct
of any such defense, or (2) there may be defenses available to Indemnitee that are incompatible or inconsistent with those available
to the Company or another present or former director represented by such law firm in the conduct of such defense, or (iii) the Company
shall not, in fact, have retained a law firm to prosecute the defense of such Proceeding within thirty days, then the reasonable Expenses
of a single law firm retained by Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Company. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in
this Section 9.2, the Company will not be entitled without the written consent of the Indemnitee to assume the defense of
any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company.
ARTICLE 10
PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM;
SETTLEMENT
10.1. Indemnitee
shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing
promptly of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement; provided,
however, that a delay in giving such notice shall not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless,
and then only to the extent that, such delay is materially prejudicial to the defense of such claim. The omission or delay to notify
the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under
this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in
writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
10.2. The
Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
10.3. The
Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any claim effected
without the Company’s prior written consent, provided the Company has not breached its obligations hereunder. The Company shall
not settle any claim, including, without limitation, any claim in which it takes the position that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification
in connection with such settlement, nor shall the Company settle any claim which would impose any fine or obligation on Indemnitee or
attribute to Indemnitee any admission of liability, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee
shall unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their consent to any proposed settlement.
ARTICLE 11
PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION
11.1. Upon
written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10.1, a determination, if required
by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (a) by a majority
of the Company’s stockholders, (b) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion
to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (c) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (i) by
a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than
a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors
(provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (iii) if there are
less than three Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to
the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification,
payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten business days after such determination and any future amounts due to Indemnitee shall
be paid in accordance with this Agreement. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Persons making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s
entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such Persons upon reasonable advance request any documentation
or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably
necessary to such determination, provided, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to waive any privilege
Indemnitee may have. Any costs or Expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements)
incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Persons making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the
determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee
harmless therefrom.
11.2. If
the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof,
the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11.2. If a Change in Control shall not have occurred,
the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of
the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected
by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall
apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In
either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within thirty days after such written notice of selection shall
have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided,
however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements
of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Article 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity
the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If
such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless
and until such objection is withdrawn or a court or arbitration, arbitral or administrative body has determined that such objection is
without merit. If, within thirty days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1
hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may seek arbitration
for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent
Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the arbitrator or by such other person as the arbitrator
shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent
Counsel under Section 11.1 hereof. Such arbitration referred to in the previous sentence shall be conducted by a single arbitrator
pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and Article 13 hereof shall apply
in respect of such arbitration and the Company and Indemnitee. Upon the due commencement of any arbitration pursuant to Section 13.1
of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject
to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
ARTICLE 12
PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS
12.1. In
making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance
with Section 10.1 of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden
of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and
its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification
or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual
determination by the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such
applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard
of conduct.
12.2. If
the Person empowered or selected under Article 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification
shall not have made a determination within sixty days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination
of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent
(a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement
not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a final judicial determination that any or
all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty-day period may
be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty days, if the Person making the determination with respect to entitlement
to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating
thereto, provided further that, if final selection of Independent Counsel has not occurred within thirty days after receipt by the Company
of the request for indemnification, such sixty-day period may be after the final selection of Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.2.
12.3. The
termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval),
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement)
of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith
and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to
any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
12.4. For
purposes of any determination of good faith pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if,
among other things, Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial
statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or
on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its board of directors, any committee of the board of directors or any director, or
on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its board of directors, any committee of the board of directors or
any director, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise,
its board of directors, any committee of the board of directors or any director. The provisions of this Section 12.4 shall
not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In any event, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted
in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking
to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
12.5. The
knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee
of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
12.6. The
Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid
expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party
is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action,
claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful
on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof
and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
ARTICLE 13
REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE
13.1. In
the event that (a) a determination is made pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled
to indemnification under this Agreement, (b) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not
timely made pursuant to Article 9 of this Agreement, (c) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have
been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification
and of reasonable documentation and information which Indemnitee may be called upon to provide pursuant to Section 11.1,
(d) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Articles 4, 5, 6 or the last sentence of Section 11.1
of this Agreement within ten business days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (e) a contribution payment
is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Article 7 of this Agreement, (f) payment of indemnification pursuant to Article 3
or 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification
or (g) the Company or any representative thereof takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable,
or institutes any Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to
Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee may either (a) be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of Indemnitee’s
entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses or (b) seek an award in arbitration to be conducted
by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth
herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company
shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. The award rendered by such arbitration
will be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and final judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent
jurisdiction.
13.2. In
the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled
to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 shall be conducted in all
respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.
In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be
entitled to receive advances of Expenses under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled
to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination
pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding
or arbitration pursuant to this Article 13, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances
pursuant to Article 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification
(as to which all rights of appeal shall have been exhausted or lapsed).
13.3. If
a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification,
the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13,
absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s
statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (b) a prohibition of such indemnification
under applicable law.
13.4. The
Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13
that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or
before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
13.5. The
Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by
Indemnitee, shall (within ten business days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration
brought by Indemnitee (a) to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification,
advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, or the By-Laws now or hereafter in effect; or
(b) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the
outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance
recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).
13.6. Interest
shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the legal rate under Delaware law for amounts which the Company indemnifies, or is obliged
to indemnify, for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, contribution, reimbursement or advancement
of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
ARTICLE 14
SECURITY
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may, as permitted by applicable securities laws, at any
time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line
of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the
prior written consent of Indemnitee.
ARTICLE 15
NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE;
PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION; NOMINATING MEMBER
15.1. The
rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time
be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution
of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification
or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws or this Agreement, it
is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No
right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.
The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment
of any other right or remedy.
15.2. The
DGCL and the Certificate of Incorporation permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make
other arrangements, including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit or surety bond (“Indemnification
Arrangements”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against Indemnitee or incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee
or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or
not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the
DGCL, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any
way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein,
and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations
of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.
15.3. To
the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees,
partners, managers, managing members, fiduciaries, employees or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves
at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the
maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee
or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee
is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company
shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective
policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee,
all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies and Indemnitee shall promptly cooperate
with any request by the Company or insurers in connection with such action.
15.4. The
Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided
by the Indemnitee-Related Entities. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations
to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitee-Related Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for
the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount
of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid
in settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required
by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee),
without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Indemnitee-Related Entities and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes
and releases the Indemnitee-Related Entities from any and all claims against the Indemnitee-Related Entities for contribution, subrogation
or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Indemnitee-Related
Entities on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall reduce
or otherwise alter the rights of Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled
to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities
shall make any advancement or payment on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification
from the Company, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent
of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers
reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such
documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee
agree that the Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.4, entitled
to enforce this Section 15.4 as though each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities were a party to this Agreement.
15.5. Except
as provided in Section 15.4, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent
of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Indemnitee-Related Entities), who shall execute
all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution
of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
15.6. Except
as provided in Section 15.4, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise
indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received
such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
15.7. Except
as provided in Section 15.4, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is
or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of
any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses
from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) Indemnitee shall have no obligation
to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification advancement, contribution or insurance coverage among multiple parties
possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Company’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement,
and (b) the Company shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue
or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the
Company.
15.8. If
(a) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more investment partnerships that has invested in the Company (a “Nominating
Member”), (b) the Nominating Member is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and
(b) the Nominating Member’s involvement in the Proceeding results from any claim based on the Indemnitee’s service to
the Company as a director or other fiduciary of the Company, the Nominating Member will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses
to the same extent as Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Nominating Member. The Company
and Indemnitee agree that each Nominating Member is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 15.8.
ARTICLE 16
ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT
16.1. The
Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order
to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges
that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.
16.2. This
Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred
prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of another corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.
16.3. The
Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable
and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree
that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without
any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee
shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree
that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including, without limitation, temporary restraining
orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith.
The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company
hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
ARTICLE 17
MISCELLANEOUS
17.1. Successors
and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee
and Indemnitee’s assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct
or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business
and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and
agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession
had taken place. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee and the Nominating
Member indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by law.
17.2. Section 409A.
It is intended that any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”) pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made
hereunder shall be determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the
amount of the indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the indemnification
payments or advancement of Expenses during any other taxable year, (ii) the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses must
be made on or before the last day of the Indemnitee’s taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred and (iii) the
right to indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
17.3. Severability.
In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail to do an act which
is in violation of applicable law, such provision (including, without limitation, any provision within a single Article, Section, paragraph
or sentence) shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited
or modified, such provision and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
17.4. Entire
Agreement. Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, this Agreement constitutes
the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings,
oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
17.5. Modification,
Waiver and Termination. No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless
executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall
limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s
Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or
shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
17.6. Notices.
All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed
or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
(i) If
to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide
in writing to the Company.
(ii) If
to the Company, to:
European Wax Center, Inc.
5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd
Floor
Plano, TX 75024
Attention: Gavin O’Connor, Chief Legal Officer
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in
writing by the Company.
17.7. Applicable
Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with,
the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a court of
competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification
by the Company of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest
extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.
17.8. Identical
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an
original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against
whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
17.9. Headings.
The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this
Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
17.10. Representation
by Counsel. Each of the parties has been represented by and has had an opportunity to consult legal counsel in connection with the
negotiation and execution of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage
of any party by any court or arbitrator or any governmental authority by reason of such party having drafted or being deemed to have drafted
such provision.
17.11. Period
of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company, the Indemnitee,
or Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives against the Company, Indemnitee, or Indemnitee’s
spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company, the Indemnitee, or Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal
or legal representatives, shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such
two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause
of action, such shorter period shall govern.
17.12. Additional
Acts. If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required,
the Company undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable
the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.
[Signature page follows]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC. |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE: |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Address: |
[Signature Page to Indemnification
Agreement]
Exhibit 10.6
STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
by and among
EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC.
AND
THE STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN
Dated as of [______]
Table of Contents |
|
Page |
|
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
1 |
| |
Section 1.1 |
Certain Definitions |
1 |
Section 1.2 |
Interpretive Provisions |
5 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE II CORPORATE GOVERNANCE |
5 |
|
Section 2.1 |
The Board of Directors |
5 |
Section 2.2 |
Major Actions |
8 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE III OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS |
10 |
|
Section 3.1 |
Indemnification Agreements |
10 |
Section 3.2 |
Company Charter; Company By-Laws; Corporate Opportunities |
12 |
Section 3.3 |
Conflicting Organizational Document Provisions |
12 |
Section 3.4 |
Information Rights |
13 |
Section 3.5 |
Confidentiality |
13 |
Section 3.6 |
Transfers |
15 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV GENERAL |
15 |
|
Section 4.1 |
Assignment |
15 |
Section 4.2 |
Termination |
15 |
Section 4.3 |
Severability |
15 |
Section 4.4 |
Entire Agreement; Amendment |
15 |
Section 4.5 |
Counterparts |
16 |
Section 4.6 |
Governing Law |
16 |
Section 4.7 |
Jurisdiction |
16 |
Section 4.8 |
Waiver of Jury Trial |
16 |
Section 4.9 |
Specific Enforcement |
17 |
Section 4.10 |
Notices |
17 |
Section 4.11 |
Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries |
18 |
Section 4.12 |
Further Assurances |
18 |
Section 4.13 |
Table of Contents, Headings and Captions |
18 |
Section 4.14 |
No Recourse |
18 |
Exhibits and Annexes
Exhibit I |
– |
Company Charter |
Exhibit II |
– |
Company By-Laws |
|
|
Annex A |
– |
Form of Joinder Agreement |
Annex B |
– |
Form of Spousal Consent |
STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
This STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented
or restated from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [______], by and among European Wax Center,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Persons designated as “Stockholders” on the signature
pages hereto (the “Stockholders”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Reorganization
Agreement (the “Reorganization Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Stockholders
and the other Persons party thereto, the parties hereto have agreed to enter into this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual
covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1
Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:
“Affiliate” means, with respect
to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person; provided
that no party shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any other party or any of its Affiliates solely by virtue of such party’s ownership
of Company Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Stockholder shall be considered an Affiliate of any portfolio company in which
the direct or indirect equityholders of such Stockholder or any of their affiliated investment funds have made a debt or equity investment
(or vice versa).
“Affiliated Transferee”
means (i) in the case of any Person that is an individual, any transferee of Company Securities of such Person that is (a) a family
member of such Person, (b) a trust, family-partnership or estate-planning vehicle for the benefit of such Person and/or any of such
Person’s family members, (c) a charitable institution controlled by such Person and/or such Person’s family members, (d)
an individual mandated under a qualified domestic relations order, (e) a legal or personal representative of such Person and/or such
Person’s family member in the event of the death or disability thereof, or (f) otherwise an Affiliate of such Person or (ii)
in the case of any Person that is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, any transferee of Company
Securities of such Person that is (w) a family member of the individual that controls a majority of the voting or economic interest
in such Person, (x) a trust, family-partnership or estate-planning vehicle for the benefit of such individual and/or any of its
family members, (y) otherwise an Affiliate of such Person or (z) in the case of a Stockholder, any investment fund managed,
sponsored, controlled or advised by, or managed accounts of, GA or any of its Affiliates.
“Agreement” has the meaning set
forth in the preamble.
“Amended and Restated EWC Ventures LLC Agreement”
means the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of EWC Ventures, dated as of the date hereof.
“Board” means the board of directors
of the Company.
“Business Day” means a day, other
than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by applicable
law to close.
“Change of Control” means any
transaction or series of related transactions (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation or sale or transfer of
equity securities or assets (including equity securities of Subsidiaries) or otherwise) as a result of which any Person or group, within
the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act (other than the Stockholders and their respective Affiliates, any group of which
the foregoing are members and any other members of such a group), obtains ownership, directly or indirectly, of (i) equity securities
of the Company that represent more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or any applicable
successor entity or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
“Class A Common Stock” means Class
A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Company.
“Class B Common Stock” means Class
B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Company.
“Common Unit” means a non-voting
common limited liability company interest in EWC Ventures.
“Company” has the meaning set
forth in the preamble.
“Company By-Laws” means the Amended
and Restated By-Laws of the Company, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit II.
“Company Charter” means the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit I.
“Company Common Stock” means all
classes and series of common stock of the Company, including the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
“Company Securities” means (i)
the Company Common Stock, (ii) securities then convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Company Common Stock (including
Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock exchangeable pursuant to the Exchange Agreement) and (iii) all shares of Company Common
Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of unit
or stock dividend or unit or stock split, or in connection with a combination of units or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation
or other reorganization.
“Confidential Information”
means any information related to the Company or its Subsidiaries that a Stockholder or its Stockholder Parties may acquire from or
on behalf of the Company, other than information that (i) is already available through publicly available sources of
information (other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by such Stockholder or its Stockholder Parties), (ii) was
available to a Stockholder or its Stockholder Parties on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to such Stockholder or
Stockholder Party by the Company or (iii) becomes available to a Stockholder or a Stockholder Party on a non-confidential basis
from a third party; provided such third party is not known by such Stockholder or Stockholder Party, after reasonable
inquiry, to be bound by this Agreement or another confidentiality agreement or confidentiality obligation with the Company.
“control” (including its correlative
meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other
ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.
“e-mail” has the meaning set forth
in Section 4.10.
“EWC Ventures” means EWC Ventures,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.
“Exchange Agreement” means the
Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, EWC Ventures and the holders of Common Units and shares of
Class B Common Stock from time to time party thereto.
“family member” shall mean with
respect to any natural person, the spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings of such person or such person's spouse,
and lineal descendants of siblings of such person or such person's spouse. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only
so long as they are adopted during minority.
“Fund Indemnitors” has the meaning
set forth in Section 3.1(b)(iii).
“GA” means General Atlantic LLC
and any successor thereto.
“GA Director” has the meaning
set forth in Section 2.1(a).
“Independent Director” means a
director of the Company that is independent for purposes of Nasdaq Equity Rule 5605(a)(2) or the governance requirements of any other
securities exchange upon which the Class A Common Stock is traded.
“IPO” means the initial public
offering of Company Common Stock.
“Losses” has the meaning set forth
in Section 3.1(b)(i).
“Necessary Action” means,
with respect to a specified result, all actions necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written
consent or proxy with respect to the Company Securities, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise,
(ii) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to organizational documents of the Company, (iii)
causing members of the Board, to the extent such members were elected, nominated or designated by the Person obligated to undertake
the Necessary Action, to act (subject to any applicable fiduciary duties) in a certain manner or causing them to be removed in the
event they do not act in such a manner, (iv) executing agreements and instruments and (v) making, or causing to be made,
with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to
achieve such result.
“Person” means any individual,
firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, estate, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity.
“Registration Rights Agreement”
means the Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of the date hereof.
“Reorganization Agreement” has
the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“Securities Act” means the Securities
Act of 1933.
“Stockholder Indemnitee” has the
meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(i).
“Stockholder Parties” has the
meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a).
“Stockholders” has the meaning
set forth in the preamble.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect
to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation,
a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person
or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership,
association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited
liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that
Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to
have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or
Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses
or shall be or control the managing member, managing director or other governing body or general partner of such limited liability company,
partnership, association or other business entity.
“transfer” means, any direct
or indirect sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, gift or other transfer, disposition or encumbrance, in each
case, whether in its own right or by its representative, whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including by a
direct or indirect transfer of equity, ownership or economic interests, or options, warrants or other contractual rights to acquire
an equity, ownership or economic interest, in any Person.
“Unaffiliated Director” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
Section 1.2
Interpretive Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like
import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions
herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to
Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any singular term in this Agreement shall
be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or
“including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”,
whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable
terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any
statute shall be deemed to refer to such statute as amended from time to time and to any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance
with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from
or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. The parties hereto have
participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation
arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise
favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Section 2.1
The Board of Directors.
(a) Prior
to the IPO, the Company and the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to be comprised of six (6)
directors, who shall be divided into three (3) classes of directors in accordance with the terms of the Company Charter, and (i)
three (3) of whom shall be designated by the Stockholders (each, together with any replacement directors designated by the
Stockholders in accordance with Section 2.1(b) or (c), a “GA Director”) and (ii) three (3) of whom
shall be an Independent Director who meets the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act (each, an
“Unaffiliated Director”). The foregoing directors shall be divided into such classes as follows:
(i) the
initial class I directors shall be Alexa Bartlett and Shaw Joseph;
(ii) the
initial class II directors shall be Laurie Ann Goldman and Dorvin D. Lively; and
(iii)
the initial class III directors shall be David P. Berg and Andrew Crawford.
The initial term of the class I directors shall expire immediately
following the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the class II directors
shall expire immediately following the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial
term of the class III directors shall expire immediately following the Company’s 2024 annual meeting at which directors are elected.
For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.1(a) is applicable solely to the initial composition of the Board (except that (i) a
director shall remain a member of the class of directors to which he or she was assigned in accordance with this Section 2.1(a)
and (ii) the initial terms of each class of directors shall expire as set forth in this Section 2.1(a)). Following the IPO, upon the written request of the Stockholders, which request shall be made no later than the one-year anniversary of
the date of effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement with respect to the IPO, the Company and the Stockholders shall
take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to be comprised of seven (7) directors, (i) four (4) of whom shall be GA Directors and (ii)
three (3) of whom shall be Unaffiliated Directors.
(b) For
so long as the Stockholders beneficially own in the aggregate a number of shares of Class A Common Stock representing at least the percentage
of shares of Class A Common Stock (determined on an “as-converted” basis taking into account any and all securities then
convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Class A Common Stock (including Common Units and shares of Class B Common
Stock exchangeable pursuant to the Exchange Agreement)) issued and outstanding shown below, there shall be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable
annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the Stockholders,
that, if elected, will result in the Stockholders having the number of directors serving on the Board that is shown below.
Percent |
|
Number of Directors |
50% or greater |
|
4 |
Less than 50% but greater than or equal to 30% |
|
3 |
Less than 30% but greater than or equal to 15% |
|
2 |
Less than 15% but greater than or equal to 10% |
|
1 |
Upon any decrease in the number of directors that the Stockholders
are entitled to designate for election to the Board, the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause the appropriate number
of directors designated by the Stockholders to offer to tender resignation. If such resignation is then accepted by the Board, the Company
and the Stockholders shall cause the authorized size of the Board to be reduced accordingly unless a majority of the Board (including,
so long as the Stockholders are entitled to designate at least one director for election to the Board, at least one director designated
by the Stockholders) determine not to reduce the authorized size of the Board.
(c) Except as provided in Section 2.1(b), (i) the Stockholders shall have the exclusive right to remove its designees from
the Board, and the Company shall take all Necessary Action reasonably available within its power to cause the removal of any such director
at the request of the Stockholders and (ii) the Stockholders shall have the exclusive right to designate for election to the Board directors
to fill vacancies created by reason of the permanent disability, death, removal or resignation of its designees to the Board, and the
Company shall take all Necessary Action reasonably available within its power to cause any such vacancies to be filled by replacement
directors designated by the Stockholders as promptly as reasonably practicable; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt and
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(c), the Stockholders shall not have the right to designate a replacement
director, and the Company and the Stockholders shall not be required to take any action to cause any vacancy to be filled by any such
designee, to the extent that election or appointment of such designee to the Board would result in a number of directors designated by
the Stockholders in excess of the number of directors that the Stockholders are then entitled to designate for membership on the Board
pursuant to Section 2.1(b).
(d) The
Stockholders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause their designees to the Board at all times to comply with the Company’s
corporate policies, including its code of ethics, and the Stockholders shall promptly remove any of their designees to the Board who
fails to comply with such corporate policies (provided, that (i) the Company has provided such designees a written copy of such
corporate policies reasonably in advance of the date on which such designees are obligated to comply therewith, (ii) such corporate
policies apply to all members of the Board in an equal manner and do not apply differently or disproportionately to such designees as
compared to each other or other members of the Board, (iii) such corporate policies are enforced by the Company against all members of
the Board equally and to the same extent, (iv) such corporate policies do not conflict with or are otherwise inconsistent with any agreement
entered into by the Stockholders (x) with the Company, EWC Ventures or any of EWC Ventures’ Subsidiaries in connection with the
IPO, including this Agreement, or (y) with the underwriters to the IPO in connection with the IPO and (v) such corporate policies do
not otherwise create any liability or obligation of such designees that is not reasonable or customary for public companies whose boards
of directors include professionals from private equity firms or financial sponsors) after reasonable notice from the Company is provided
to the Stockholders, and their designees are given a reasonable opportunity to comply with such corporate policies.
(e) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.1, all directors of the Company shall be nominated or elected by the Board
upon the recommendation of the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 2.1, if necessary due to requirements under applicable federal or state securities laws or the rules of The Nasdaq Stock
Market (or any other securities exchange upon which the Class A Common Stock is traded), the Board shall be expanded to include additional
Independent Directors to comply with such laws or rules with such Independent Directors selected in accordance with the preceding sentence.
(f) Subject to applicable laws or the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market (or any other securities exchange upon which the Class A Common
Stock is traded), the Stockholders shall have the right to have a representative appointed to serve on each committee of the Board for
so long as the Stockholders have the right to designate at least one (1) director for election to the Board.
(g) The
Company shall reimburse each Director and Unaffiliated Director for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred
in connection with such director’s attendance or participation in the meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board, including
reasonable travel, lodging and meal expenses.
Section 2.2 Major Actions.
(a) In addition to any voting requirements contained in the Company Charter or the Company By-Laws (or similar governing documents
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), the following actions shall not be taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, directly
or indirectly (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event), including any proposal by the Board to put to the vote of the stockholders
of the Company with respect thereto, without the prior written consent of the Stockholders for so long as the Stockholders beneficially
own shares of Class A Common Stock (determined on an “as-converted” basis taking into account any and all securities then
convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Class A Common Stock (including Common Units and shares of Class B Common
Stock exchangeable pursuant to the Exchange Agreement)) representing at least 25% of the Class A Common Stock (determined on an “as-converted”
basis taking into account any and all securities then convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Class A Common Stock
(including Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock exchangeable pursuant to the Exchange Agreement)) then outstanding:
(i) any
transaction or series of related transactions involving, or entering into any agreement providing for, (a) the purchase, lease,
license, exchange or other acquisition by the Company or its Subsidiaries of any assets and/or equity securities for consideration
having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $100 million and/or (b) the sale, lease, license,
exchange or other disposal by the Company or its Subsidiaries of any assets and/or equity securities having a fair market value or
for consideration having a fair market value (in each case as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $100 million; in each
case, other than transactions solely between or among the Company and one or more of its direct or indirect wholly-owned
Subsidiaries;
(ii) any entry into or effectuation of a Change
of Control;
(iii) incurrence of (or extension or
modification of the material terms of) any indebtedness for borrowed money (including any refinancing of existing indebtedness),
assuming, guaranteeing, endorsing or otherwise as an accommodation becoming responsible for the obligations of any other Person
(other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), or the entry into (or extension or modification any of the material terms of)
any agreement under which the Company or any Subsidiary may incur indebtedness for borrowed money in the future, in each case,
resulting in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $150 million other than a drawdown of amounts committed (including under a
revolving facility) under a debt agreement that previously received the prior written consent of the Stockholders or that was
entered into on or prior to the date hereof;
(iv) appointment or removal of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;
(v) any increase or decrease in the size of the Board;
(vi) any initiation of a voluntary
liquidation, dissolution, receivership, bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, recapitalization or reorganization involving the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;
(vii)
any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition by the Company of its equity securities or any declaration thereof, other than
(i) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition by the Company of any equity securities of any director, officer, independent contractor
or employee in connection with the termination of the employment or services of such director, officer, independent contractor or employee
as contemplated by the applicable equity compensation plan or award agreement with respect to such equity securities, or (ii) pursuant
to an offer made to all stockholders of the Company pro rata with respect to such equity securities (regardless of whether any
or all of such stockholders elect to participate in such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition);
(viii)
any payment or declaration of any dividend or distribution on any equity securities of the Company or entering into a recapitalization
transaction the primary purpose of which is to pay a dividend or distribution, other than dividends or distributions required to be made
pursuant to the terms of any outstanding preferred stock of the Company;
(ix)
any entry, directly or indirectly, into a joint venture or similar business alliance involving, or entering into any agreement
providing for, the investment, contribution or disposition by the Company or its Subsidiaries of assets (including stock of Subsidiaries)
having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $100 million, other than transactions solely between or
among the Company and one or more of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries; or
(x)
any adoption, approval or issuance of any “poison pill,” stockholder or similar rights plan by the Company or its Subsidiaries
or any amendment, restatement, modification or waiver of such plan after the adoption thereof has been approved by the Stockholders in
accordance with this Section 2.2.
(b) For so long as the Stockholders beneficially own any shares of Class A Common Stock (taking into account any and all securities
then convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Class A Common Stock (including Common Units and shares of Class
B Common Stock exchangeable pursuant to the Exchange Agreement)) issued and outstanding, the Company shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries
not to, amend (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event) the Company Charter, Company By-Laws or similar governing
documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if such change is adverse to the rights of the Stockholders (including, for the avoidance
of doubt, the advance waiver of corporate opportunities) or agree to, enter into or adopt any plan with respect thereto without the prior
approval (which approval may be in the form of an action by written consent or any other written instrument or writing) of the Stockholders.
ARTICLE III
OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
Section 3.1
Indemnification Agreements.
(a) Director
Indemnification. The Company has entered into and shall at all times maintain in effect an indemnification agreement with each Director,
in such form as has been previously agreed to by each of the Company and such director.
(b) Stockholder
Indemnification.
(i) The
Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder, its respective directors, officers, partners, members, managers,
Affiliates and controlling persons (each, an “Stockholder Indemnitee”) from and against any and all liability,
including, without limitation, all obligations, costs, fines, claims, actions, injuries, demands, suits, judgments, proceedings,
investigations, arbitrations (including stockholder claims, actions, injuries, demands, suits, judgments, proceedings,
investigations or arbitrations) and reasonable expenses, including reasonable accountant’s and reasonable attorney’s
fees and expenses (together the “Losses”), incurred by such Stockholder Indemnitee before or after the date of
this Agreement to the extent arising out of, resulting from, or relating to (i) such Stockholder Indemnitee’s purchase and/or
ownership of any Company Common Stock or Common Unit or (ii) any litigation to which any Stockholder Indemnitee is made a party in
its capacity as a stockholder or owner of securities (or as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, Affiliate or controlling
person of any Stockholder) of the Company; provided, that the foregoing indemnification rights in this Section
3.1(b)(i) shall not be available to the extent that (a) any such Losses are incurred as a result of such Stockholder
Indemnitee’s willful misconduct or gross negligence; (b) any such Losses are incurred as a result of non-compliance by such
Stockholder Indemnitee with any laws or regulations applicable to it; or (c) subject to the rights of contribution provided for
below, to the extent indemnification for any Losses would violate any applicable law or public policy. For purposes of this Section
3.1(b)(i), none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence
shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case
to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Stockholder Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity
payments made by the Company under this Section 3.1(b)(i), then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Stockholder
Indemnitee to the Company. The rights of any Stockholder Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other
rights any such party may have under any other agreement or instrument to which such Stockholder Indemnitee is or becomes a party or
is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. In the event of any payment of indemnification pursuant to this Section
3.1(b)(i), to the extent that any Stockholder Indemnitee is indemnified for Losses, except as set forth in Section
3.1(b)(iii), the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the related rights of recovery of the
Stockholder Indemnitee to which such payment is made against all other Persons. Such Stockholder Indemnitee shall execute all papers
reasonably required to evidence such rights. The Company will be entitled at its election to participate in the defense of any third
party claim upon which indemnification is due pursuant to this Section 3.1(b)(i) or to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Stockholder Indemnitee unless, in the reasonable judgment of the Stockholder Indemnitee, a
conflict of interest between the Company and such Stockholder Indemnitee may exist, in which case such Stockholder Indemnitee shall
have the right to assume its own defense and the Company shall be liable for all reasonable expenses therefor. Except as set forth
above, should the Company assume such defense all further defense costs of the Stockholder Indemnitee in respect of such third party
claim shall be for the sole account of such party and not subject to indemnification hereunder. The Company will not without the
prior written consent of the Stockholder Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) effect any settlement of any
threatened or pending third party claim in which such Stockholder Indemnitee is or could have been a party and be entitled to
indemnification hereunder unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money by the Company and includes an unconditional
release of such Stockholder Indemnitee from all liability and claims that are the subject matter of such claim. If the
indemnification provided for above is unavailable in respect of any Losses, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying an Stockholder
Indemnitee, shall, if and to the extent permitted by law, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Stockholder Indemnitee in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and such Stockholder Indemnitee in connection with
the actions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other equitable considerations.
(ii)
The Company agrees to pay or reimburse the Stockholders (i) for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees, charges, disbursement and expenses) incurred in connection with any amendment, supplement, modification or waiver of or to any of
the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any related agreements and (ii) for all costs and expenses of the Stockholders (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges, disbursement and expenses) incurred in connection with (1) the consent to any departure by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the terms of any provision of this Agreement or any related agreements and (2) the enforcement
or exercise by the Stockholders of any right granted to it or provided for hereunder.
(iii)
The Company hereby acknowledges that the Stockholder Indemnitee may have certain rights to advancement and/or indemnification
by certain Affiliates of the Stockholder (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). In all events, (i) the Company hereby
agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligation to a Stockholder Indemnitee to provide advancement and/or indemnification to
such Stockholder Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors (including any Affiliate thereof
other than the Company) to provide advancement or indemnification hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether
pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter), or any obligation of any insurer of the Fund Indemnitors to provide insurance coverage, for
the same expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in
settlement) incurred by such Stockholder Indemnitee are secondary and it irrevocably waives any claims against the Fund Indemnitors for
contribution, subrogation, reimbursement or any other recovery of any kind for which the Company is liable pursuant to this Agreement
and the Company’s by-laws or charter and (ii) if any Fund Indemnitor (or any Affiliate thereof, other than the Company)
pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement
(whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter) with such Stockholder Indemnitee, then (x) such Fund Indemnitor (or such Affiliate,
as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of such Stockholder Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (y) the
Company shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless such Fund Indemnitor (or such other Affiliate, as the case may be) for
all such payments actually made by such Fund Indemnitor (or such other Affiliate, as the case may be).
Section 3.2
Company Charter; Company By-Laws; Corporate Opportunities. The Company Charter, as may be
amended, supplemented and/or restated from time to time, shall provide for a renunciation of corporate opportunities presented to the
Stockholders (and their respective Affiliates and director nominees) to the maximum extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the Delaware
General Corporations Law and substantially on the terms and conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Company Charter as in effect on
the date hereof.
Section 3.3 Conflicting
Organizational Document Provisions. Each Stockholder shall vote all of its Company Securities
and execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and shall take all Necessary Action reasonably available within their
power, to ensure that the Company Charter and Company By-Laws both (i) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any
provision of this Agreement and (ii) permit the parties hereof to receive the benefits to which they are entitled under this
Agreement. In the event of any ambiguity or conflict arising between the terms of this Agreement and those of the Company Charter
and/or Company By-Laws, the Company and the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action reasonably available within their power to
amend the Company Charter and/or Company By-laws, as the case may be, to eliminate such ambiguity or conflict such that the terms of
this Agreement shall prevail. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Company Charter, in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit I, and Company By-Laws, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II, (x) do not conflict with any provision of this
Agreement and (y) permit the parties hereof to receive the benefits to which they are entitled under this Agreement.
Section 3.4
Information Rights. So long as the Stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding
shares of Class A Common Stock (determined on an “as-converted” basis taking into account any and all securities then convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Class A Common Stock (including Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock exchangeable
pursuant to the Exchange Agreement)), the Company shall provide the Stockholders or its authorized representatives with (i) reasonable
access to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including its and their books of account,
monthly management reports, operating and capital expenditure budgets, periodic information packages relating to the operations and cash
flows of the Company and other records, and to discuss the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ affairs, finances and accounts with
its and their officers, during normal business hours following reasonable notice and (ii) for so long as the Company is not a public reporting
company, (x) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each completed fiscal quarter in each year following
the date hereof and (y) an audited annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of the fiscal year in each year following
the date hereof and the related audited consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flow for the
fiscal years then ended, including the notes thereto.
Section 3.5
Confidentiality.
(a) Except
to the extent permitted by Section 3.5(c), each of the Stockholders shall, and shall direct those of its directors, officers,
members, stockholders, partners, employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, trustees, Affiliates (excluding, for the avoidance of
doubt, the Company and its Subsidiaries) and other representatives (the “Stockholder Parties”) who have access to
Confidential Information to (x) keep confidential and not disclose any Confidential Information and (y) use any Confidential Information
solely in connection with Company matters and in connection with the maintenance of its Company Securities, in each case of clauses (x)
and (y), unless:
(i) such
disclosure shall be (A) required by applicable law, governmental rule or regulation, court order, administrative or arbitral proceeding
or (B) requested in the course of routine supervisory examinations or regulatory oversight by regulatory authorities not targeting
the Company or the Confidential Information;
(ii)
such disclosure is reasonably required in connection with any tax audit involving the Company or any Stockholder;
(iii)
such disclosure is reasonably required in connection with any litigation against or involving the Company or any Stockholder;
(iv)
such disclosure is reasonably required in connection with any proposed transfer of all or any part of such Stockholder’s
Company Securities; provided, that with respect to any such use of any Confidential Information referred to in this clause (iv),
advance notice must be given to the Board so that it may require any proposed transferee that is not a Stockholder to enter into a confidentiality
agreement with terms substantially similar to the terms of this Section 3.5 (excluding this clause (iv)) prior to the disclosure
of such Confidential Information;
(v)
in the case of the Stockholders, such disclosure is customary disclosure by the Stockholders and their Affiliates that are private
equity or other investment funds provided to current and potential investors who are subject to customary confidentiality restrictions;
or
(vi)
the Board provides its prior written consent.
(b) In
the event that any Stockholder or any Stockholder Party of such Stockholder is required to disclose any of the Confidential Information
by judicial or administrative process or by other requirement of law or the applicable requirements of any regulatory agency or relevant
stock exchange, such Stockholder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Company with prompt written notice (provided
that no such notice shall be required in respect of disclosures requested or required in the course of routine supervisory examinations
or regulatory oversight by regulatory authorities not targeting the Company or the Confidential Information) so that the Company may
seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, and such Stockholder
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company in any effort any such Person undertakes to obtain a protective
order or other remedy. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or that the Company waives compliance
with the provisions of this Section 3.5, such Stockholder and its Stockholder Parties shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential
Information that its or their counsel advises is legally required and shall exercise all reasonable efforts at the Company’s expense
to obtain reasonably reliable assurance that the Confidential Information shall be accorded confidential treatment. Each Stockholder
shall be liable for breach of this Section 3.5 by any of its Stockholder Parties, except for Stockholder Parties that are not
directors, officers or employees of such Stockholder or its Affiliates and who have agreed in writing to be directly liable to the Company
for any such breach.
(c) The
Company recognizes that the GA Directors will from time to time receive Confidential Information and may share such Confidential Information
with other Persons associated with the Stockholders (other than portfolio companies of Affiliates of the Stockholders). Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company hereby irrevocably consents to such sharing. For the avoidance of doubt, each
Stockholder agrees that it shall be comply with, and shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the other individuals who receive Confidential
Information pursuant to this Section 3.5(c) to comply with, the provisions of Section 3.5(a) and Section 3.5(b)
with respect to the Confidential Information receives pursuant to this Section 3.5(c).
Section 3.6
Transfers. If any Stockholder transfers, directly or indirectly, any Company Securities to any Affiliated Transferee of
such Stockholder, such Stockholder shall, as a condition to any such transfer, require such transferee (to the extent not already a party
thereto) to enter into a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A to become a party to this Agreement and be deemed
a “Stockholder” for all purposes herein. If any such transferee is an individual and married, such Stockholder shall, as
a condition to such transfer, cause such transferee to deliver to the Company and the other Stockholders a copy of a Spousal Consent
in the form attached hereto as Annex B duly executed by the spouse of such transferee.
ARTICLE IV
GENERAL
Section 4.1
Assignment. The rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the Stockholders
and the Company. Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Section 4.1 shall be null and void.
Section 4.2
Termination. If not otherwise stipulated, this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party
hereto) on the date as of when the Stockholders no longer have the right to nominate any GA Directors to the Board pursuant to Article
II hereof; provided, that (i) no such termination shall relieve any party for any breach of this Agreement prior to its termination
and (ii) the provisions of Section 3.5 and this Article 4 shall survive any such termination.
Section 4.3
Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction
or other governmental authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions
of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic
or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a
determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as
closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated
to the fullest extent possible.
Section 4.4
Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver.
(a)
This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof
and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter
of this Agreement. This Agreement or any provision hereof may only be amended or modified, in whole or in part, at any time by an instrument
in writing signed by the Company and the holders of a majority in interest of the voting power of the Company Securities held by all Stockholders.
(b)
No waiver of any breach of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is expressly made in writing
and executed and delivered to the Company and the other Stockholders by the party against whom such waiver is claimed. The waiver by any
party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such
breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any
party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or
in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude
any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
Section 4.5
Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts (including via facsimile or e-mail in.pdf format),
each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Until
and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party
shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).
Section 4.6
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.
Section 4.7
Jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based
on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether brought by any party
or any of its Affiliates or against any party or any of its Affiliates) shall be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court
shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court, and each of the parties
hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action
or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying
of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such
court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in
the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service
of process on such party as provided in Section 4.10 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.
Section 4.8
Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
Section 4.9
Specific Enforcement. The parties hereto acknowledge that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened
breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond,
and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to equitable relief in the form of specific performance,
a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.
Section 4.10
Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile
transmission and electronic mail (“e-mail”) transmission, so long as a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received
by non-automated response). All such notices, requests and other communications shall be delivered in person or sent by facsimile, e-mail
or nationally recognized overnight courier and shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior
to 5:00 p.m. on a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed to have been
received on the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. All such notices, requests and other communications to any party
hereunder shall be given to such party as follows:
If to any of the Stockholders, addressed to it at:
General Atlantic LLC
55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor
New York, NY 10055
Attention: Christopher Lanning, Managing
Director, Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel
Facsimile: (212) 759-5708
With copies (which shall not constitute actual or constructive
notice) to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Matthew W. Abbott
John C. Kennedy
Monica K. Thurmond
Facsimile: (212) 757-3990
E-mail: mabbott@paulweiss.com
jkennedy@paulweiss.com
mthurmond@paulweiss.com
If to the Company, addressed to it at:
European Wax Center, Inc.
5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor
Plano, TX 75024
Attention: Gavin O’Connor, Chief Legal Officer
With copies (which shall not constitute actual or constructive
notice) to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Matthew W. Abbott
John C. Kennedy
Monica K. Thurmond
Facsimile: (212) 757-3990
E-mail: mabbott@paulweiss.com
jkennedy@paulweiss.com
mthurmond@paulweiss.com
or to such other address or to such other Person as either party shall
have last designated by such notice to the other party.
Section 4.11
Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to
the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Except as provided in Section 4.14, no provision
of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than
the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each GA Director and Unaffiliated Director
shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of Section 2.1(h) and shall be entitled to enforce such provisions directly.
Section 4.12
Further Assurances. The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings
to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper
or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof.
Section 4.13
Table of Contents, Headings and Captions. The table of contents, headings, subheadings and
captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope
of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.
Section 4.14 No
Recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that
may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only
be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director,
officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, controlling person, fiduciary, agent, attorney or
representative of any party hereto, or any past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member,
manager, partner, stockholder, controlling person, fiduciary, agent, attorney or representative of any of the foregoing shall
have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or
by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.
[Signatures on Next Page]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto
has caused this Stockholders’ Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC. |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
[Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement]
|
STOCKHOLDERS: |
|
|
|
GAPCO AIV INTERHOLDCO (EW), L.P. |
|
|
|
By: |
General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC, |
|
|
its general partner |
|
|
|
By: |
General Atlantic LLC, |
|
|
its sole member |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
GA AIV-1 B INTERHOLDCO (EW), L.P. |
|
|
|
By: |
General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC, |
|
|
its general partner |
|
|
|
By: |
General Atlantic LLC, |
|
|
its sole member |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS AIV (EW), L.P. |
|
|
|
By: |
General Atlantic GenPar (EW), L.P., |
|
|
its general partner |
|
|
|
By: |
General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC, |
|
|
its general partner |
|
|
|
By: |
General Atlantic LLC, |
|
|
its sole member |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
[Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement]
Exhibit I
Company Charter
[See attached.]
Exhibit
II
Company By-Laws
[See attached.]
Annex A
FORM OF
JOINDER AGREEMENT
The undersigned is executing and delivering this
Joinder Agreement pursuant to that certain Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of [______], 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented
or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Stockholders’ Agreement”) by and among European
Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Persons designated as “Stockholders” on the signature pages thereto and any
other Persons thereto or who become a party thereto in accordance with the terms thereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Joinder Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders’ Agreement.
By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement
to the Stockholders’ Agreement, the undersigned hereby adopts and approves the Stockholders’ Agreement and agrees, effective
commencing on the date hereof and as a condition to the undersigned’s becoming the beneficial owner and/or transferee of Company
Securities, to become a party as a Stockholder to, and to be bound by and comply with the provisions of, the Stockholders’ Agreement
applicable to a Stockholder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Stockholders’ Agreement.
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Article
IV of the Stockholders’ Agreement is incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.
Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered
this Joinder Agreement as of the __ day of ____________, _____.
|
|
|
(Signature of Stockholder
Affiliated Transferee) |
|
|
|
|
(Print Name of Stockholder
Affiliated Transferee) |
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
AGREED AND ACCEPTED
as of the ____ day of ____________,
_____.
|
|
EUROPEAN WAX CENTER, INC. |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
Annex B
FORM OF
SPOUSAL CONSENT
In consideration of the execution of that
certain Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of [______], 2021, (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Stockholders’ Agreement”) by and among European Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Persons designated as “Stockholders” on the signature pages
thereto and any other Persons thereto or who become a party thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, I, ____________________,
the spouse of _____________, who is a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement, do hereby join with my spouse in
executing the foregoing Stockholders’ Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof, in
consideration of the issuance, acquisition or receipt of Company Securities and all other interests I may have in the shares and
securities subject thereto, whether the interest may be pursuant to community property laws or similar laws relating to marital
property in effect in the state or province of my or our residence as of the date of signing this consent. Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders’ Agreement.
|
|
Dated as of _______ __, ____ |
(Signature of Spouse) |
|
|
|
(Print Name of Spouse) |
Exhibit 10.11
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated [●], 2021 (this
“Agreement”), by and among the sellers listed on Schedule I hereto, as sellers (collectively, the “Sellers”
and each, a “Seller”), and EWC Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as purchaser (the “Purchaser”).
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated
Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Prior EWC LLCA”) of the Purchaser, the Sellers are entitled to receive the
Deferred Payment Amount in the aggregate with respect to their Class C Units (such terms as defined below);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fifth Amended and Restated
Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Purchaser, the Class C Units were reclassified into the number of common units of the
Purchaser (“Opco Units”) having a value equal to the amount that would have been distributed in respect thereof pursuant
to Section 6.4(b) of the Prior EWC LLCA had the Purchaser been liquidated on the date thereof based on the Offering Price (as
defined below) (such reclassification, the “Unit Reclassification”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Exchange and Redemption
Agreement, dated as of [●], 2021, by and among EWC Management Holdco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Management
Holdco”), and certain of the Sellers, Management Holdco redeemed a portion of each Seller’s limited liability company
interests in Management Holdco in exchange for Opco Units and shares of Purchaser’s Class B common stock, par value $0.00001
per share (“Class B Common Stock”);
WHEREAS, European Wax Center, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (“Pubco”), is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (the “Offering”)
of Pubco’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”);
WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of
the Offering, each Seller wishes to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase from each Seller, the number of Opco
Units and the number of shares of Class B Common Stock, each set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto;
and
WHEREAS, the sale of the Opco Units pursuant to
this Agreement satisfies and reflects the payment in full of the Deferred Payment Amount with respect to the Sellers’ Class C
Units that were converted into Opco Units in connection with the Unit Reclassification, after which the Purchaser shall have no further
obligations to the Sellers with respect to the Class C Units.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants
and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions.
As used in this Agreement, and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below:
“Class C Units” means the
Class C Units of the Purchaser, all of which have reclassified into Opco Units pursuant to the Unit Reclassification.
“Closing” means the closing of
the purchase of the Purchased Paired Interests.
“Commission” means the Securities
and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.
“Deferred Payment Amount” means
twenty million dollars ($20,000,000).
“Governmental Authority” means
the government of any nation, state, city, locality or other political subdivision of any thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
“Lien” means any mortgage, deed
of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other) or other security interest of any kind or nature
whatsoever.
“Offering Closing” means the
initial closing of the sale of Class A Common Stock in the Offering.
“Offering Price” means the per
share public offering price for the Class A Common Stock in the Offering.
“Paired Interest” or “Paired
Interests” means one or more Opco Units together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock.
“Person” means any individual,
firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock
company, Governmental Authority or other entity of any kind.
“Securities Act” means the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE OF PAIRED INTERESTS
2.1 Purchase
and Sale.
(a) Subject
to the terms herein set forth, at the Closing, each Seller agrees (severally and not jointly) to sell, convey, assign and transfer to
the Purchaser the number of Paired Interests set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto (the “Purchased
Paired Interests”), and the Purchaser agrees to purchase such Purchased Paired Interests from such Seller for a purchase price
equal to each Seller’s pro rata portion of the Deferred Payment Amount.
2.2 Closing.
(a) The
Closing shall occur at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New
York, 10019 immediately following the Offering Closing.
(b) At
the Closing, (i) the Purchaser shall deliver to each Seller its pro rata portion of the Deferred Payment Amount for the Purchased
Paired Interests being purchased by the Purchaser from such Seller as set forth in Section 2.1, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to a bank account designated in writing by such Seller, (ii) each Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser (A) a
duly endorsed instrument of assignment with respect to the Opco Units included in the Purchased Paired Interests being sold at the Closing
in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (an “Opco Unit Assignment Agreement”) and (B) such
stock transfer instruments and other documents with respect to the Class B Common Stock included in the Purchased Paired Interests
being sold at the Closing as reasonably requested by the Purchaser and (iii) immediately upon the Purchaser’s receipt of the
instruments described in the preceding clause (ii), each of the Opco Units and shares of Class B Common Stock included in the Purchased
Paired Interests being sold at the Closing shall automatically be retired and cease to be outstanding.
2.3 Conditions
to Closing.
(a) The
obligations of the Purchaser and each Seller to be performed at the Closing shall be conditioned upon the simultaneous or prior completion
of the Offering Closing.
(b) The
obligations of the Purchaser to be performed at the Closing shall be subject to the condition that the representations and warranties
set forth in Article 3 shall be true and correct as of the Closing as if then made.
(c) The
obligations of each Seller to be performed at the Closing shall be subject to the condition that the representations and warranties of
Purchaser set forth in Article 4 shall be true and correct as of the Closing as if then made.
(d) Each
Seller shall complete and execute (i) a certificate of non-foreign status in compliance with the requirements of Section 1446(f)(2)(A) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and Treasury regulations Section 1.1446(f)-2(b)(2) or (ii) an Internal Revenue
Service Form W-9, (A) which includes the name and U.S. taxpayer identification number of such Seller, (B) which is signed
and dated by such Seller and (C) from which the certification has not been deleted, and provide such an executed certificate or
form, as applicable, on or before the date hereof.
2.4 Acknowledgement
by the Sellers. Each Seller hereby acknowledges that the sale of the number of Opco Units set forth on Schedule I opposite
such Seller’s name satisfies and reflects the payment in full of such Seller’s pro rata portion of the Deferred Payment Amount
with respect to such Seller’s Class C Units that were converted into Paired Interests in connection with the Unit Reclassification,
and that the Purchaser shall have no further obligations to such Seller with respect to the Class C Units.
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS
Each Seller represents, warrants, and agrees severally
with respect to itself only, as of the date hereof as follows:
3.1 Capacity;
Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. Such Seller has the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery by such Seller of this Agreement and the
consummation by such Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of
such Seller and no other proceedings on the part of such Seller are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby. Such Seller has duly executed and delivered this Agreement (and will duly execute and deliver any Opco Unit Assignment
Agreement and any other transfer documents described in Section 2.2(c)), and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Purchaser,
each such agreement constitutes or will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against such Seller
in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent
conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles
relating to enforceability.
3.2 Title.
Such Seller owns beneficially and of record and has full power and authority to convey, free and clear of any Liens, the Opco Units and
shares of Class B Common Stock included in the Purchased Paired Interests (subject to any transfer restrictions of general applicability
as may be provided under the Securities Act and the “blue sky” laws of the various states of the United States). Assuming
the Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to be the lawful owner of the Opco Units and shares of Class B Common Stock,
upon such Seller’s receipt of the applicable purchase price and the transfer of the Purchased Paired Interests at the Closing,
good, valid and marketable title to the Opco Units and shares of Class B Common Stock included in the Purchased Paired Interests,
will pass to the Purchaser, free and clear of any Liens.
3.3 No
Conflicts. Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement (and any Opco Unit Assignment Agreement and any other transfer
documents described in Section 2.2(c)) nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) result in any
breach of or constitute a default under any term of any material agreement, mortgage, indenture, license, permit, lease, or other instrument,
or (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of any judgment, decree, order, law, or regulation by which such Seller is bound.
ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
The Purchaser makes the following representations
and warranties for the benefit of the Sellers as of the date hereof:
4.1 Organization,
Standing and Power. The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in
which it is organized.
4.2 Authority;
Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. The Purchaser has the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement
and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation
by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser
and no other proceedings on the part of the Purchaser are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby. The Purchaser has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Sellers, this Agreement
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms,
except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium
or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
4.3 No
Conflicts. Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
will (i) result in any breach of or constitute a default under any term of any material agreement, mortgage, indenture, license,
permit, lease, or other instrument or (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of any judgment, decree, order, law or regulation
by which the Purchaser is bound.
ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS
5.1 Notices.
All notices or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied
or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally,
telecopied or sent by certified, registered or express mail, as follows:
(a) If
to a Seller, at the address specified for such Seller on the member schedule of the Purchaser or to such other address as such Seller
may hereafter specify to the Purchaser for the purpose by notice.
(b) If
to the Purchaser, to:
EWC Ventures, LLC
c/o European Wax Center, Inc.
5830 Granite Parkway, 3rd Floor
Plano, TX 75024
Attention: Gavin
O’Connor, Chief Legal Officer
With a copy to (which shall not constitute actual or constructive
notice):
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019-6064
Telephone: (212) 373-3000
Facsimile: (212) 757-3990
Attention: Matthew W. Abbott
John C. Kennedy
Monica K. Thurmond
Email: mabbott@paulweiss.com
jkennedy@paulweiss.com
mthurmond@paulweiss.com
Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 5.1
designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
5.2 Successors
and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties
hereto. No Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement.
No party hereto may assign its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.
5.3 Amendment
and Waiver.
(a) No
failure or delay on the part of the Sellers or the Purchaser in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies
that may be available to the Sellers or the Purchaser at law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Any
amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall
be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Sellers and the Purchaser.
5.4 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and in separate counterparts, all of which when so executed shall be deemed
to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile signatures or signatures
received as a .pdf attachment to electronic mail shall be treated as original signatures for all purposes of this Agreement. This Agreement
shall become effective when, and only when, each party hereto shall have received a counterpart signed by all of the other parties hereto.
5.5 Headings.
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
5.6 Governing
Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the
conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.
5.7 Jurisdiction.
The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out
of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether brought by any party or any of its affiliates
or against any party or any of its affiliates) shall be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction,
any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents
to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such
suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in
an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within
or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party
as provided in Section 5.1 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.
5.8 Severability.
If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially
impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.
5.9 Entire
Agreement. This Agreement, together with the schedules and exhibits hereto, are intended by the parties as a final expression of
their agreement and are intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in
respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than
those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties
with respect to such subject matter.
5.10 Further
Assurances. Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining
any consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any Governmental
Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.
[Remainder of page intentionally left
blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.
| [SELLERS] |
| | |
| | |
| By: | |
| | Name: |
| | Title: |
| EWC VENTURES, LLC |
| | |
| | |
| By: | |
| | Name: |
| | Title: |
[Signature Page to Purchase Agreement]
SCHEDULE I
Sellers, Opco Units, Class B Common Stock
and Paired Interests
Name
of Seller |
Opco
Units |
Class B
Common Stock |
Paired
Interests |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”),
dated as of [●], 2021, by and among the sellers listed as “Sellers” on the signature pages hereto, as sellers
(collectively, the “Sellers” and each, a “Seller”), EWC Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the “Purchaser”). Each capitalized term used herein without definition shall have the meaning assigned to
it in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Sellers entered into
a Purchase Agreement, dated as of [●], 2021 (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which each Seller agreed
to sell, assign, convey and transfer Opco Units to the Purchaser; and
WHEREAS, the Purchaser has agreed to purchase such
Opco Units from each Seller pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements
contained herein and in the Purchase Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:
1. Transfer.
Each Seller hereby sells, assigns, conveys and transfers to the Purchaser the number of Opco Units set forth below its signature on the
signature pages hereto.
2. Acknowledgement
of Sale by the Purchaser. The Purchaser hereby acknowledges the sale, assignment, conveyance and transfer by each Seller to the Purchaser
of the number of Opco Units set forth under such Seller’s signature hereto and shall cause the member schedule to its organizational
documents to be amended to reflect the sale and transfer of Opco Units as contemplated in the Purchase Agreement and herein.
3. Governing
Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the
conflicts of law rules of such State that would result in the application of the laws of any other State.
4. Jurisdiction.
The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out
of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether brought by any party or any of its affiliates
or against any party or any of its affiliates) shall be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction,
any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents
to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such
suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in
an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within
or without the jurisdiction of any such court.
5. Headings.
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
6. Further
Assurances. Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining
any consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any Governmental
Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.
7. Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and in separate counterparts, all of which when so executed shall be deemed
to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
[remainder of page intentionally left
blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly
executed and delivered by the parties to this Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
Sellers: |
|
|
|
|
|
[SELLER] |
|
|
|
Name: ___________________________________________________ |
|
Number of Opco Units: ______________________________________ |
|
|
|
[ADDITIONAL SELLERS] |
| EWC VENTURES, LLC |
| | |
| | |
| By: | |
| Name: |
| Title: |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated
May 7, 2021, relating to the financial statement of European Wax Center, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading
"Experts" in such Registration Statement.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Dallas, TX
July 28, 2021
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated
May 7, 2021, relating to the financial statements of EWC Ventures, LLC. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Registration Statement.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Dallas, TX
July 28, 2021